7 : " : Pe hey rising th boa ised cart Mrdeeert it 4 . i" ring rs : tithe : steps mera eee taeartagn ae i sihusno Hashes ikewboree Fraaaate ese Ae bi uhap OT Oe aig 849i Petit eesti ts an : bs oY 4 ei Weteeey : Mead “A bane it : ot ieee 24, ant sai) Ka pe, 6 Hh aah é Ste Siatpig et riretets Lehiacaes ” ‘4 al sia nists hi 8 Meets prrptectisa set aie fri: ; inked es : : Wires ate pitehorte, : A eager shes , 4 : < = = Hivelevsnlnn a tetera ase ; rete * + : “ete iter eines iM Vtete ag CAG teed obey i eRhie earache ‘ah pisucce eee bese been et peaee tine adden Pradiin sin. \ - eis nagh tetie $ eee States Fe (eybewielgrecteee ‘ee teaten gh j At gd as 9 Pebrbegiii 5 bakibacieie} behaues Wirieie int Rivera nin eles blot i ¥ Ae od spareribs Sh Hiegracs Melasat Abe S885 thea ettias B 2 akg ellakeatie ttt hindi eter tet jeaes He nat: eriesae tate Siege Ag) « eds eae 4! i Ft ha Lee oe 7] ‘} 85) rs EOD ite ety i: 7 ovrw'= ges — ee G A Z A Yj Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences Allium montigenum “~~ tenuifolium Argynnis Malcolmi be tehachapina Bibliography of S. Cal. flora . Brodeia lactea Butterflies of Cal. Callicore euclides . Camelina sativa Catagramma denina Cheilanthes Climatic data Cloud photos Collinsia concolor . Draba saxosa Dryopteris normalis Huryptera pallida . Geology of petroleum Gilia setosissima Holocantha Emoryi Abagrotis soot ie alcandola bimarginalis erratica ornatus tristis Agrotis bimarginalis . Allium Kessleri ee Marvinii monticola : psuedobulbiferum Balloon observations . Brickellia microphylla Ceanothus cblanceolatus Celtis Douglasii : Cryptocalla gilvipennis . Cupressus Goveniana on macrocarpa Deprandus lestes Euphydryas sierra Holacantha Emoryi “ce “cc INDEX Vole xaxe 1920 Page Page . 55 Hutchinsia californica ay kal 54 Immigrant plants of S. Cal. 62 48 Linanthus saxiphilus 10 48 lLinaria dalmatica 54 24 lLupines, nodose hairs 11 54 Lupinus Agardhianus 54 48 * confertus 11 48 Melitaea sabina 48 54 Notholaena cretica 56 48 Observatory, Mt. Wilson 1 57 Papilio oedippus 48 6 Pellea ornithopus . 57 8 Pittyrogramma viscosa . 56 55 mi triangularis 56 11 # Polygala Fishiae 54 57 Silene californica 54 54 Thelypteris arguta’ BiG 13 Vibrations within our ken 33 54 Woodwardia chamissoi . 57 54 Wolk sox IMAL fo) wamipra. tes i es 79 eS alternata . 105 81 “ anchocelioides . 129 ree « barnesi Bie OT 78 Me barnesi nevadensis . 98 79 es belfragei 5 WAY 81 ty brunneicollis 5 Bal 49 fa cupida Mice pla, 5 49 % be brunneipennis 126 57 i discoidalis 93 49 er duanca : 5 oY 8 a exsertistigma 5 Salat 34 Be a carissima 115 3 9 i cupidis- 31 sima 118 5 3l838! o st emargin- 32 ata 115 32 fe 2 facula . . 113 29 « es formalis aly 46 Se es inelegans 116 31 < < laetula 119 Page Page Lampra exsertistigma meta 114 Lewisia pernarding) se OL ee “ morrisoni- Magnetism . Mare o4 stigma 121 Myorrhiza Hutchinsoniana , inl “ niges . .113 Noctua vittifrons . eens © A a observa- Papilioy Bardi 5 bilis ifitat o daunus Atte t,t eae O rf forbesi Se ae eh RS 2 eurymedon 46 hero See ewe oe rs indra 6 5 FORWIGLIS se re tere ye LOI SS pergamus . aus: 6 % oo confusa . . 108 af philenorss) eee 5 oh Maubesyoytels) ue Be ey lee ees a u hirsuta : 5 4. MGIASCIA Pee eee ies de eS rutulus 6 it placida Sp RODIN a zelicaon RP hr 5 o e minimalis 95 Plantago aristata ; Laie OO rufipectus ee irae Paliod Rhynchagrotis alcandola ce Ys) Sampo eee et eu is cupidissima ST ; scopeops .. . . . 104 as distracta oy ZO “t trigona 2) 487 Sellaginellacxot |Si'Calueeamnoe: cs variata 2 . Yi0i Sedum -niveum) \ jee i. ne orbis . . .103 Thelyptera feei 34 Ee VALS ee home cd ISe Mei pulchella adpressa 54 = VAttiLOUS ses. Goad WViOlieexis L922 Allium amplectens ... . 41 Fabio asterias i" es Se VCHINSUWIATC ms acre, Ea oo Baird... 50 Goes 4 oe PIETSOMNIMyy ae ey eae ee 7 indra oS, SOR an Su CENG UU ee eee OU, fy zelicaon «| aEDRS.< eu ieee Dinapate Wrightii see, OSE CUMIISHLASCICUla tay ae eee Humenes pachygaster =) = = 29 —Burshiacclandulosas see eneete Eraser! Parryl) : 0: 29s 5 . 41) Senotainia-trilincatapa eee) Eritiiaria Ojalensis <2. 5 4 Strymonscuyamaca sees Geophysical records . . . .. 35 Thermometers in orchards . 21 Mitoura spinetorum cuyamaca 19 Yucca mohavensis ee ee tot Manzloisia flavifiora, .93 . 4 739 BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volume XIX. Part I. LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA January, 1920 Ue Ae ei IN| OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Volume XIX, Part I. January, 1920 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION: Witiiam A. SPALDING, Chairman. ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D. SAMUEL J. KEESE CONTENTS Page Mt. Wilson Observatory...................--------- PROT EEN ed lai) DUM ne, Dts STE LAN 1 The Practical Application of Climatic Data... eee. Fee ee 6 Cloudmehotosraphss Made Ee romayeAll ote ree a ee 8 inanbhiss Sax oils see ee 5 Ra eee seid seal Nn wt Sy le AO OE a RENEE RES LOAD 10 HTB) TAN AMR SKS ease sn are ea Nay leas SON Ne alee ne an a ONY cre eae HAO ee ek, 11 Geological Structures Favorable to the Accumulation of Petroleum................ 13 PATO ILE BS CLEC Ops MONS gta oa th Des Sd eel LU eR Ss AL, Web ea 21 A Supplemental Bibliography of the Southern California Flora................... 24 Miransachlonssol: the: Academy eer) ot i bee tee ieee eT ns aie oleae ous 29 Office of the Academy, Room 719 San Fernando Building Telephone 65741 Suuthern Caliturnia Academy | of Srivures OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS HORD RIDGE Oo COTLINS iirc ie cte tet ht esztstaeeseeees at et sees President MARS F. BAUMGARDT..... Wreelee eect an ee ee AL ap yes First Vice-President INST OM BETO DY VAN DIN OI Pinmuee sane mess eae are eo Second Vice-President Rese Cy Rei ey cet Bu INGUIN IDS. f ncc css oe Se es ee De pe Ee Third Vice-President SHINY OPO Eo 1 1 ONS Oe eco acer eee occ er Pere epee core eeceteereence arte ceases tance Treasurer GEORGE W. PAIRSONS #0 Sie ae ee eee Secretary GeorGE H. BEEMAN THEODORE PAYNE TriumpH C. Low % WittiAmM A. SPALDING Wittiam L. Warts COMMITTEE ON FINANCE SAMUEL J. KEESE Soa ~ ARTHUR B. BENTON GrorceE H. BEEMAN COMMITTEE ON PROGRAM Mars F. BAUMGARDT SAMUEL K. KEESE Dr. TriumpeH C. Low SECTIONS OF THE ACADEMY ASTRONOMICAL SECTION Mars F. BAuMGARDT, Chairman SAMUEL J. KEESE, Secretary GEOLOGICAL SECTION Wirrram L. Watts, Chairman GEORGE W. Parsons, Secretary BIOLOGICAL SECTION Dr. F. C. Crarx, Chairman Raymonp D. Jewett, Secretary BOTANICAL SECTION Dr. ANSTRUTHER Dayipson, Chairman THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary See ceeee \ ear. aie a. ll con } COPE 100-Incu TELE MOUNT WILSON OBSERVATORY.) “ORK By Witiiams H. KNIGHT. On the summit of Mount Wilson, 6,000 feet above sea-level, and two-thirds of that altitude above the dust and fogs of the populous valleys below, in the clear skies and balmy atmosphere of Southern California, are planted five unique and powerful instruments. The first instrument installed was the horizontal Snow telescope which reflects the image of the sun on every clear day, through a tocal distance of 60 feet, producing an object full of surprising detail, seven inches in diameter. The next instrument projected was a tower telescope 65 feet in height, from the stationary top of which the light of the sun was reflected downward, forming a solar image in the observer’s station at the surface of the ground. So successful was this experiment in solar study that another tower telescope was erected in its vicinity 180 feet in height, so constructed as to give a solar image 16 inches in diameter in a laboratory which with its adjuncts, extends to a depth of 75 feet below the surface of the eround, where the temperature is uniform. The wonderful image thus produced shows with marvelous detail, the seething, swirling motions of the various chemical elements in the sun’s atmosphere. The rushing maelstrom of downward currents, and the upward thrust of red prominences seen projecting far beyond the shadow of the moon in total solar eclipses, are vividly shown in full sunlight by the spectroheliograph. But all of these instruments were invented, designed and con- structed for the purpose of studying the constitution of: the sun, the nearest star in the sidereal universe. A great reflecting telescope 60 inches in diameter was also deemed essential for supplementing the original investigations being carried on by the solar telescopes. Its purpose was to make a systematic study of the myriads of other suns in the universe, to ascertain in what respects they resembled or dif- fered from the mighty luminary at the center of our own solar system. The work accomplished with this large telescope fully met ex- pectations. It has thrown much light on the nature of spiral nebulae, if has demonstrated the great size and enormous distance of the globular star clusters, and contributed in scores of other ways to our knowledge of the stars. We eagerly await what is yet to be dis- closed among the deep mysteries of the universe by this telescope. Finally we come to that Brobdingnagian instrument, the great Hooker 100-inch reflector, but recently installed in the 100-foot ob- servatory, provided with every possible facility for accurate adjust- ment, for delicate handling, and for convenient observing. Touch an electric button and the massive dome, whose top is 100 feet above the ground, moves at will. Another button opens a shutter 20 feet wide through which you peer at any object in the universe which may become visible in the magic glass. Another button raises or depresses the platform on which the chair of the observer is located, 1 a ty tH a foon, TAKEN BY THE 100-INcH TELESCOPE. 2 bringing him to the eyepiece which commands any point in the celes- tial vault from the horizon to the zenith. This magnificent instrument, recently installed, fully meets the most sanguine expectations of its projectors. A few weeks ago it was turned upon the moon, bringing its volcanic cones, its rugged crags, and its seamed mountain ranges within a few hundred miles of the beholder. Then Saturn with its golden rings became the cynosure of all eyes. There the giant planet stood forth, suspended in mid- heaven by an invisible force, its belted surface and its family of satellites a wonderful and tangible reality. But the climax of the occasion was capped when the monster light-gathering power of the great mirror, three times greater than that of its 60-inch neighbor, was turned upon the awe-inspiring Hercules Cluster, revealing thou- sands of suns massed together. A photograph made with a 100-inch telescope reveals about 30,000 stars in this cluster; the brighter ones in the center being widely separated. The invisible ones are only obtainable on long exposure. The following account of the 100-inch telescope as published in “Popular Astronomy” and written by Dr. George E. Hale, director of the Mount Wilson Observatory, gives a concise account of this great telescope: “After a series of tests extending over several months, the 100- inch telescope of the Mount Wilson Observatory has been found to be a complete success. The construction of this instrument, begun several years ago, was necessarily an experiment, as it was by no means certain, after the optical and mechanical difficulties had been overcome, whether the atmosphere would be sufficiently tranquil to permit clearly defined images of celestial objects to be obtained with so large an aperture. Mount Wilson, situated in the favorable climate of Southern California, where the best of results have been secured with telescopes up to 60 inches aperture, is a site as promis- ing as any that could be found. But as observations with smaller instruments are insufficient to settle the question, the actual per- formance of the telescope could not be predicted with certainty. “The tests, which permit the performance of the new instrument to be directly compared with that of the neighboring 60-inch te‘e- scope, show that the full gain in light gathering power, to be ex- pected from the increased aperture, has actually been attained. The 100-inch telescope thus collects nearly three times as much light es the 60-inch telescope, and concentrates it in images so sharp that the gain in brightness is fully utilized. This means that the atmospheric conditions on Mount Wilson have proved to be good enough to meet the very severe demand. “The sharpness of astronomical photographs obtained with the 100-inch telescope may be judged from some large pictures of the moon, which bring out very small details. These were taken with the combination of mirrors that give the telescope an equivalent focal length of 134 feet. Photographs of small nebulae taken at this focus also show details of structure of great interest. 9 oO “Tt will naturally be the policy of the Observatory to apply the 100-inch telescope chiety to the study of faint and difficult objects beyond the reach of our smaller instruments. Hitherto most of the observations have been made with the aid of spectographs attached at the 134 foot focus. The great light gathering power permits the spectra of extremely faint stars to be photographed with moderate exposure. In this way the motions of faint stars in the heart of globular clusters and in the star clouds of the Milky Way can be measured. By applying Adams’ spectroscopic method of measuring the distance of stars, it will also be possible to disinguish between stars that are faint because they are small or feebly luminous and those that are actually bright but are rendered faint by their great distance. “A few results already obtained through the study of faint stars with the 100-inch telescope may be of interest. For the first time, except in the case of new or temporary stars, the unknown gas nebul- ium, the most conspicuous of the elements constituting the irregular cloud-like nebulae, has been found to be present in the atmosphere of a star (R Aquarii). This star is a faint reddish object, which varies greatly in brightness in < peniod of about a year. “A faint variable star in the constellation Taurus, associated with one of the few nebulae known to vary in brightness, has been found to have an extensive atmosphere in which brilliantly luminous clouds of calcium vapor are conspicuous. Another peculiarity of this star is its extremely high temperature when near its maximum brightness. “The faint companions of close double stars, when studied spec- troscopically with the new telescope, have already yielded intezest- ing results. Such systems are of great interest in the study of stellar evolution, but the fainter members, especially when very close to their bright companions, have previously been beyond the reach of our spectroscopes. “These examples will suffice to illustrate the present work of the 100-inch Hooker telescope, named for the late John D. Hooker of Los Angeles, donor of its optical parts. Several new classes of ob- servations will soon be made with the aid of special appliances now nearing completion.” THE HERCULES CLUSTER, TAKEN BY THE 60-INCH TELESCOPE. THE PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF CLIMATIC DATA* By Forp A. CARPENTER. The dream of the American man of science is to practicalize his specialty so that it may be of direct value to the public. The Los Angeles Chamber of Commerce in creating a department of meteorology and aeronautics made it possible to utilize for the good of the public the vast storehouse of meteorological and aeronautical information which has been steadi'y increasing for over forty years. The imperative needs of the Southern California public of intensive local application of weather knowledge were in mind when such an cpochal step was taken. The general aim of this department is to co-ordinate all air knowledge whether it be that of the Weather Bureau or of the mili- tary branches of the government. A Fellow of the Royal Meterolog- ical Society once said that he wished that the mere collection of weather data might cease for eight or ten years, or long enough to permit some direct use being made of it. This is one of the objects of this department. Another is the erection of facilities for making com- parative studies, therefore it is legitimate for this department to make climatic comparisons and deductions which is a course naturally im- possible for any Federal bureau. In the field of meteorology papers have been already published on “School Attendance and Weather.”’ Work along meteorological lines has been of special value in beginning intensive climatic surveys. The manager of the department, while official in charge of the Los An- geles Weather Bureau office finished a five year study of a 16,000 acre ranch in this vicinity. This work was accomplished in an unof- ficial capacity and was complimentary to the owners. This inaugu- rated a new era in indicating zones for different horticultural and agri- cultural plantings. The success attending that venture made it pos- sible, last November, to begin a similar climatic investigation of 47,- 000 acres. The methods are as follows: Automatic registration of temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, wind and sunshine is secured throughout this tract by the establish- ment of a number of stations scattered over the district. The results are tabulated, profiles are made by months over a period of two or more years. The accumulated data permit climatic areas to be plotted so that it will be feasible to accurately indicate zones where plantings cf avocados, lemons, oranges, or other fruits may be successfully grown as well as early vegetables, beans, grains, etc. It will be read- ily seen that such a method will add materially to the security of in- vestments in land holdings. *On Sept. 16, 1919, the Los Angeles Chamber of Commerce created a De- partment of Meteorology and Aeronautics and placed Dr. Carpenter in charge. In addition to managing this department Dr. Carpenter is a member of the fac- ulty of the southern branch of the University of California as lecturer in meteorology and is also a practising consulting meteorologist. In the latter capac- ity he is a pioneer in the commercial field. 6 As the meteorological department served as a clearing house for weather data, so the aeronautical department has proven a distribut- ing center for information affecting aerial navigation in southern Cali- fornia. Among the more spectacular accomplishments of this depart- ment may be mentioned the photographing from the air of various varieties of cloud formations. The accompanying illustrations are from photographs made by the writer while acting as observer in a JN-4 (H-S) airplane in one of his trips from Los Angeles to San Diego and as meteorological officer on one of his free flights in spher- ical balloons. As a result of the writer’s balloon flights during the Spring and Summer of 1919, it was possible for him to inaugurate daily publica- tion in the Los Angeles weather map of the Weather Bureau and in the local newspapers, tables showing the varying wind direction and velocity at different levels in the air. The United States Army Bal- loon School at Ross Field, Arcadia, generously cooperated in this work by telephoning ‘“wind-aloft” data every morning. These data were used to construct flying charts in that reliable advice could be given aviators and balloonists so that they might take advantage of favoring winds in their air trips. Meteorology is the oldest yet the newest science and its practical application to everyday phases of life, through the medium of one of the largest chambers of commerce in the world, will give it a notable impetus towards practicalizing that science. BALLOON VIEW oF THE DesBRis CONE OF THE SANTA ANITA CANYON. CLOUD PHOTOGRAPHS MADE FROM ALOFT By Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER. The smaller photographs were made from an airplane over San Diego bay and the larger negative from a free balloon over San Fernando Valley. These photographs were taken at a comparatively low eleva- tion, the altitude of the aircraft did not exceed 2,000 feet in any of the three photographs. CumMuLus CLoups witH CIRRUS IN THE DISTANCE. 8 x NANDO VALLEY. D av CIRRO-STRATUS AT SUNRISE FROM SAN FE \ustruther Davidson, M.D. Linanthus Saxiphilus n. sp. 3 dm. high, branching above, stems straight, Pale erect perennial 2-3 ascending, foliage and stems pubescent; leaves 4-parted, segments linear, ascending, acute; inflorescence in terminal heads of 3 or 4 flowers in each; pedicels 2-8 mm. long; calyx 10 mm. long, cleft to the middle its segments attenuate to an acute tip; corolla yellow, gla- brous, its tube 1 mm. broad, exserted 3 mm. beyond the calyx throat funnelform 3 mm. long, limb ample its lobes 4 mm. wide; stamens inserted in the middle of the throat. Rocky slope above Seven Oaks, San Bernardino Mts., July. Type 2242, in author’s herbarium. 10 Draba saxosa n.sp. Anstruther Davidson, M.D. Many branched perennial 12 cm. high, leaves crowded at the base, leaves oblanceolate, entire, stellately pubescent, narrowing to a peti- ole-like base, 20 mm. long, 4 mm. wide; stems loosely pubescent and without leaves; petals yellow, lanceolate, rounded at the apex, slight- ly exceeding the sepals; stamens exserted; pedicels curved or re- curved one half the length of the pod; pods twisted, 10 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, awn 2 mm. long, pods broadest near the base. California: Summit of St. San Jacinto; July 11, 1896. Type in author’s herbarium. This plant has passed as D. corrugata Wats. and has been so iden- tified by Dr. Hall in his “Botanical Survey of San Jacinto Moun- tains,” but it differs from D.corrugata the type specimens of which came from Mt. Greyback. In the latter the flowering stems are very much branched and leafy. In D. saxosa the stems are simple and quite devoid of leaves, the pods are more twisted and the pedicels curve so as to form a unilateral appearing spike. The pedicels in DY. corrugata are straight and upright and the whole plant is more densely pubescent. V Hutchinsia Californica n. sp. Slender many branched annual 15 cm. high; basal leaves orbicular or oblanceolate, short petioled; cauline leaves oblanceolate, entire or with 1 or 2 acute lobes; pods elliptic, 3-4 mm. long; whole plant glab- rous. California: Del Sur, Mohave Desert, May 12, 1893. Not un- common in subalkaline spots in the Mohave Desert and north to Inyo County. This is the desert representative of H. procumbens (L.) Desv. and differs from the maritime species in being wholly glabrous with mostly entire leaves and a slightly longer and more elliptical pod. oe The Nodose Hairs on Lupines. In a note appended to the description of L. subhirsutus in the last Bulletin attention was drawn to the nodose hairs on one species. These nodose hairs are limited to a few species and have in conse- quence a distinct diagnostic value. Examination of the material in my herbarium shows that while a few of the following species show slightly nodose hairs on the calyx the only species showing this nodose character on the foliage are:— L. sparsiflorus; L. concinnus; L. alpinus. In the latter the nodes are more minute. The following show no nodose hairs on stem or foliage: L. affinis; truncatus; hirsutissmus; Chamissonis; formosus; Bridg- esi; densiflorus; odoratus; superba; Inyoensis; micanthus ; Stiveri; Grayiu,; Breweri. L confertus and L. elatius show some minute nodes. The latter is probably the same species as L. Imyoensis Heller, the leaves are more silky but in other respects they are alike. Specimens of L. Inyoensis gathered at Bishop Creek, alt. 9000 ft., are somewhat silky but this becomes less and less apparent as the alti- 5) 11 tude increases so that at 11,000 ft. they are grayish from the length- ening of the hairs. This.has passed locally as L. Nuttallii Greene but differs from that species in its habit of growth, the fewer flowers in the heads, the petioled flowers, exserted corolla, and the firmer ascending, acute, leaf segments. L. Nuttallii branches from the base with stronger curved branches, the terminal heads are many flowered, the leaves are lax, blunt at apex and usually recurved. Miss Milligan in “Rey. Cal. Polemoniaceae,” Vol. 2, p. 55, lists L. Nuttall from El Toro and San Bernardino Mts. The latter is probably the one here described as L. saxiphilus. In our herbaria here we have no specimen of L. Nut- fallii from anywhere south of Inyo County. 12 "a GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURES FAVORABLE TO THE ACCUMULATION OF PETROLEUM By W. L. Watts Geologist, Mining Engineer, Chemist and Assayer I have been asked to say something on oil deposits that will make their nature and manner of occurrence plain to readers who have not studied petroleum geology. Therefore, I have drawn a few diagrams of simple structures which will elucidate the subject. It must be borne in mind, however, that in nature, modifications of the type forms are more frequently met with than are the simple structures. Petroleum is a mineral very widely distributed in the crust of the earth but it requires special conditions to accumulate in valuable quantities. These conditions are: The existence of sufficiently por- cus rock to act as storage reservoirs and enclosing strata sufficiently impervious to prevent the escape of water, gas and oil; also a geolog- ical structure favorable to the arrangement of water, gas and oil according to their relative specific gravity. Figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 show geological structures favorable to the process of segregation and arrangement mentioned. ANTICLINAL STRUCTURE Figure 1 represents an anticlinal fold somewhat cut down by erosions; strata AA and BB are formed of porous sand containing water, gas and oil enclosed by impervious strata of shale and lime- stone; in stratum BB, the gas, having the least specific gravity, has forced its way through the strata containing the water and oil, and accumulated in the crown of the fold, and as the specific gravity of oil is less than that of water and greater than that of gas the oil has accumulated between the water and the gas. In strata AA and A’A’, water has driven the oil into the truncated ends of the strata. If the oil has an asphaltic base there would probably be a bed of asphal- tum, a tar spring or an exposure of bituminous rock, where strata AA and A’A’ crop out at the surfice. An oil with an asphaltic base is an oil which, after its lighter con- stituents are driven off by heat, leaves a residue of asphaltum. If the oil had a paraffin base the outcrop of strata AA, A’A’, would probably show a seepage of oil, or an exposure of dry oil sand. An oil with a paraffin base is one which after distillation leaves a residue of paraffin. In some instances the water may have driven all or nearly all the oil out of strata situated like AA, A’A’, but in Fig. 1 we will suppose that this is not the case. It is evident that the wells shown in Fig. 1 must differ greatly as to results. Wells tapping the broken strata AA, A’A’, are not likely to be as productive as those tapping the unbroken strata BB; well C is drilled through into the water, well E will start off as a very good well having a long back of oil sand to draw from but its life will be short for as the oil is extracted the water will rise and capture the well; well X will have struck oil in stratum AA and water in stratum 13 BB. which later would have to be cased off; well Y will have missed stratum AA but will have a good production from stratum BB; well 7 will have struck gas, perhaps yielding a spray of oil and as the gas becomes exhausted the oil will rise in the stratum and the gas well will become an oil well. Wells D and A will experience fortunes sim- ilar to those of wells E and C on the opposite side of the fold. SYNCLINAL STRUCTURE When the formation contains no water the oil will sink down the sloping sides of adjacent anticlines and collect in the syncline or basin-like depression between them; this condition is depicted in Fig. 2, in this instance the outcrop of the oil bearing stratum at CC, would probably show a dry oil sand. It is to be observed that in Fig. 2 the formation is broken and faulted near the axis of the fold; this structure would very likely occasion oil springs at points marked DD. Synclinal deposits of petroleum are of rare occurrence for the oil measures generally contain water. DOME STRUCTURE—CLOSELY RELATED TO ANTICLINE. Closely allied to the anticline isthe dome structure. An anticline is a fold in the rocks along a line from which the strata dip in oppo- site directions; when this line of folding is so short that its length only equals, or but little exceeds the breadth of the fold it is spoken of asa dome. Figs. 3 and 4 are contour sketches showing the anti- cline and the dome structures. The dip of the strata is indicated by the direction of the arrows. It will be noted that in Fig. 3, the cen- ter line or axis AA is much longer than the breadth of the fold; in Fig. 4, axis AA but little exceeds the breadth of the structure. In the dome structure the strata dip away quite or almost from a common center. Many folds may be correctly described as elongated domes. Dome like structures are often formed by folds crossing one another. TERRACE STRUCTURE. Next of kin to the anticline and dome is the terrace formation, Fig. 5. This is a fold in which the strata are all inclined in one direc- tion. It is occasioned by a sudden increase in the angle of the dip. As shown in Fig. 5, a deposit of oil and gas may accumulate in such a structure, the oil and gas being driven upward by water through the sandy strata until their progress is arrested by the flattened water soaked sand at the top of the terrace. There may be a slight reversal of the dip at the crown of the fold. FAULTED STRUCTURES. Any impediment which stops the progress of water, gas and oil through inclined porous strata may occasion remunerative accumula- tions of oil and gas. In some instances faults are impediments which produce oil pools. In Fig. 6, a gravity fault is represented as having produced such a result. On the down throw side of the fault the con- tinuation of stratum AB had dropped to point D leaving the broken end of stratum AB abutting a stratum of impervious shale. The 14 WUE, § bye Zs S (le 7] : ¥ AN) on - at ( saat ie P "lB SEEN | \\ a Wi = a Fic 1.—Cross-SEcTION oF O1t FIELD SITUATED ON AN ANTICLINAL STRUCTURE. 15 water rising in stratum AB has driven the oil and gas into the upper portion of the stratum where they have arranged themselves accord- ing to their relative specific gravity. Unless the line of faulting is filled with lime or clay or other impervious material there would be an oil spring or asphaltum bed at point C—the probability is that most of the gas would have escaped along the fault line. OIL POOLS FORMED THROUGH CHANGE IN PERME- ABILITY OF STRATA. There doubtless are instances where a change in the permeability of strata have occasioned oil pools or a variation in the yield of wells situated near one another, and the occurrence of dry holes in other- wise productive territory may often be attributed to this cause. In Fig. 7 stratum AB is shown to change from sand to clay and the oil and gas being pressed up by the water have percolated through the porous strata until they reached the barrier of clayey material in front of whicn they form an oil pool. It is evident that while C will be a productive well, D will be a dry hole. The illustrations accompanying this article show types of geolog- ical structures which have been found favorable to the accumulation of petroleum. The most important of these is the anticline, to which the greater number of the important oil fields of the world may be referred. When there are sufficient rock exposures in a locality the geologist can generally determine the character of the structure but of course it is impossible for him to demonstrate whether or not any particular structure contains an oil pool. He can, however, eliminate many of the risks of prospecting for oil by selecting territory where there are structures favorable to the accumulation of petroleum and where oil yielding horizons may be reached by the drill. Fic. 4—Contour SKetcH oF Dome. Sa th H 27% s-SECTION SHOWING SYNCLINAL STRUCTURE. =) Fic. 2—Cro Fic. 3—ContTour SKETCH OF ANTICLINE. frye SES = ee sae Eo rf a Gave dav -. 254 ‘LIOVY AM ATINAOT TOOG IO ONIMOHS NOILLOAS-Sssoun—9 ‘SI 19 ‘VWIVYLS AO ALITIGVAINYTY NI AONVH,) OL ANG TO0d TQ 40 NOILVINYO FT ONIMOHS NOILOAS-SSON)—] ro) Gt | — ee Fyne d= eee oer , a APPLIED SCIENCE. By MELvILLE Dozier The word “Science,” as at present used, covers an immense field of thought and activity, much of it purely theoretical, but much more of it eminently and increasingly practical. It is only as science may be applied to the experiences and necessities of daily life that it reaches its heighest phase of usefulness; and, while the present is preeminently the age of applied science, the real progress of the age must be realized through continued and ever increasing advance- ment in the same direction. One of the marked phases of applied science is the tendency of development of human control of physical forces for the accomplish- ment of many great ends and a vast multitude of smaller ends, un- deniably connected with man’s material needs, convenience and com- fort. It is only necessary to mention air, water, fire and electricity, to call to mind the almost countless applications of these mighty and limitless forces of nature to the ever recurring and ever increasing needs of man under the present and ever changing conditions of civ- ilization. The very conditions under which human beings are living will cause advancement along these lines to become both necessary and sure; sure because necessary; and there need to be no anxiety lest scientific research and scientific accomplishment shall not continue to attain higher and more marvelous stages of perfection. But is it to these material and tangible things of life, as import- ant as they doubtless are, that the application of scientific principles is to be limited? What about the science of government and the science of busi- ness? Progress along the so-called material lines above referred to but adds to the necessity of applying scientific principles to government and to business; since, because of the ever increasing complexity of human society, growing out of its ever increasing needs, which, in turn, are the results of its ever increasing aspirations, the establish- ment of scientific government and the application of equally and kin- dred scientific principles to commercial enterprises becomes essential to the conservation and proper use of all that is gained along the lines of national advancement. One marked difference, however, between these two phases or fields of applied science is that one grows out of the human mind dealing with material, insensate things, subject to manipulation at will and obeying blind forces that work uniformly under fixed con- ditions; while the other is the human mind dealing with the human element, the spiritual nature, subject to every form of emotion, aspiration, desire and will. Here is a world of difference, but a condition that requires no less the application of true scientific principles in order to gain the 21 ends of highest value. Just at the present juncture in its history the world is in the throes of a marvelous metamorphasis in its forms of government. The old and unscientific regime, where the will of one or of a favored few controlled the wills and destinies of the many is crumb- ling into merited dust, while the inherent equality of all men before the law, and the law the product of the united wisdom of the whole people, expressed directly or by proxy, is being recognized as the fun- damental principle of human government the world over. This principle once accepted and made the corner stone of hu- man government, the problem of its scientific application so as to secure the highest good to the greatest number becomes one of the most profound and far-reaching problems that ever challenged the human intellect and has tested the highest faculties of mind and spirit of the most crudite scholarship and the most far seeing states- monship. It appeals to the noblest attributes of the soul no less than to the greatest powers of mental discernment, and is thought by a large proportion of the world’s population to have attained its nearest approach to perfection im the constitution of our own beloved country. The recognition of the inherent rights of man and the establish- ment of institutions of government designed to conserve, to regulate and to perpeuate those rights has been the greatest gift of man to men in modern times, and grateful should we be that this exalted honor has been conferred upon the founders of the American govern- ment. Its merits have endured the test of a hundred and forty-four years of varied history, and the world has accepted its claim to superiority over all other forms of human government in securing the maximum of liberty with the minimum of restraint. Why should not the same principles of justice, co-operation, economy, energy and service be applied in similar form to smaller groups of men engaged in mercantile enterprises, the back-bone of the community, the vital source of its business prosperity and of its social peace and happiness? If the plan works well in the great body politic and makes a happy and prosperous nation out of a hundred millions of humaa beings of varied ancestry, why should it not work even more effec- tively in a group of less proportions, of greater congeniality of senti- ment and less diversity of character and purpose? The manifest answer is that it would so work, and the selfishness of man has been the basic reason why this fact has not long ago been recognized and put into practice. One of the happy omens of the future is that this principle of altruism, founded upon simple justice and mutual co-operation and profit is now being studied, advocated and even practiced by mer- cantile organizations which have come to recognize the fact that money making is not the only end in view in business enterprises; 22 but that the building of character, the harmonizing of human inter- ests, the cultivating of mutual confidence and friendship and the establishment of the homes of the community in peace and affection, lie at the very basis of all real prosperity and permanent happiness and progress in our cities. To bring about such results as these is not only one of the noblest motives that can actuate the heart of man, but it also requires a firmness of purpose, a keenness of intellect and the exercise of an unselfish spirit that would be worthy of the best and the noblest among us, and would do more in ten years to secure the real joy of living and to disseminate the good things of life, both material and spiritual, than has been accomplished in these directions during the centuries of the past. Is it not worth the trial? All honor to our business men who have seen the light and grasped the opportunity. A SUPPLEMENTARY BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA FLORA. By S. B. ParisH. Note. The bibliography to which this is a supplement was pub- lished in this Bulletin, Vol. 8, pp. 71-75, July, 1909; and Vol. 9, pp. 57-62, January, 1910. The territory there covered is here extended to embrace the counties of Santa Barbara, Ventura, Kern and Inyo. Abrams, L. R. Studies in the flora of Southern California III. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 37: 149-153, fig. 1, 2. March, 1910. A phytographic and taxonomic study of the Southern California trees and shrubs. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 300-485, t. A-J. Sept. 1910. The Monardellas of Southern California. Muhlenb. 8: 26-36; 37-44. March, April, 1912. The Deserts and Desert Floras of the West. In “Nature and Science on the Pacific Coast,” 168-176, t. 24, 25. 1915. Flora of Los Angeles and Vicinity, 2d edition. Stanford Uni- versity. April, 1917. E Anonymous. Southern California Lichens. W. Am. Scientist 14: 17-22. Feb., 1903. Berlew, F. E. Crepis nana. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. 16: 13, fig. Jan., 1917. Bingham, R. F. Flora near Santa Barbara, California. Bull. Santa Barb. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1, No. 1. March, 1887. Medicinal Plants growing wild in Santa Barbara and vicinity. Ibid 1, No. 2: 34, 37. July, 1890. | Bioletti, T. F. Two new California Plants Eryth. 3: 16,17. Jan., 1893. Blake, W. P. The Cahuilla Basin and desert of the Colorado. In “The Salton Sea Oarnecie pl lose. i alen2ees) ome mOlesy Booth, R. C. Atriplex hymenelytra and one of its habitats. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. 15: 37-41, fig. July, 1916. Brandegee, T. S. Lavatera—Is it an introduced plant? Zoe 1: 188, 189. Aug. 1890. A new Astragalus. Ibid. 2: 73. April, 1891. Campbell, D. H. A new California Liverwort. Bot. Gaz. 31: 13, t. 2. 1896. Couch, E. B. Notes on the ecology of sand dune plants. Pl. World 17: 204- 208, f. 1-4. July, 1914. Coville, F. V. Botany of the Death Valley Expedition. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 24 4, i-vill, 1-318, t. 1-21, map. 1893. Davidson, A. Calochortus paludicula n. sp. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. 9: 53, 54. Jan., 1910. Some large trees. Ibid. 9: 55,56. Jan., 1910. Botanical records, new or noteworthy. Ibid 10: 12. Jan., 1911. Botanizing in Inyo County. Ibid 11: 15-17. Jan., 1912. A new Frasera. Ibid. 11: 77, t. June, 1912. Another mustard pest. Ibid 12: 11. Jan., 1913. Notes on Southern California. Ibid 13: 43, 44. July, 1914. Two new Mariposas. Ibid. 14: 11, 12. Jan., 1915. Allium Burlewti n. sp. Ibid. 15: 33,t. July, 1916. Opuntia rubiflora n. sp. Ibid 15: 33, t. July, 1916. Additions to the Flora of Los Angeles County in 1916. Ibid 15: 33, 34. July, 1916. Collinsta monticola n. sp. Ibid 16: 13, t. Jan., 1917. Additions to the flora of Los Angeles County. Ibid 16: 13, 14. jane LOUIE Rhamnus catalinae n. sp. Ibid 16: 47. July, 1917. Gnaphalium beneolens n. sp. Ibid 17: 17, t. Jan., 1918. Lupinus mollissimus n. sp. Ibid 17: 57. July, 1918. Lupinus Paynei n. sp. Ibid 17: 58, 59, t. July, 1918. Essig, E. O. Russian Thistle in Ventura County. Vent. Co. Hort. Com. Bull. LS LO joo NNUG, Fedde, F- ; Meconellae generis species nova californiae australis. Fedde Repert. 3: 275. Jan., 1907. | Perris. Res: A new plant record for California. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. 18: 13. Jan., 1919. Fords; The indigenous shrubs of Santa Barbara County. Bull. Santa Barb. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1, No. 2: 29-31. July, 1890. The Lionothamnus asplenifolius. Ibid 1, No. 2: 56-58. July, 1890. Grinnell, F., Jr. Some interesting plants from the San Gabriel Mountains. Lor- ume 22: Oct., 1917. (Greene aly: Botanizing on the Colorado Desert. Am. Naturalist 14: 787- 793; 15: 24-32. Nov., 1880; Jan., 1881. Two new Erigerons. Bull. Cal. Acad. 1: 39. April, 1902. Santa Cruz Island. W. Am. Scientist 3: 1-4. Oct., 1886. The Botany of Santa Cruz Island. Bull. Cal. Acad. 2: 377-3388. May, 1887. A Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Santa Cruz Island. Ibid 2: 388-418. May, 1887. 25 Goodlette, A. E. Notes on the anatomy of Parosela spinosa (A. Gray) Heller. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 36: 573-582, t. 28. Oct., 1909. Hall, H. M. Additional Southern California compositae. Muhlenb. 7: 83, 84. WEpt, AOLE. Hasse, H. E. The genus Dirinia in North America. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. 1: 26, 27. March, 1902. Additions to the Lichen Flora of Southern California. Bryologist 17 11: 6, 7. 1908; 11, 12: 101-104. 1910: EEL hserGe2o7eteUO; BV, 132) Y11,. 112. 1910. ‘V, 14:°-2-4. “TOMA Sait ame Le 102. 1911. VII, 15: 45-48. 1912. VILL, 16::1;52. Skee 61-63. 1914. X18: 22, 23. 1915. XI, 18: 76-78. 19s The Lichen flora of Southern California. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 17: i-v; 1-132. June, 1913: A new species of Blastenia. [ryologist 17: 6, 7. 1914. House, H. D. A new species of Dichondra. Muhlenb. 1: 130, 131. April, 1906. James, J. F. A botanist in Southern California. Am. Naturalist 14: 492-498. July, 1880. Notes on some Southern California plants. Bot. Gaz. 5: 126-131. Oct., 1880. Jepson, W. L. The name of the White Sage. Muhlenb. 3: 144. Jan., 1908. Johnston, J. M. Some undescribed plants from Southern California. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. 17: 63, 64. July, 1918. A few notes on the botany of Southern California. Ibid 17: 64-66. July, 1818. Contributions on Southern California botany. Ibid 18: 18-21. Jan., 1919. The Flora of the Pine Belt of the San Antonio Mountains of Southern California. Pl. World 22: 71-90, f. 1, 2; 105-122. March, April, 1919. Kimball, F. L. Ferns of San Diego County, California. Fern Bull. 19: 42-46. April, 1911. Kingman, C. C. Notes on Southern California ferns. Am. Fern Journ. 1: 37-40. Jan., 1911. MacDougal, D. T. Movements of vegetation due to submersion and desiccation of land areas in the Salton Sink. In “The Salton Sink,” Carnegie Publ. 193: 115-168, t. 16, f. 3, 4. June, 1913. 26 General discussion (of Salton Sink problems). Ibid 193: 172- 132. June, 1913. Maxon, W. R. A new Asplenium, hitherto referred to A. trichomanes var. incisum Moore. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 27: 167-169. April, 1906. A new Notholaena from the southwest. Am. Fern Journ. 7: 106-109. 1917. Merriam, C. H. Notes on the distribution of trees and shrubs in the deserts and desert ranges of Southern California, Southern Nevada, North- western Arizona and Southwestern Utah. In “The Death Valley Ex- pedition.” N. Am. Fauna 7: 285-344, 1893. Notes on the geographical and vertical distribution of Cactuses, Yucca and Agave in the deserts and desert ranges of Southern California, Southern Nevada, Northwestern Arizona and Southwest- ern Utah. Ibid 7: 345-359, t. 7-16. 1893. Moxley; G: 1. Some Southern California ferns. Am. Fern Journ. 1: 82. May, 1911. Southern California fern notes. Ibid 2: 104. Aug., 1911. Two new Zauschnerias. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. lg: 22. Jan., 1916. Notes on Zauschneria. Ibid 15: 47-54. July, 1916. In the Santa Susanna Mountains. Lorquinia 1: 2, 3. Aug., 1916. Bidens frondosa Linn. Ibid 2: 21. Oct., 1917. Random botanical notes. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. 14: 52. July, 1915. Parish, S. B. A bibliography of the Southern California flora. Bull. S. Cal. NeAdlero lesa. july, LOO94 W925 7-02). Jam. LOO: The Southern California Juncaceae. Muhlenb. 6: 113-120; 121- ioeoeeNO... Wec., 1910: Additions and emendations. Ibid 7: 73-82, fig. Sept., 1911. Additions to the flora of Southern California. Ibid 8: 79-82. Aug., 1912. Coreopsis gigantea Hall. Ibid 8: 133-134, fig. Jan., 1913. Additions to the known flora of Southern California. Ibid 9: 57-59. June, 1913. A catalogue of plants collected in the Salton Sink. Advance separate from “The Salton Sink,” Carnegie Publ. 163: 1-11, 2 maps. Sept., 1913. Plants introduced into a desert valley as a result of irrigation. FPNVoulde lo: 25-280, (Oct. 1913: The Tecate Cypress. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. 13: 11-13, t. Jan., 1914. Reprinted in Cal. Cultivator, April 23, 1914. Sketches of the Colorado Desert. PI. World 17: 122- 130, April, 1914. Plant ecology and floristics of Salton Sink. In “The Salton Sink,” Carnegie Publ. 163: 85-114. June, 1914. Notes on some Southern California plants. Bulli. S. Cal. Acad. 27 14: 12-16. Jan., 1915. The Whitewater Sands. Muhlenb. 9: 133-139, t. 11-13. Feb., 1913. Observations in the Colorado Desert. Pl. World 18: 75-88, f. 1-4. March, 1915. The Southern California ferns. Am. Fern Jour. 5: 97-104. Dec., 1915. The Red Hill Pools. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. 16: 51-52. July, 1917. An Enumeration of the Pteridophytes and Spermatophytes of the San Bernardino Mountains. Pl. World 20: 163-178, f. 1-3; 208-223; 245-259. June, July, Aug., 1917. Additions and corrections to the above enumeration. Ibid 21: 220, 221. Aug., 1918. Notes on some Southern California plants. Bot. Gaz. 65: 334- 343. Aug., 1918. Pember, F.2D: The Colorado desert for ferns. Am. Fern Jour. 2: 12-15. Jan., 1912. 3 Quehl, L. Mamillaria phelosperma Engelm. Monats. Kakt. 17: 67, 68. May, 1907. Rose, J. N. A new Aster from California. Bot. Gaz. 10: 113. April, 1891. Rothrock, J. T. a Ohianwan Db OtenGazeela lise loon Saunders, C. F. In the home of the Fan Palm. Am. DBotanist 19: 1-5, t. fig. 1913. The Tecate Cypress. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. 15: 18-21, t. Jan., 1916. Shreve, F. Excursion impressions. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 2: 79-83. Nov., 1916. Smock, J. C. An afforestation scheme for Southern California. Proc. Soc. Am. Foresters 9: 504-511. Oct., 1914. Sparkman, P. S. Indian names and uses of plants. In “The Culture of the Luisano Indians,” Univ. Cal. Publ. Ethnology 8: 228-234. 1908. Standley, P. C A new Amelanchier from Southern California. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 27: 167, 168. Aug., 1914. The genus Arthrocnemum in North America. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 4: 398, 399. Aug., 1914. Vasey, G. Trichostema Parishii. Bot. Gaz. 6: 173. Feb., 1881. Yates, L. G. Notes on the ferns of the Channel Islands. Bull. Santa Barb. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1, No. 2: 8-10. July, 1890. 28 The Marine Algae of Santa Barbara County. Ibid 1, No. 3: 1-305) Jan 1920. II. Fossrz Fiora. Davidson, A. The oldest known tree. Bull. 5. Cal. Acad. 13: 14-16. Jan., 1914. For reprint. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ACADEMY Drrector’s MEETING. A meeting of the Board of Directors was called by the President for Septem- ber 27th, 1919; the following members being present : Messrs. Collins, Davidson, Parsons, Keese, Low, Payne and Spaulding. The names of Mr. James R. Townsend and Dr. Exilda J. Deau were pre- sented for membership n the Academy and were duly elected. The Auditing Committee reported that the Treasurer’s accounts for the fiscal year 1918-19 were found correct, and thereupon were approved. Bills of the Biological Section for meetings amounting to $9.16 were pre- sented by Secretary Jewett and were ordered paid. George W. Parsons, Secretary. MEETING OF THE ASTRONOMICAL SECTION. October 10th, 1919. Dr. George Wharton James of Pasadena, California, gave a most interesting lecture before this Section in the auditorium of the Central Intermediate High School to a large and appreciative audience, the subject being: ‘Romance of the Early History of California with Special Reference to the Indians.” The lecture was illustrated with beautifully colored stereoptican slides. Dr. James is a forceful speaker and gave many interesting incidents which occurred during his travels among the Indians. Mars F. Baumgardt, Chairman. ZOOLOGICAL SECTION. This Section met on June 26th, 1919, in the Lecture Room of the L. A. Public Library. Dr. F. C. Clark gave a very interesting talk, the subject being, “Ancient History of Animals as Shown by the Infancy of The Present Forms.” BIOLOGICAL SECTION. Meetings of this Section were held on the following dates in the Lecture Room of the L. A. Public Library. The lectures were very interesting and instructive. Sept. 25th, 1919. An interesting lecture was given by Dr. Carle H. Phin- ney, the subject being: “The Vestigel Structure of The Human Body.” Oct. 25th, 1919. An interesting lecture was given by Mr. J. O. Beebe, the subject being: ‘Man and His Ancient Ancestors.” Noy. 29th, 1919. Dr. John Comstock gave a very instructive lecture, the subject being: “The Evolution of The Human Heart.” Dec. 15th, 1919. Talks were given by special speakers, the subject being : “A Review of Recent Scientific Discoveries.” Jan. 22, 1920. A beautifully illustrated lecture was given by Dr. M. B. Ketchum on the subject of the ‘““‘Human Eye, Its Defects and Remedies.” R. D. Jewett, Secretary. Thi Vie DANY ¢ WD. re r 5 xo BU AEP bN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volume XIX, Part 2 LOS ANGELES MAY, 1920 Bo ede IN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Volume XIX, Part 2. April, 1920 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION: Wi1t1aAm A. SPAULDING, Chairman. ANSTRUTHER Dayipson, C.M., M.D. SAMUEL J. KEESE Office of the Academy, Room 719 San Fernando Building Telephone 65741 CONTENTS Page Spiralmuiondersor the World! ssc. 22.2 e 2 ee ee ee ee eee 31 Wibravionmwathin: Our Ken and Beyond: sees ee ee 33 Cheap Wireless Talk Across Ocean... Pec 2d SO Ree ade eerie 38 HoOwamllowersi Were (Named: 23s ee tern eae oe sue eee Cee 39 AN SStSEONRUGRTR VES GS? CIN EN SpA secre ae oye tee Eee 40 & Weolbecdl WTA Cha reeeh, Sn tee ee iin alteaaeeteae eek i ate t Me 42 Southern California Arademy of Srivures OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS HOLDREDGEWO! GOWLINSG 2s icccccis-cbecceenct-cichudesesns Aotsaees03 ie President MARSH BAIWIM GARD Wises, Se nk eros) ee nh eee eee First Vice-President ANSTRUTHER DAVIDSON.................. ROE Sd ally See Second Vice-President ACR DAUR aE al Bs NIE @ Nie ee 8 eS ea Third Vice-President SAMUBL- Jo = REESE. eee eae ee Treasurer GEORGE’ 'W. PARSONS... chee a ee Secretary GeorGE H. BEEMAN i THEODORE PAYNE TriumpeH C. Low Witriam A. SPAULDING Wittiam L. Watts COMMITTEE ON FINANCE SAMUEL J. KEESE GrorcE H. BEEMAN ArTHUR B. BENTON COMMITTEE ON PROGRAM Mars F. BAuUMGARDT SAMUEL J. KEESE Dr. TrrumPH C. Low SECTIONS OF THE ACADEMY ASTRONOMICAL SECTION Mars F. Baumcarpt, Chairman SAMUEL J. KEESE, Secretary GEOLOGICAL SECTION Wr1iaM L. Watts, Chairman GEORGE W. Parsons, Secretary BIOLOGICAL SECTION Dr. F. C. CiarKk, Chairman H. Arrxin, Secretary BOTANICAL SECTION Dr. ANSTRUTHER Davipson, Chairman THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary GREAT SprrAL NeBuLa, Messier 101. PHotToGRAPHED WITH THE TELESCOPE, Mt. Watson Soar OBSERVATORY. LIBR ARY NEW WORE WiLiiamM H. KnicuHrT. BOT AMKCAL CAL Bars IN PONDEROUS, highly-illustrated, quarto volume has just been is- sued by the Lick Observatory. A large section of it is devoted to that little-known but fascinating department of astronomical re- search—the Spiral Nebulae. These objects, so exceedingly smal! from a human point of view, were first classed among the nebulae because of their hazy appearance, but, as a matter of fact, they are not nebulae at all, but each is a great aggregation of suns, some of them comparable in extent with our own vast assemblage of suns, clusters, and the encompassing Milky Way, which we have been accustomed to designate the Siderial Universe. Why are these objects called ‘“‘spiral” nebulae? Because many of the nearer ones which come well within the range of our great tele- scopes, are seen to have spiral convolutions, as if, when undergoing the process of condensation into suns from the vast nebulous fields trillions of miles in extent, whence they were derived, they were whorled into a succession of rings, each smaller than the preceding, giving a pyramidal or cone-like effect. There is another singular peculiarity frequently observable in the spiral nebulae. When seen edgewise they show a dark line run- ning down the whole length of the spiral. This is generally explained as due to a band of absorbing or occulting matter. But the nature of this band, broad enough to be seen at this great distance, is a great mystery. It is again singular that these dark lines are most marked in those spirals which are apparently seen edgewise. According to E. E. Barnard of the Yerkes Observatory, we have instances of occulting matter in certain regions of our Milky Way. These black spots were formerly regarded as holes, through which we could peer into vacuity, but there is now a consensus that these black patches are due to intervening, obstructing, non-luminous nebulae, which hide the stars beyond. Many of these spiral nebulae may be in early stages of develop- ment, suns just emerging from formless chaos, surrounded by circling planets, and these all ablaze like miniature suns, as was the earth while its glowing igneous rocks prevented the enveloping aqueous vapor from falling in rain to fill the hollows of our present ocean beds. Doubtless other spirals are still further advanced to that stage which enables the planets surrounding their suns to become habitable worlds, thronged with intelligent beings, whose astronomers gaze with wonder upon our own mighty Gallactic system, and speculate upon the possibility of their habitability. The thoughtful mind reels with the mental pictures which overwhelm it. Consider our Milky Way—an enormous assemblage of suns form- ing a stream of worlds extending clear round our celestial vault, a SPIRAL WONDERS OF THE UNIVERSE. portion of the way completely bifurcated. Suppose an astronomer, located on one of the worlds composing a spiral nebula, should point his telescope towards the so-called sidereal system in which our little earth is located, what would he see? He would behold a character- istic spiral nebula, so minute, in consequence of its vast distance, that he could only be assured that it was an assemblage of suns by analyzing the light that issued from it. But the most astounding fact connected with the investigation of these spiral nebulae is their vast number. Mr. Heber D. Curtis, an astronomer engaged in this special line of research at the Lick Ob- servatory, has charted 762 with the thirty-two-inch Crossley reflector. But it is now estimated that the total number of spirals which are visible in the sixty-inch reflector on Mt. Wilson and other large space- penetrating telescopes, will number 722,000, and it is possible that the new 100-inch instrument will bring the number up to 1,000,000. in other words, that portion of boundless space which lies within the range of our great telescopes, is studded with a million mighty aggregations of suns, some of which are, in extent and diversity and novelty, of the order of our own grand Sidereal System. And it is believed that their distances from us range from 100,000 to 1,000,000 light years. Now our brightest star, Sirius, is something more than eight light years distant; the familiar North Star is forty-six light years away; while the multitude of stars in the Milky Way dimly shine from dis- tances varying from six to 10,000 light years. Compare these figures with those of the nearest spiral nebulae, and the human mind, accustomed to the familiar distances traversed by steam on our globe, is overwhelmed with the vast magnitudes, in- conceivable distances, and yet wealth of universes in that portion ot limitless space which lies within the reach of the powerful instruments which have been recently devised by the genius of man. Oh ye puny sons of men, striving to pile dollars upon each other, no matter how many handfulls of gold ye gather, your hands will loosen their grasp upon them in a few years, your names will sink into oblivion, and the astronomical 2ges will roll on through an end- less eternity, unmarked by an iota of all your strivings. Is it not worth while to pause for a moment now and then, and catch an oc: easional glimpse of the innumerable worlds and suns and systems and universes that fill the unfathomable depths of space? If the human intellect, that spark of the Divine mind, can com- pass these flights of thought and imagination, peer into the deep arcana of nature, grasp her profound secrets, and watch some of her wonderful processes of world-building, has it not a splendid resource well worth cultivating? SprraL Neputa H. V. 24 Comae Berenices, EDGEWISE, SHOWING THE DaRK BAND. 5 Hours Exposure. .Mr. Witson SOLAR OBSERVATORY. te is * VIBRATIONS WITHIN OUR KEN AND BEYOND. J. A. LIGHTHIPE. T Is a scientific fact that on a desert island in mid-ocean, miles and miles away from any human being, the waves breaking on a rock make no sound, also, that a fire on the top of this rock will give no light. This is because sound is simply a sensation produced on the drum of the ear by vibrations having a cycle of from about 16 to something like 30,000; also, light is a sensation produced on the re- tina of the eye by a vibration something like 45 octaves higher than this. To a deaf man there is no such thing as sound; to a blind man there is no such thing as light. With all vibrations we have a phenomena which we call resonance, that is, a certain similarity in rate. We pick up and respond to a certain rate of vibration. This is very marked in sound where a tuning fork at the end of a room will set another going at the other side, or the resonance of the piano strings responding when we sing a note to the piano. This is also illustrated by the childish play of “hollering down the rain barrel.” The vibrations which we call heat are about an octave lower than the vibrations which we designate as light waves. These can some- times be lowered or raised, most particularly noticeable in the Wels- bach burner where we raise the frequency of the heat wave an octave and it becomes luminous, or in fluorescence where we lower the violet note in the spectrum and it becomes luminous. Beyond this rate of vibration which we call light we run into the ultra-violet which we sometimes call chemical rays. In taking a long series of vibrations, perhaps of various shapes, it is astonishing how few of these vibra- tions are well known, since we can see for only about an octave and can hear for only about 12 octaves. We can feel the sensation of heat for probably about two octaves. In between these different periodicities we may discover facts in science of which we have little dreamed today. We know that the vibrations of electric waves are away below those of heat. This practice of “tuning in” has led up to some wonderful new inventions, for instance, with a properly ad- justed spark coil and condenser we can set up vibrations in space to almost any periodicity we like. These vibrations do not affect our known senses in the slightest degree, but knowing that they are in the air, we can ‘‘tune in” by means of an antenna wire with adjustable condensers until we resonate in synchronism with the vibrations that are thrown out by the spark coil and condenser at some other place. With this apparatus we can readily detect a make and a break in the spark at the other end. This is the modern development- of the wireless telegraph. The distance it can travel is absolutely unknown, as it appears to be a question of the power generated at one end. We know that we can send it around the world, and whether we can com- municate with the fixed planets is simply a dream which may, or may not, come true. We have been mystified as to how ants com- 38 municate with each other. By personal observation we know that they do. They probably talk to each other in audible sounds beyond the 30,000 cycle, but they could not hear us talk when we are using a cycle below 30,000. There is one peculiarly notable fact and that is, when the vibrations run into a clean mathematical ratio like a common chord of say C, E, and G, and these are in the ratio of 4, 5. and 6, any vibrations of sound that are transmitted to our ear in this ratio are pleasing and are the dominant chords in music. Octaves above would be 8, therefore, 4, 5, 6, and. 8 would be a handful of notes that makes the most harmonious sound in music. We run across the same phenomena in light, for instance, the green and the vermillion rays which the Chinaman uses in his decorations are al- most a perfect fifth, but the red of the geranium and the bougan- villa produce a most horrible discord, not being mathematical to the eye. Iam bringing this matter up perhaps for the moral end of this sermon. As I have stated before, we have an almost unlimited rate of vibrations that do not affect our known senses. Flammarion, the French astronomer, has advanced the hypothesis that perhaps a great many of these vibrations which we have been unable to study affect us mentally. This may be the beginning of the study of mental tele- pathy. Most of us have had some actual physical experience in this psychological study. Personally, I have had some very vivid ex- periences myself. When we get down to real scientific experiments we invariably feel that we do not know how to get at them. I believe the time is coming when these unknown effects of vibrations can be segregated and analyzed. We meet people, hear them talk, and are thrilled, and why we cannot explain. We have seen a whole nation change its idea from—‘I did not raise my boy to be a soldier,” to the slogan—‘‘Treat ’em rough.” This all in the course of a year, and brought about by an extensive propaganda that affects every human being. We have also seen epidemics of fear sweep over the country which is the real psychological reason why we have financial panics, people thinking and acting in mobs; strikes, labor unrest, these are but the forceful examples of waves of thought that are sweeping the country today and affecting all of our lives. In the future development of humanity it is not too much to hope that we can control the race, that we can “tune in” with what we want, or ve can “tune out” from what we do not want. We speak of a sales- man being successful, that he is a good mixer, which is another way of saying that he is a good synchronizer. This is a subject that may well be studied out and practiced. If a man has complete control of his thinker, he has cultivated the art of “tuning in” and can make anyone like him, and can bring people to his way of thinking. If he can think through the 4th, 5th, and 6th ratios, so as to harmonize with other vibrations, which may take long years of study and prac- tice, he will find that it is just as easy for the people in the world to love each other as to hate each other and it is only a matter of every man adjusting his condenser. 34 WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY—X OCTAVES Wave Length Frequency References Thousands Octaves Meters Feet Per Sec. Note: The waves now. used in x 1720 5641 wireless telegraphy vary from 1 1220 4000 246 100 to 10,000 meters in length 860 2820 making many more octaves in 610 2000 492 this division than are here 2 430 1410 shown. 305 1000 984 3 244 800 1230 Waves of these lengths and 215 705 longer are chiefly used in wire- 4 107.5 352 less telegraphy. 1 HERTZIAN WAVES—FOURTEEN OCTAVES Millions 1 Meters Ft.&In. Per Sec. 5305 9.84 30.48 100’ 2 26.87 3 13.43 12.190 40’ 24.6 4 6.72 5 3.35 These waves were chiefly used 3.048 10’ 98.4 by Hertz in his experiments. 2 6 1.68 Z Millimeters 7 840 8 420 304.8 i 984 9 210 10 105 11 52.5 12 26 13 25.4 ie alah 13 BY 6.5 14 Shortest Hertzian waves meas- 4 158” 75000 ured by Lampa 1897. 3 UNKNOWN RADIATIONS—FIVE OCTAVES 1 Microns 3280 2 1640 Unknown Radiation. 3 820 4 410) 5 205) DARK HEAT OR INFRA-RED SPECTRUM—EIGHT OCTAVES Wave Length Frequency References Millions of Note: Paraffin, benzine and car- Millionths Millions per bon bisulphide are transparent Octaves Microns ofIn. Second to all heat rays. Water is 1 102.5 opaque. 100 3937 3 Limit of measured heat rays. 4 Limit of Ruben & Nichol’s Z, 67 2638 4.5 measurements, 1898. 5 5225 Heat waves of these values 3 30 1180 10 emanate from the earth. 6 25.6 Sylvine in thin plates becomes 25 984 12 opaque. 7 Rock salt in thin plates be- 20 787 15 comes opaque. 8 Langley’s estimated limit of the 4°. 18 708 16.6 infra-red solar spectrum. 9 15 590 20 Langley’s longest measured 2.8 waves. 10 5 11 433 27 Flour spar in thin plates be- 6.4 comes opaque. ta 5.3 208 57 Actual limit of Langley’s solar 6 One spectrum, 1888-1890. 12 Ordinary glass ceases to trans- 3 mit. 13 Heat waves photographed by 7 Ae | 106 111 Abney in 1886. 14 1.6 Extreme red—sometimes visi- 8 8 ble to acute eyes. 15 VISIBLE SPECTRUM—A LITTLE LESS THAN ONE OCTAVE Millions of References Anstrom Millionths Millions per Limit of perception of red to Units of In. Second average eye. 16 1 7600 Red. 6700 389 Orange. 6500 26 461 - Yellow. 5 5830 Us\ie so BIN Green. 17 2 5510 22 544 Peacock. = 5120 20.5 586 Blue. ° 4750 19 632 Violet. = 4490 18 666 Limit of perception of violet = 4004 16 750 to the average eye. = 3900 Extreme limit of visibility in ra 3600 acute vision. 18 a ULTRA VIOLET SPECTRUM—TWO OCTAVES Wave Length Frequency References Millions of Note: The disruptive spark Anstrom Millionths Millions per spectra of iron and _ cobalt Octeves Units ofIn. Second shows 80% of radiation with- 3600 14.4 820 in the limits of the bracket 3380 13.3 888 (“Pfluger”) Am de Phys (4) 3000 11.8 1000 : 13—P 890—(1904) 1 2800) Ultra violet begins (approxim- ) ately ) 2790) itil. 1075 Flint glass ceases to transmit 19 2480) 9.76 1210 Stoke’s limit of the solar spec- 2150) 8.46 1418 trum. 20 ) Note: In Manila the limit was 2020) 7.95 1485 found to be 2190 A. U. 2002) Light crown glass ceases to 1850) 7.28 1622 transmit. 21 1800) Ordinary clear quartz begins to 1700 6.69 1765 absorb. 2 1500 Clear calcite in thin plates be- 1350 gins to absorb. 23 1230 Miller’s photographic limit. 24 1000 3.937 3000 Stoke’s limit of fluorescence. 25 Limit of transparency of finest quartz in very thin plates. 26 wil 36 Limit of transparency of thin plates of fluorite. 28 Estimated limit of waves pho- tographed by Schumann, de- rived from Hydrogenspectrum. 29 900 Ionization of air begins. 750 Observed by Lyman in. Spec- 600 trum of Helium. UNKNOWN RADIATIONS—NINE OCTAVES 1 500 A.U. 2 250 3 125 4 62.5 Unknown 5 31.25 Radiations. 6 15.62 7 7.81 8 3.90 9 1.95 X RAYS—X OCTAVES 1.66 A.U 1 1.5 0.976 x Rays from Nickel. 0.619 “~~ Rhodium. 0.614 a “Palladium. 0.58 elec “Rhodium 0.51 0.488 0.475 Reference INDEX TO REFERENCES Numbers. Page. 1 Waves and Ripples (Fleming) (GOO 2) ties case ot BL Ie ea 201 2 ce “ce 3 ce cc iz “ AL Syovereteiopemnayadony (Remon) (CULO) ec ee 226 Se VavesmancduoRippless(@blemins)) (1902) i 258 6 \sredntt for Students Ge cima GS re) ie GIO 02) ects eee een 347 8 Dm neaA cer iphy sate kee celte. teat 3a Nain ch nee Nee ee Neat Meese ANG 347 OMS pectrocnapliy, (Ramsay): soa oe oe Se ee 234 10 Light Visible and Invisible (S. P. Thompson) (1910)... 190 (iieichtstor students: (Hdwin bdser) (902). 347 IVR DECULO CMD Wye ee Wel rela pea Olea Oa tatiana eA ee ic epee iy a 234 13 Physical Review, Dec. 1910 (H. Eves) teases eke Rerate Saiw aes ale 638 14 Spectrum Analysis (aire) eee (C1LG 0) 7p) nee rnin 61 15 Light Visible and Invisible (1910)... Giada tice Nata 72 16 Physical Review, Vol. XXXII. June {Slide eine, 17 Light Visible and Iriya ito eges GUO:11@)) peace ae Nee tne ie, 18 “ “ “cc SSM aie PUY ais th ws so 8 1) Camaros areal Gy ME win hers Aaa AG 342 19 “ (z9 (79 LOA TAS ah Uptehe oak dae eM aarrace CAatey Taner ee TREN eee eee 164 OMS DE CELOR TAD Miyano. ita es toe oe eee ae hk en Aen Meena ann Hi Wirelote \Warssilol le errnvel Mbanyotsm oy COO) oar 164 ZO MES DECLELO Shay iy. seo» Ake A hee ee ee ea fete een cee. 256 23 ae apy eh eS Fh 3. \ Sept oath yesh Ret 5 REN, lie Pe Oe MTS A eC EN 256 We lineout \Watesllolley ebaval Ibohsatstovs (GMC) oe 191 TS OO se RR a cy irr amt De eliea\e Scares whith) Oh tos AUDA eet Oana Th, fs cer 191 26 “cc (79 “cc AC lapis wre aye ee AL Le Ce enh Rowe Wiis ial en 191 27 Photo Electricity (Dr. H. Stanley Allen)... 110 SES IVC CELO Pile fo Laiyi iy cat eee tw Lescol le aim a aes Se ee eee eae 98 258 29 Ce eh aia eee ede” Sa De tears GE amen eye cenn see ke tie iO 257-257 30 Science NS Vol. INO PSO Ore ere erratic BORER ee 800 377 CHEAP WIRELESS TALK ACROSS OCEAN *IGNOR MArcoNr prophesies that in the immediate future con- ” versations between Great Britain and the United States will be carried on by wireless telephones and that the price will not be more than 14 cents for one minute. The great inventor said that he spoke direct to Canada from London and he added: “It is only a matter of time when we shall be able to talk to New York from London. Already we have carried out many successful experiments between London and the Continent, and we hope that we shall be able soon to announce the installation of a world-wide wireless telephone system in all countries interested. Our plans are developing rapidly.” Transoceanic conversations will be carried on through an ordinary telephone, the exchange being connected with the wireless stations at the receiving end and the same methods will be followed. Signor Marconi already has applied for permission to erect a sta- tion in Norway to demonstrate his ability to talk across large ex- panses of water——Telephone Engineer. 38 HOW FLOWERS WERE NAMED A GREAT number of flowers have been named from their appear- ance, and many, too, from their properties. The daisy is (as Chaucer has it) “the eye of day’—~. e., the sun; the sun-flower is named from its rays of sunshine, yellow. There is also the moon- daisy; and from their fancied resemblance to a star we have such names as star-wort and star of Bethlehem. The geranium is the crane’s-bill, the Greek word for a crane being geranos,; and there are the crow-foot, snowdrop, auricula (or “‘little ear”), monkshood, fox- glove (more correctly, folks’ glove—the allusion being to the fairy- folk), the iarkspur, the mimulus or monkey-flower; and, from their likeness to bell or cup, such names as harebell (not hair-bell), blue- bell, and buttercup. Some of these are named from the shape of the seed-case, as also are shepherd’s purse and shepherd’s needle. From the form of the leaf we have bugloss (bous glossa in Greek, ox-tongue in English), dandelion (French, dent-de-lion, lion’s tooth), hawk-bit, and colt’s foot. The pimpernel, a corrupt form of “bi- pinel” (Latin, bis and penna), is the double-winged flower; periwin- kle (Lat., vincire, to bind) is named for the same reason as the woodbine; the columbine bears some resemblance to the dove (co/- umba). There are also the orchid and fumitory, the latter (fume de terre) said to be named from its abundance and perhaps its curly appearance. From their properties, mostly medicinal, are named feverfew (1. e., febrifuge), comprey (Lat., con-feruere), narcissus (narcotic), eye-bright (an eye-wash—‘purging the visual nerve,” according to Milton), wolf’s-bane, flea-bane, hen-bane, nasturtium (nose twister), borage (from the Arabic, ‘‘father of sweat,” a sudorific), honeysuckle, and lavender (used to scent linen fresh from the laundry). Color gives their distinctive name to some, such as burnet (a brown flower), gowan or “gowlan” (a Norse word, the yellow flower) , lilac (Arabic, blue), cowslip, dusty miller, and silver-weed. A few are named from places or habitat, as candituft (Candia), London pride, Canterbury bell, anemone (from growing in places exposed to the wind), and wallflower (from growing on ruined walls). Cinquefoil, trefoil, milfoil (or yarrow), are named from the number of their leaves. A few have poetical names—forget-me-not, pansy (think of me), and speedwell. Religion, or devotion to the Virgin Mary, has suggested marigold, rosemary (an adaptation), ladysmock( lady’s bedstraw, and lady’s fingers. Lobelia, fuchsia, and camellia are named from botanists of the sixteenth century—J. L. R., in the Scotsman. ASTRONOMERS’ VIEWS Yerkes Professors Deprecate Sensational Reports of Planet Mars. BY PROF. EDWIN B. FROST AND PROF. E. E. BARNARD Astronomers of Yerkes Observatory EXCLUSIVE DISPATCH) CHICAGO, April 22.—We comply with the request of the Los Angeles Times for a statement concerning the planet Mars, which is said to be of some public interest at present, because we are genuinely desirous that the public should be correctly informed concerning scien- tific matters and particularly those astronomical. We must, there- fore, depreciate the publication of the sensational reports which are appearing so frequently concerning the planet Mars and the possi- bility of communicating with it. If we think of the earth’s orbit as a circle around the sun, then that of Mars would be drawn as an elongated ellipse outside the circle. It would evidently be nearer to the earth at some points than at others. If the earth and Mars are nearly in the same straight line from the sun and at the point where the orbits come closest to- gether, then this least distance will be about 35,000,000 miles; but if the earth is on the other side of its orbit (on the other side of the sun) the distance will be vastly greater, on the average 230,000,000 miles. At intervals of little more than two years the planets come into line in this way, and at intervals of fifteen years this occurrence will also be where the orbits are closest together. For this year the least distance to Mars will be 54,000,000 miles, on April 27; on March 20 it was 67,000,000, and on May 20 it will be 58,000,000 miles. In view of these great distances, it will be clear to any intelligent person that nothing appreciable will be gained in distance by ascend- ing four or five miles above the earth’s surface. Even if we could reduce the distance by 20,000,000 miles, which we can do by waiting until August, 1924, the advantage would be slight, except in viewing the planet through a telescope. If the decrease in the density of the earth’s atmosphere were an argument in favor of making such an ascent, it should be recalled that wireless signals are transmitted through thousands of miles of the earth’s atmosphere. NO PROOF OF LIFE It has not been proved that the planet Mars supports any form of intelligent life, such as that on the earth. On the other hand, the largest engineering operations that we have here would not be visible at such a distance with the greatest telescopes now in use. If it can be established that stray wireless signals received at some stations are not due to sending stations on the earth, then it would be most natural to attribute them to the disturbances which are 40 frequently observed on the sun, other evidence of which we have in the auroral displays, and other magnetic influences which the sun produces upon the earth. The planet Mars is a very interesting object to observe in a good telescope. The general surface is of a strong yellowish color, but there are large dark markings which are sometimes of a greenish color, and some parts of which are subject to probably a seasonal variation. There are also white polar caps; in the winter of the planet these extend down to middle latitudes, and in the summer melt to small size, which suggests that they are probably due to snow. POLAR CAPS In the south polar regions of Mars there seem to be mountain ranges. Their presence is revealed by the melting polar cap, which always leaves behind it at these places white strips that more slowly melt away. These white strips seem to be due to snow on consider- able elevations. The rotation of the planet can be seen readily, even in telescopes of four or five inches aperture, by watching it for a short time. This rotation is also clearly shown on photographs of Mars. The length of its day, from such observations, is about thirty-seven minutes longer than our day. Mars rises in the east at about sunset now. It can be readily recognized by its red color, and by being the bright- est object in that part of the sky. A A VALUED MEMBER GONE. [)®: I. S. Daccer, member of the Southern California Academy of ‘Sciences, answered a sudden summons of death on the 3d instant. Dr. Dagget, with his family, attended Easter services on the his- toric and picturesque Mt. Rubidoux, in Riverside, and shortly after- wards he was stricken, and died in Redlands the following day. The body was brought to Los Angeles, for funeral services and a final resting place. Dr. Daggett leaves a family comprising his widow, Mrs. Lelia Axtenn Daggett, who resides at the home, 1333 Fifth Avenue, Los Angeles, a daughter, Mrs. Paul Stuart Rattle, of Cynwyd, Pa., and two brothers in the East. He was born in Norwalk, Ohio, and died in his sixty-fifth year. Dr. Daggett’s specialty in science was ornithology, and in his years of active research he made a large collection of bird skins 42 representing practically every known species on the western con- tinent, and many representatives from other portions of the world. This collection he loaned to the Museum of History Science and Art, at Exposition Park, over which he presided, and the valued exhibit, it is hoped, will remain there permanently. A small portion repre- senting the best known and most interesting of our native birds, were mounted in groups, showing by environment their habits and hab- itats, so far as possible, and in handsome glass cases, they form 2 portion of the natural history exhibit which attracts universal atten- tion. A large number of the skins still remain in cabinets, carefully classified, so that they are available for study, and may be mounted at any future time. Dr. Daggett also gave much attention to lepidoptera, and some of the most beautiful cases of butterflies in the Museum are of his mounting. Before coming to California about eleven years ago, he resided in Duluth, Minn., where he served as a member of the Board of Edu- cation and was Chairman of the Building Committee during the most active period of development in its public schools. Dr. Daggett was essentially self-educated; he had a strong natura! inclination to scientific lines, with especial leanings toward natural history, and was a devoted student all his adult life. The degree of L.L.D. was conferred upon him in later years for merit. He had 2 comprehensive grasp of many branches of science along general lines, and leaves a fine scientific library as attestation of his studiousness. As a profession he inclined to Museum work, for which his all- round reading and study eminently qualified him. He was well in- formed on the methods and collections of the Smithsonian Institution at Washington, the New York Museum, the Field Columbian at Chicago, and the Denver Museum. When he was called to take | charge of the institution at Exposition Park about ten years ago he found an empty building, just erected, and a few unclassified and unarranged natural history collections to place in it,—some of them of the highest intrinsic value, but all needing co-ordination, mounting grouping and placing so that they might be available for the public. To this herculean task he addressed himself, and in less than two years the spacious building was filled to overflowing, having three general departments, as the name implies,—one devoted to Science on the lines of natural history, one to the Fine Arts, and one to His- tory in ethnological and archaeological collections. There is also a good start towards a historical and scientific library. The Museum received as its greatest asset in starting the collection of pre-historic fossils from the Brea Beds in the environment of Los Angeles, which had been excavated, partially classified, and to some extent mounted by the South-California Academy of Sciences. With competent paleontologists under his direction, Dr. Daggett addressed himself to the task of overhauling a score or more of great boxes of unas- 43 sorted bones, some measurably entire, but the major portion in frag- ments, and all covered with a tenacious coat of brea. These had to be cleaned, the various fragments that belonged together selected from the jumbled mass; the various bones that belonged in an indi- vidual skeleton assembled and the whole articulated and mounted in durable form true to the plan of an animal that existed some two hundred thousand years ago, which has been extinct for untold cen- turies, and even the semblence to which the reconstructor may never have seen. A number of skeletons had thus been prepared by the Academy of Sciences, under the Manipulation of Prof. H. Z. Gilbert, and were thus turned into the Museum; Dr. Daggett took up this difficult task i medias res, and continued it until all the possibilities that lay in the jumbled boxes had been exhausted. Then he secured a concession from Mrs. Ross, the owner of the Brea Beds, and started on another series of excavations more exhaustive and more extensive than any previously performed. The result of this work, added to what had already been done by the Academy of Sciences, the Uni- versity of California, the Los Angeles High School, and one or two other investigators, was sufficient to astonish the scientific world. It proved the Brea Beds to be the richest deposit of prehistoric remains ever discovered. About four hundred skulls of the Saber-tooth Tiger were taken out, and about an equal number of skulls of other mammals. Of course it was not possible to reconstruct from the broken mass complete skeletons for all of these skulls, but the rep- resentation as to types is believed to be very full. The collection includes, besides the Saber-tooth Tiger in all ages and sizes, the Im- perial Elephant, the Mastodon, the Camel, the giant Ground Sloth, the Bison, the Wolf, the Coyote, the Horse (of prehistoric type), the Teratornis, a giant bird, larger than the South American Condor, end a considerable number of other animals. A number of new types were found. All the specimens identified were made subjects of care- ful study by scientists under special direction of Dr. Merriam, of the University of California, and a number of papers of the greatest scientific interest by Dr. Merriam and members of his staff, have been published by the University. So we may say that the scientific value of the wonderful deposits of the Brea Beds has been well ex- ploited for the benefit of the world, and Los Angeles enjoys the dis- tinction of possessing the only complete museum of these specimens. While the University of California excavated and still possesses a large number of these fossils they are not available at present for museum purposes. In the tremendous scientific undertaking above outlined, Dr. Dag- gett took a large and important part, and his work in this is sufficient to carry his name down to posterity as a great public benefactor. In fact the entire Museum will stand as an enduring monument to his large grasp of matters of scientific, artistic and historical value, his great organizing ability, his indomitable energy and his single- minded devotion to a work of public beneficence. 44 IOCHE NE al EN Olt Wels, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volume XIX, Part 3 LOS ANGELES JULY, 1920 BQ IIIS TDN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA me OENMY OF SCIENCES LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Volume XIX, Part 3. July, 1920 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION: WitiiAm A. SPAULDING, Chairman. ANSTRUTHER, Davipson, C.M., M.D. Dr. JoHn’A. Comstock Office of the Academy, 1110 Van Nuys Bldg. . CONTENTS Page Ne Gale Ge Um BVeN CLSy pext aro t so ee 7 8 eee ie er og ene Yee ana ete ara es era 45 TBSCULECESSBUNSIS) Ost (Ca MO Oe ie cc lne a ee e Uieeeee rt 48 A Great Tripple Sun........... : EB ALOE RO ee PRC ee a US ee AC EL en ee TT) 5 \WeSema OM UDNES?” OLE SSUN GTA 5 eT AS er ee ear at ee ee ee 52 NewaBotamtcal "REC OTS! oe ne er eae e eee eee one 54 ANiiihiganan, IV@roMeexeronwiaD, INI SYOSOUES occ cae ccc once cence esos sorsen es nese oboe erences 85) Southern (Cees WWI Ope WEEN EN Si hee see ee er a aes see cor 30 In Memoriam Lieut. Thomas L. O’Brien..........0222020......22c2ccc cc cccceeeee ee eeeeee eee ee . 59 Suuthern Calitornia Aradeniy ot Srivures OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS DR. FRANK C. CLARK........... oaacias anditsanceugenes hs su.ney President DR. MARS F. BAUMGARDT.... a innctinenatinnas nasacaantaaseeeste LTS PVA GES LeSTO ENE DRee) OEIN Ae GOMS TO CRG eerie: eceeeseeeeeseeseseeeee-9eCONd Vice-President SAIVIUIENE fyi CEES S Bios ae aes Fas ace ch te Saabs as acnseveveboxsvesans=s0 ats. ee Treasurer GBORGBE AW. PARSON Sic. enctesconcctrcerecaesened-eec0de.c0asce fe rerses) ace - Secretary Grorce H. BEEMAN THEODORE PAYNE Dr. ANSTRUTHER DAVIDSON ; WitttAm A. SPALDING Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Pror. WILLIAM L. WaAtTTs COMMITTEE ON FINANCE B. E. BEEMAN Dr. ANSTRUTHER DAviDSON SAMUEL J. KEESE COMMITTEE ON PROGRAM Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Gro. W. PARSONS SECTIONS OF THE ACADEMY ASTRONOMICAL SECTION Mars F. BaumMGarpT, Chairman Wo. A. SPALDING, Secretary GEOLOGICAL SECTION Wo. L. Watts, Chairman Geo. W. Parsons, Secretary BIOLOGICAL SECTION J. O. BEEBE, Chairman H. Airxin, Secretary BOTANICAL SECTION Dr. ANSTRUTHER Davipson, Chairman THEO. PAYNE. Secretary NO. ] PLATE BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA SEE PAGE 48 NEGLECTED FIELDS IDR, 18, Co Cine ING ic the extensive and careful work that has been done in many lines of scientific endeavor, there yet remains very much to be accomplished in all departments. Even in those specialties in which the greatest number of workers are interested it must be admitted that only a beginning has been made. It is with these thoughts in view that I wish to call the attention of the friends of the Academy and all lovers of nature to the great need of workers in all departments of scientific research. Scarcely a day passes in which I do not have to give answer to some earnest inquirer about some bird, insect or flower, and while I am always glad to give the best reply possible to me, my learning has limitations, and only a few to whom knowledge is so welcome and so much needed, can possibly come within reach of the little help that I might give. Therefore, we see that the need of having persons in every community who shall be willing and able to render assistance is very great. The spirit and purpose of the Academy is to accomplish this very thing and it is my intention in this sketch to call attention to the cry- ing needs in the case and to suggest means by which the desired results may be accomplished. I wish particularly to call attention to the very great cultural value of scientific study entirely apart from its economic or ultilita- rian aspect. The finest poems in any language have to do with the things of nature, and the most nearly immortal of the poets are those who are in most perfect rapport with the fundamental principles un- derlying the things of the universe. If we look at the matter from the viewpoint of a sound, depend- able personality we cannot do otherwise than conclude that the most stable and perfectly balanced minds are those that are profoundly versed in the problems of science. If we would wish to have the young men and women well bal- anced and rational we must ground them in the lines of thought that lead to that end. Those who are doing the best work in any line are those who use the microscope as an aid to their natural vision and the instrument in question has led forward many a seeker for truth who might have given up the pursuit without the stimulus and added advantage of being able to see more clearly minute objects. The growth of the microscope has, in a large degree, kept pace with the development of science, for we could not make progress in some departments with- out it. Any member of the Academy or any of our friends who wish to take up the study of any branch of microscopy will find one or more persons within the Academy who will take pleasure in render- ing such aid as may be necessary in assuring them a good start. 45 What is true in this subject is equally true in any other branch of science. We wish to develop as many active workers as possible for we have a large work to do in the near future for the accomplishment of which we shall need the combined efforts of all who will labor with us. We need more careful, scientific botanists, and there is no subject which affords a more delightfully invigorating avocation than this. Fortunately we have in our membership one of the very best botan- ists in the world, and his aid and counsel are available at all times and especially at the monthly meetings of the botanical section of the Academy. There are other thoroughly competent and genial men and women who are always ready to assist those who show a disposition to learn. One of our recently elected members has vigorously taken up the study of vegetable galls and within a week after his election he had begun a collection of these wonderful little objects. We expect to hear from him in a very practical way in the near future. Would you not like to join him? Vegetable galls are interesting for many reasons—partly because of the element of surprise that attends the study. You collect the galls and put them away in jars and await the emergence of the little creatures that produce them. You will often be surprised with the results. Among the insect agencies producing galls there are to be men- tioned beetles, flies, wasps, bugs and moths. Other galls are caused by tiny worms like the vinegar eels; others by fungi and still others by mites. The material for this study is everywhere to be found and you can get enough in a single day to make a good working collection. The study of butterflies has been carried on to a great extent in our country, but at the present time the life histories of a large number of them are not known. It is quite within the realm of pos- sibility that you may add some interesting and valuable facts to our present knowledge of butterflies. What is true of the lepidoptera is equally true of all the rest of the insect world, and in some cases the information that you and I might collect may be very greatly needed in saving crops or forest trees from destruction. The study of birds has developed to a wonderful degree and it is reasonable to suppose that there are no birds in the United States that have not been discovered and classified. Still there remains a vast amount of work to be done in ornithology. Some workers have been very painstaking in their efforts to know the inter- nal structures of birds, and they have accomplished wonders. Among these are Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, Mr. C. W. Beebe and our own beloved townsman, Dr. L. H. Miller. These men have advanced our knowl- edge of the osteology of birds immeasurably and it is along this par- ticular line that we need patient and competent workers. In my collections I have a number of nestling birds, both wild and domestic. These, together with some embryonic material, I expect to work up 46 in the hope of deciding some questions of variation of species that, so far as I know, are not yet known. [ shall be glad to have help in this matter. Most of us can tell meadow lark from a black bird when we see them in the field; but could we tell the skeleton of one from that of the other? What I have said, as to our knowledge of several branches of the animal kingdom is probably true of all other branches. We need more knowledge. We must remember that there is an economical side to this question as well as the side that we are accustomed to call scientific. Vigorous, progressive commercial interests are look- ing for men who have an insight into the problems of biology and chemistry, for their success depends upon such men. The opportunity is open to any who may have energy and fore- sight enough to cause them to enter. The Southern California Academy of Sciences stands ready to give assistance to any who may be in need of it. I take this occasion to thank the members of the Southern Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences for the honor they have done me in making me president and I trust that they shall not be disappointed in the choice. There is a feeling of enthusiasm among the men and women of the Academy with whom I have talked and I predict a year of un- precedented progress. Two facts seem to stand out with peculiar prominence and these are the need of a greatly increased membership and of some definite, systematic work on the part of the older members to help those of less experience in the ways of fundamental, constructive thinking. Some members have been doing this regularly for years and will still work along this line; but there is need for more such effort by more people. We expect the fullest and frankest and happiest cooperation in all sections of the Academy and we hope to accomplish great good in the matter of the dissemination of knowledge among men. 47 BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA, Preliminary Announcement. The need of an illustrated work on the butterflies of California, prepared in popular form, has long been felt by nature students and teachers throughout the state. The subject has always held wide popular interest, each community having its enthusiasts. Progress in the study has been hampered by the dearth of popular literature such as exists in the European countries, and the far eastern states. A few books have been issued that in some measure help to fill this want, but for the most part they are either too technical or expensive to interest the amateur, or they cover too extensive a field to be of real value. The writer proposes in subsequent issues of the “Bulletin” to illustrate all of the butterflies occurring in California, properly grouped and named,—and to give such information concerning each species as will be of greatest interest to the nature student. This material will be arranged in such form as that “he who runs may read.” Scientific verbiage will purposely be held in the back- eround,—each species being entered under its common name and shown in accurate colors. The illustrations for this work will be executed in the three-color copper-plate process, as exemplified in the fronticepiece of this issue. “The plates for this work are being prepared in Los Angeles under the direction of Mr. Raymond Thorpe. They represent the highest expression of this form of re- productive art. Through their use it will be possible to identify any specimen captured in the state at a glance. It is hoped that this work will stimulate the study of this most fascinating branch of the natural sciences, and bring new recruits into the Academy’s “Outdoor Army.” California is unusually favored as an environment for this study. Within its confines are found nearly two hundred and fifty distinct species of butterflies, not counting the many interesting varieties, local races, and aberrations. The diversity of our cultivated flora gives a footing for many introduced species. Our isolated mountain ranges have developed extremely local forms. In a word, California has compressed in its confines the elements of an entomological em- pire,—a veritable “happy hunting ground” of the butterfly enthusiast. butterfly enthusiast. Explanation of plate No. 1: Fig. A. Callicore euclides, from Colombian Republic. Fig. B. Papilio oedippus, from Colombia. Fig. C. Catagramma denina, Colombia. he three upper figures illustrate some of the brilliant colors occurring in tropical species of butterflies. Fig. 1. The Sabina Checker-spot (Melitaea sabina, Wright). Southern Arizona, male. Fig. 2. Same, underside. Fig. 3. Same, upper side of female. Fig. 4. Malcolm’s Fritillary (Argynnis malcolmi, Comstock). Mammoth region, California. Male. Fig. 5. Same, female. Fig. 6. Same, underside of male. Fig. 7. The Tehachapi Fritillary (Argynnis tahachapina, Comstock). Tehachapi ; Mountains, California. Male underside. Fig. 8. Same, upper side. Fig. 9. Same, female. JOHN A. COMSTOCK. 48 TRANSACTION OF THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. DIRECTORS’ MEETING. A regularly called meeting of the Directors was held on May 13th, 1920, in the office of the Academy. There being a quorum present, the meeting was called to order. Thirty new names were presented and elected as active members of the Academy. Mr. William F. Alder who has just returned from a Scientific expedition through the South Pacific Islands was present, and presented to the Academy a valuable and unique collection, portraying the ethnology of the tribes in the isolated regions of those Islands. An expression of appreciation and cordial thanks for this generous endowment was given him. DIRECTORS’ MEETING. A regular meeting of the Directors was held on Tuesday, June 8th, 1920, in the office of the Academy. Directors present: Messrs. Baumgardt, Benton, Parsons, Keese and Collins. Mr. William F. Alder, Dr. F. C. Clark and Dr. John Comstock were in at- tendance as invited guests. The Treasurer was authorized to change the condition of the investment with the Mortgage Guarantee & Trust Co. for the best interests of the Academy. Mr. Alder gave a very interesting account of the ethnological collection which he presented to the Academy. In appreciation of the valuable work that Mr. Alder has done for the Academy, he was unanimously elected a Fellow and Honorary Member of the Southern California Academy of Sciences. Dr. Comstock kindly offered to store and care for the Academy’s collec- tions in a room at the Southwest Museum until such time as we are ready to place them in a building of our own. ANNUAL MEETING. The Annual Meeting of the Academy of Sciences was held on June 10th, 1920, in the spacious rooms of the City Club. A large assembly of members and guests were present who participated in a banquet prior to the regular business of the Academy and the program which followed. The President gave a short statement of the activities of the Academy during the last year, after which the Secretary presented his Annual Report. Upon motion of a member, the old Board of Directors was elected to serve for the ensuing year. The program for the evening consisted of violin and vocal music, followed by a lecture by Prof. B. R. Baumbardt who gave a very interesting description of the Yellowstone National Park which was illustrated by beautifully colored lantern views upon the screen. DIRECTORS’ MEETING. A meeting of the Directors elected at the Annual Meeting was held on June 17th, 1920. Messrs. Baumgardt, Benton, Davidson, Collins, Keese, Par- sons, Payne and Spalding being present. A feeling was expressed by a number of the older members of the Board who have served for many years as Directors, that it was due the younger members of the Academy that THEY should be given a place on the Board and continue the work that had been done in the past. After due deliberation, the following Directors tendered their resignation: A. B. Benton, S. J. Keese, Dr. T. C. Low, Geo. W. Parsons. The resignations of Dr. Low and Dr. Benton were accepted, Dr. John Comstock and Dr. F. C. Clark being elected Directors to fill the vacancies. The resignations of Keese and Parsons were laid upon the table. z Dr. Anstruther Davidson and Dr. A. B. Benton were elected representa- tives of the Academy upon the Board of Governors of the Museum of His- tory, Science and Art. The Board adjourned to reassemble June 24th at 11 o’clock A.M. DIRECTORS’ MEETING. An adjourned meeting of the Southern California Academy of Sciences was held at 11 A.M. on Thursday, June 24th, 1920, at the usual place for the 49 purpose of electing officers for the ensuing year, and to transact such other business properly coming before the meeting. Directors present; H. ©. Collins, Dr. Anstruther Davidson, Dr. F. C. Clark, Wm. H. Spalding, Theodore Payne, Dr. John Comstock, Geo. W. Parsons, S: J. Reese: There being a quorum, the Directors proceeded to the election of officers. Dr. John Comstock nominated Dr. F. C. Clark for the presidency, and was seconded by Mr. Spalding. Dr. Clark was unanimously elected, and thereupon occupied the chair. Other officers were elected as follows: Vice President, Mars Baumgardt; 2nd Vice President, Dr. John Comstock; Treasurer, S. J. Keese; Secretary, Geo. W. Parsons, The resignation of H. O. Collins as President, Director and Member of the Academy was upon motion accepted. Dr. Ford A. Carpenter was elected a Director to fill the vacancy caused by the resignation of Mr. Collins. A suggestion was offered that an Advisory Board be created, selected from the members of the Academy, to act unofficially with the Board of Directors on any matter of interest to the Academy that might arise. Mr. W. F. Alder who was present proposed to make an additional trip to the South Pacific Islands in the near future, and made a proposition to the Academy that in consideration of being allowed to use the name of the Southern California Academy of Sciences in connection with this expedition, he would collect further objects of interest and present them to the Academy upon his return. The matter was favorably received. President-elect Clark, then gracefully accepted the Presidency and pre- sented new ideas which should prove of great value to the Academy. A motion prevailed directing that all available funds in the hands of the Treasurer be invested to the best advantage. "The meeting then adjourned. GEO. W. PARSONS, Secretary TREASURER’S REPORT FISCAL YEAR ENDING MAY 31, 1920. RECEIPTS: Bank balances Jiuness ON i992 cc ere eee ee ae ae ee 3 Osi Dues ‘from. Members? ..0.2-2n he oe ee 342.90 Interest, rom; Loans, =. 08243 ee eee 588.88 $999.50 DISBURSEMENTS: TSSxoU yarn pg oq ofc) alee) tee eee a ae a ee SNOT ISS) NE CHIT Cee eet nance A rae ince Poe ey oe Pre En Suh pe eas nee ae 122.25 Rent, “of © fi cer, si ees Se Ee Bees Ae oe Ee a 82.50 Meleph one ~fe orcs Pw aT ee RN ge Se 68.05 ITT LT ee eno eee ee ED a en hte Oe 31.60 ROSEAE Cop Ce ree EE ed Eee 7.19 UME EIS aicteet en Bee ah tee ahd ee Pees ae 16.17 Total disbursementS ee SOS OHO Cash in First National Bank May 31, 1920... 363.89 $999.50 Investment account balances. Mortsages Guarantee Bonds at 5205 ee $ 5,200.00 Kidelity savings S& Woani stock at 6 Yonsei 3,100.00 STC mle HenteyamleO amyl 4/1177 eee ee er ee 2,650.00 Ate Tei beTtys Oana u/c ees eae ee 200.00 $11,150.00 S. J. KEESE, Treasurer. ASTRONOMICAL SECTION A GREAT TRIPLE SUN Recent Researches in the Gigantic Stellar System of Lambda Tauri Wm. H. KNIcHT gq noble object, an eclipsing variable, is to the unaided vision a star of the third magnitude, just below the Hyades in the constel- jation Taurus. The great red star Aldebaran, recognized as the angry eye of the Bull, is at the top of one stem of the letter “V,’ which forms the Hyades group. It is worth while to note that Lambda Tauri is, next to Algol, the most conspicuous eclipsing variable in the heavens. This interesting star has long been an object of earnest inquiry, for its normal brightness is diminished by two minima. That is, its light wanes with unceasing regularity once in about four days; to be exact, at the end of every 3.95 days. The decrease is not much, but it is as invariable as the succession of day and night on our globe. The cause of this diminution of light was an insoluble mystery ’till the spectroscope in the hands of Belopolsky at the Pulkowa Observ- atory in 1897 showed that this fine star, a single point of light in the most powerful telescope, consists of two mighty suns revolving round a common center of gravity with enormous velocity, the plane of the orbit being presented nearly on edge to our vision. At each revolution the smaller of the two bodies, known as the companion, and less bright than its primary, passes between the observer and the primary, partially eclipsing it, and thus causing a diminution of the light of the two bodies. This is a rational and satisfactory explanation of the four-day phenomena. But the behavior of Lambda Tauri is complicated by another and less notable minimum which occurs once in thirty-four days. It is as insistent as the four-day period, but less pronounced in the dimi- nution of light. How to account for that has been the puzzle, but a satisfactory explanation has recently been offered by Schlesinger oi the Allegheny Obesrvatory. He assumes that there is a smaller body revolving round the gigantic binary in a period of thirty-four days, and this body, passing between the eye and the binary every thirty- fourth day, would fully account for the slight but unfailing diminu- tion of light observed. Is not that a striking case of ‘‘the astronomy of the invisible” asks Joel Stebbins of the Illinois Observatory, who has been making a study of this interesting variable. And now the question arises, what are the dimensions of these great suns, so far out in the depths of space that no astronomer has been able to measure their parallax? Spectrum analysis again comes to our assistance and furnishes a solution. This Rosetti stone of astronomical science shows the velocity of the approach or recession cf a star in the line of sight. Knowing that velocity we measure the dimensions of the orbits traversed by the two suns, and thence make an approximate estimate of the bodies moving in those orbits. The dazzling splendor of the two bodies forming the eclipsing 51 variable, Lambda Tauri, may be inferred when I state that the diameter of the primary is placed at 4,250,000 miles, or about five times that of our own sun, while that of the companion is 3,200,000 miles, or three and a half times that of our sun. Accordingly the volume of the primary is 110 times greater than that of our sun, and that of the primary is 47 times greater. But after all these vast worlds are only magnificent balls of gas, for the mass of the primary is only equal to two and a half times that of our sun, while its companion is barely equal to our sun in mass. VARIABILITY OF SUN’S RADIATION. Mr. C. G. Abbott of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory gives an account of the results of investigations on the variability of the sun’s radiation in a paper published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences for February, 1920. It is found that the investigations of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory con- ducted at Washington, Mt. Wilson, Mt. Whitney, Bassour (Algeria), and now the investigations supported by the Smithsonian Institution from its private funds in North Carolina and Chile have all united in giving the impression that the solar radiation is not constant, but varies from day to day through a range of certainly five, and possibly at times ten per cent. The conclusion that the sun is a variable star is confirmed in several ways, but most notably by the results of meas- urements made by the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory at Mt. Wilson, California, on the distribution of energy along the diam- eter of the solar image. These measurements indicate, as well known before, that the edge of the sun’s disc is less bright than the center, and that the contrast of brightness between the center and the edge varies according to the wave-length of light, being greater for short wave-lengths, less for long. But the measurements of recent years have shown that not only is there a variation of contrast by wave-length, but a!so a variation of contrast with the time. The contrast in each wave length is dif- ferent for different days of observation and, on the average, for dif- ferent years of observation. The changes of contrast have been compared with the changes of total radiation of the sun determined by the aid of the Pyrheliometer and spectrobolometer, and it is found there is a moderate degree of correlation between them. The cor- relation is of two kinds. For variations of long periods of years, high values of the solar constant are found associated with the high values of contrast between the center and edge of the sun. On the contrary, for the short period variations of the solar radiation, occu- pying a few days, weeks or months, it is found that high values of the solar radiation are associated with diminished values of the solar contrast. The cause of this two-fold variation is reasonably explained. When the sun grows hotter and thus increases its output of radiation 52 along with increased solar activity, as indicated by sun spots, prom- inences, and other visible solar phenomena, this would tend to cause a greater degree of contrast. For since if the solar temperature were zero there would be zero contrast, the higher the temperature the higher the contrast. But the sun is probably entirely gaseous, and certainly its outer layers are so, and these may become more turbid at times, just as the earth’s atmosphere becomes more hazy at some times than at others. Accompanying increased turbidity of the solar atmosphere there would be found a diminished value of the solar constant of radiation. But since the path of the solar ray is oblique in the solar atmosphere near the edge of the sun, the path is longer there and the effects of the turbidity would be greater at the edges rather than at the center. Thus with the increase of turbidity the contrast of brightness would increase accompanying a dimin- ished value of the solar constant of radiation. In this way it ap- pears that the two-fold variations of the sun which have been found may be reasonably explained.—Scientific American Monthly. Mr. William F. Alder, lately returned from an ethnological expe- dition in the Orient and the South Sea Islands, lectured before the Academy of Sciences and guests, at the Chamber of Commerce Hall on the evening of Friday, July 30th. The auditorium was filled to overflowing and the audience was well entertained by Mr. Aldez’s chatty narratives of some of his experiences on the trip. He utilized the screen to present some interesting pictures, illustrating types of people encountered among the head hunters of New Guinea and Borneo, their strange manners and customs. Mr. Alder left August 2nd with the expedition of the Southwest Museum under the direction of Dr. Edward D. Jones, to gather specimens of the fauna of the far North. Mr. Alder will confine his attention to making moving picture films and photographs for the Academy of Sciences. BOTANICAL SECTION. rT BE botanical section have held their meetings regularly on the fourth Thursday of every month throughout the winter. Due to the active enthusiasm of numerous new members the meetings have been of more than usual interest and the wealth of material presented has been so great that the proceedings have been limited to the examination and identification of the specimens collected. A notable feature was the exhibit of many specimens of lilies and other northern plants cultivated by Mr. R. Kessler. Some of the results of the work of the session are here presented. New or NoteEwortTHyY ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF S. CALIFORNIA. CAMELINA SATIVA, Crantz. Roadside at Glendale, Mrs. H. H. Rockwell. An old world weed of grain fields, reported by Jepson from Siskiyou Co., and Berkeley. LUPINUS AGARDHIANUS Heller (L. gracilis Agardh.) This plant is probably not so rare here as the published reports would - indicate. In its vegetative characters it so closely simulates L. micranthus that it is readily overlooked. It has been gathered this season on hills near Fullerton by Mrs. H. H. Rockwell and at Glendale; Santa Susanna Pass; and hills north of Newhall by the writer. SILENE CALIFORNICA Durand, a common plant in the northern coast ranges, but not hitherto recorded from southern California, has been found growing abundantly in Pico Canyon by Mrs. W. W. Hutchinson. POLYGALA FISHIAE Parry. Growing abundantly at Crater Camp in the Santa Monica Range, T. Payne; Santiago Canyon and canyon near Laguna, Miss Thecla Mohr. GILIA SETOSISSIMA T. & G. Miss Milliken in her “Revision of the Polemoniaceae”’ anticipated the discovery of this species in California. Parish has since reported it from Palm Springs and this season Mr. K. R. Coolidge has brought in a few speci- mens from near Mecca. The corolla is pinkish streaked with darker lines. LINARIA DALMATICA Mill. Discovered by Robert Kessler about a mile from Sturtevant’s Camp, San Gabriel Range, the first record of its discovery in the United States. BRODIAEA LACTEA Wats. Luxuriant specimens of this species was found in the brush near Camp Baldy by Miss Jessie A. Potter. ALLIUM ATTENUIFOLIUM Kell. Ivy Canyon, Temescal, Mzss Thecla Mohr. EURYPTERA PALLIDA C. & R. Mountains west of Tehachapi. The only other record of this species is that from the type local- ity, the Santa Lucia Mts. Identified by P. C. Standley. HOLOCANTHA EMORYI. The following note has been received from David G. Thompson, Associate Geologist, Dept. of the In- terior, Washington: “T have recently read a note by Roxana Stinchfield Ferris, in the a4 January, 1919, number of the Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, describing the occurrence of Holocantha emoryi near Ludlow, California. Inasmuch as this species seems to be very rare in California it may be of interest to record the occur- rence of this peculiar plant at two other localities that have come to my attention. In February, 1918, a prospector gave me a specimen of a plant that was unknown to either of us. He had obtained it in the wash of a long broad valley that extends from the vicinity of Goffs, on the main line of the Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway, in San Ber- nardino County, southward to Ward station on the branch line of the same railway from Cadiz to Parker. The locality was given as about 20 miles south of Goffs. The specimen was sent to Miss Alice Eastwood of the California Academy of Sciences, at San Francisco, who identified it as Holocantha emoryi. In December, 1919, I was shown a specimen of the same plant by another prospector who had obtained it along a road that leads southward from the National Old Trails road about 25 miles west of Ludlow. This locality is west of the one mentioned in the Bulletin. I may state that I have traveled all of the important roads of the desert in San Bernardino County in connection with field work locat- ing desert watering places, and I have never seen Holocantha emoryi growing.” COLLINSIA CONCOLOR Greene. This species originally described by Greene from specimens collected in southern San Diego Co., has been found growing in great abundance near the top of Pacoima Canyon, Los Angeles Co., by C. J. Marvin. ‘While some other Collinsia may show somewhat villous calyces the calyx seg- ments in this species are comparatively large and the filaments may be classed as glabrous as only a few microscopic hairs are to be found near their base. VALLIUM MONTIGENUM N. SP. Bulb about 10 mm. in diameter, without definite reticulation; leaves 2, 10-12 cm; long, linear and withering early; scapes 1-2 dm. high, terete and finely striate when dried; bracts 2, broadly ovate with an abrupt acuminate tip 5 mm. long; pedicels 12-18 on pedicels 1-2.5 cm long; perianth segments pink to dark reddish purple, 12-15 mm. long, and 5 mm. wide near the base, all lanceolate acuminate but the inner 3 slightly narrower below and longer acuminate above; stamens and filaments 10 mm. long; filaments not deltoid; capsule shallowly 3-lobed, without crests, the central depression between the lebes usually purple tinged. Common on canyon slopes in the San Gabriel and San Antonio Mts. No. 2974, Coldwater Canyon, San Gabriel Mts., type in the author’s collection. This is a well known plant and has heretofore been distributed as A. Parishii or A. Breweri, but it differs from both in the capsules and in the perianth which in this species is comparatively very long. The 55 color varies somewhat with the altitude specimens brought by Burlew from Mt. San Antonio are a very dark purple while those in the chaparral zone are of a lighter color and are sometimes pinkish, NOTES, CHIEFLY NOMENCIATORIAL, ON SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA FERNS. GEORGE L. MOXLEY. \Y Ves making a somewhat extended study of our Southern California Ferns a number of interesting items have come to my attention, some of which it has seemed worth while to pass along. These deal for the most part with the changes of names and the extensions of range of the ferns found in our region. It has been shown by Maxon (Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 17:173. 1913.) that our Goldback ferns, heretofore referred to Gymno- eramme, Gymnogramma or Gymnopteris, should properly be called Pityrogramma Link. Our species therefore should be known as: Pityrogramma triangularis (Kaulf.) Maxon. Gymnogramma trian- gularis Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 73. 1824. Pityrogramma viscosa (D. C- Eaton.) Dixon. Gymnogramma triangularis viscosa D. C. Eaton, Ferns of North America 2:16. 1880. Ceropteris viscosa Underwood. Bull. Torrey Club 29:631. 1902. Notholaena cretacea Liebm., reported from San Diego County in Underwood’s Our Native Ferns, is shown (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 17:601-604) to be an aggregate of three species. N. cretacea Liebm. is confined to Mexico, N. neglecta Mavon, n. sp., is found in northern Mexico and southeastern Arizona, and N. californica D. C. Eaton is found in Southern California, Arizona and Lower California. In the American Fern Journal 7:106-109, 1917, the same author shows that our southwestern fern known as Notholaena tenera Gil- lies is not conspecific with that South American plant. He therefore describes it as N. jonesii, taking as his type a plant collected by Marcus E. Jones in Panamint Canyon, Inyo Co., Calif., May 4, 1897, and citing two collections by Parish near Cushenberry Springs, San Bernardino Co. The range of Cheilanthes feei Moore has been considerably ex- tended by the recent record of Parish, who reports it from Providence Mts., San Bernardino Co. (Bot. Gaz. 65:334. 1918.. Mr. Maxon also cites a collection of this plan at Mountain Spring, western border of the Colorado Desert, San Diego Co., May 12, 1884, Internat. Bound. Comm. 3080 (Schoenfeldt col.). Its range was previously given as Illinois to Texas, Arizona and British Columbia. Another fern that has puzzled the writer has been referred variously by collectors to Cheilanthes myriophylla Desv., C. cleve- landii D. C. Eaton and C. fendleri Hook. At my earnest solicitation Mr. Maxon made a study of the material of the various forms in the National Herbarium and undertook to clear up the status of these forms. C. myriophylla Desv. was described from South American material and very likely does not reach the borders of the United 56 States. C. fendleri Hook. is a species of Texas, New Mexico, Arizona and Colorado. C. clevelandii D. C. Eaton was described from speci- mens collected ‘“‘on a mountain about forty miles from San Diego, California,” by Daniel Cleveland in 1874. The common form of our mountains has been described as C. covillei Maxon, and ranges from Lower California to Inyo Co., northern Arizona and Nevada (Proc. Viol. Soc. Wash. 31:139-152. 1918.). The fern commonly known among us as Pellaea ornithopus Hook. is shown by Maxon (Pros. Biol. Soc. Wash. 30:179-184. 1917.) to be P. mucronata D. C. Eaton. He also considers three species, hith- erto passing loosely as P. wrightiana Hook., one of which, P. com- pacta (Davenp.) Maxon, is found in our region, having been col- lected in the San Jacinto, San Bernardino and San Antonio Mts. Our Californian Woodwardia should be known as W. chamissoi Brack. W. radicans (L.) Sm. has been shown to be an Asiatic species, and W. spinulosa Mart. & Gale., to which our fern has frequently been referred, is a Mexican species which does not reach our borders. The fronds in our species are stiffly ascending from an oblique or erect rhizome while those of W. spinulosa are lax from a short-creep- ing or decumbent rhizome. They also differ in the shape of the blade, position of pinnae, the venation of the pinnules and the char- acters of the indusia, according to Maxon (Am. Fern Jour. 9:68-69. 1919.). There has been considerable controversy among systematists as to the proper generic mane for our shield ferns. Nieuwland has shown (Am. Mid. Nat. 1:226, 1910, quoted by Weatherby, Rhodora 21:174, 1919) that Thelypteris Schmidel, published in 1762 with three or four pages of description and comment and two very excel- lent plates, is the earliest valid name for the genus. It becomes nec- essary, therefore, to transfer two of our species that have not, so far as I can learn, been properly named. Thelypteris normalis (C. Chr.) new comb. Dryopteris normalis C. Chr. This is the plant heretofore referred to D. patens (Swz.) ktze. Thelypteris arguta (Kaulf.) new comb. Dryopteris arguta (Kaulf.) Watt. Aspidium argutum Kaulf. 57 BIOLOGICAL SECTION. The following lectures were held during the year in the lecture room of the Los Angeles Public Library: February 26, 1920. Lecture by Dr. F. C. Clark, Subject, “The Evolution oz the Elephant and its Relatives.” Dr. Clark illustrated his interesting lecture by wood carvings of elephants and their related forms which were prepared by himself. March 25, 1920. Lecture by J. O. Beebe. Subject, “The Evolution of Dinosaurs to odd toed and even toed Ungulata (hoofed animals) including horses, camels, cattle, deer, swine, etc.” This lecture was illustrated by a splendid array of plaster casts prepared by Mr. Beebe. The lecture was followed by an animated discussion by many of those present. April 29, 1920. Lecture was given by Dr. John Comstock, of the South Western Museum, on the “Aboriginal Man of North America.” This lecture was most interesting and greatly appreciated by the large audience present. In the discussion which followed, the many questions answered by Dr. Comstock proved him to be a complete master of the subject. The lecture was illustrated by textile fabrics, weapons, and utensils loaned for the occasion by the Southwestern Museum. May 27, 1920. Lecture was given by Dr. R. W. Bowling on “The Human Cere- bre-Spinal Axis in its relation to conduct.” Dr. Bowling illustrated this lecture by casts of sections of the human brain and a relief plan of the spinal column showing in detail the various nerve off-shoots. Dr. Bowling treated this subject anatomically, in a masterly manner, and in his ethical deductions he revealed a largeness of tol- erance and charity toward erring human nature that was most ap- pealing. The audience evidenced their approval of the lecture in the applause which greeted him at its close. June 24, 1920. Lecture was given by Dr. F. C. Clark, subject being “The Evo- lution of Birds from Jurassic Time to the Present.” This lecture was illustrated with many bird specimens from the South Sea Islands and the eastern South American coast which added great interest to the meeting as well as serving to elucidate points of the lecture very forcibly. Models of other birds, both actual and hypothetical, in wood carvings, prepared by Dr. Clark, were used in his illustra- tions as well as the skeletons of birds. Mr. Keese, Treasurer of the Southern California Academy of Science, announced, amid much ap- plause, that Dr. Clark had that day been elected President of the Academy for the ensuing year. Announcement was made that no meetings of the Biological Section would be held during July and August and that due notice would be given of the September meet- ing. H. AITKEN, Secretary. Lizut. THomAs L. O’BrRIEN. Eo THOMAS L.O’BRIEN, member of the Board of Direc- tors of this Academy, died May 28th at the Crocker Street Hos- pital in Los Angeles, after an illness of several months. Lieutenant O’Brien, at the beginning of our hostilities in the world war, was among the first to volunteer his services. Although past the usual age of enlistment (and conscription had not yet started) his fine physical condition and general fitness secured him in July, 1917, an appointment as private in the One Hundred and Seventeenth Regi- 59 ment of Engineers. After a short period of training at Camp Lewis, 2 went to the front with the famous Rainbow Division. So great ‘as the need of reenforcement on the battle line to sustain the morale HS the sore-pressed and over-wrought veterans there engaged that the Rainbow Division was sent almost immediately into the trenches. History has already recorded how well the division bore itself, and how. on several occasions when the need was sore, the engineers them- selves took arms and engaged in the thick of the fray. Probably the danger was no greater in fighting, however or ' pethaps not so ereat, as in their regular line of duty in exploring no-man’s land, and other hazardous undertakings which fall to the lot of the engineers. With his comrades O’Brien had six months of the strenuous life at the front, in which he bore himself so gallantly that he was first pro- moted to Sargent, and afterwards to Lieutenant. After the allotted period of this strenuous activity, the regiment was sent back to join the reserves, and Lieutenant O’Brien rendered good service in connection with the commisary department in Paris. Later, by way of reward for his dangerous and faithful work, he was given a furlough to visit some of the principal cities in France, and later he entered the A. E. F. university at Baume. At the institute of Agronomy he received special recognition, in that his graduation pa- pers, out of those of 130 Amertcan students, were translated into French and read at the public closing exercises. Lieutenant O’Brien was born near Alma, Michigan, April 29th, 1870. After working his way through the Alma High School, he took up the occupation of teaching. He taught successively in ‘the Brady school, the Prat school of Claire county, and the Grammar school. Later he secured a position with a publishing house, and earned sufficient money to pay his way through Albion College. After graduation he became principal of the Michigan State School for the Blind. In 1893 he took a course in the law college of Michi- gan University at Ann Arbor. After graduation he removed to Milwaukee, where, in 1896, he married Miss Dana Squires, a union which proved most happy to the end of his life. In 1902 Mr. and Mrs. O’Brien took up their residence in Los Angeles. His first business here was in the insurance and real estate line. He later became interested in public affairs, and was elected to serve with the famous reform Council of 1910-11. He served on the not less famous county grand jury of 1912. Mr. O’Brien took a deep interest in civic and social matters. He was one of the organizers, and secretary and main-stay of the Prox- imo Club for several years, and was afterwards elected President and then President Emeritus of the club. He was also President of the Michigan Society. 60 IN MEMORIAM Tuomas L. O’BRIEN. What freak of Fate to send our soldier back, Safe from war’s hazards and its fierce alarms! What freak to follow in our soldier’s track, And snatch him after from our very arms! Ah, but this game is hard to understand— This hide-and-seek with Death, the elfish shade— For when we seek we find him not at hand, And when he seeks we may not then evade. At duty’s earliest call he answered “‘Aye,” And when the need was greatest he was there; Fighting that human freedom should not die, Daring the storm as only freemen dare. Steady he held his course through shot and shell, Over the top and through the tangled wire, Meeting the gas of hate, the flames of hell, That hissed and roared the deadly German ire. In every need he grandly bore his part, To duty where he found it reconciled; In camp and hospital a woman’s heart, And ways as gentle as a little child. Oh, the sublimity of such a life! Not less the hero for his virtues all. Stern and undaunted on the field of strife, Yet ready aye to answer Mercy’s call. And through ten thousand dangers unafraid Comes back our soldier to his happy home, Seeking the peace his noble deeds have made, Seeking the rest and comfort that should come. Ah, but this scheme is hard to understand. The hand that throws the shuttle over, under, Weaving our lives together strand on strand, Then rudely tears the woven web asunder. | But what the Weaver’s purpose who shall tell? Perchance a better pattern He would gain. Register 1oy. for He hath woven well; * Register joy, our hero’s free from pain. WILLIAM A. SPALDING. *Note. A message to his wife and by her transmitted to the Proximo Club—his last word to fellow members: “Register joy, for I am free from pain.” 61 ane yore cat ; F) é A) i . 4 * = - * ° - ] > , = r PTTL TTT RoE PELL PEPPO LOPE EELUELE COELHO Paeeer TIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Volume XIX, Part 4 October, 1920 BR COMMITTEE ON PUPLICATION WILLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman ANSTRUTHER DAVIDSON, C.M., M.D. DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK BB Office of the Academy, 1110 Van Nuys Bldg. LOS ANGELES, CAL. GT TTT TTTTTTTTTATT OOOH OLOOUAOO OOO UOMO OOOO LUOOOOA OOOO UUOUOOI UO UTEUOO TOOL OULU DOODLE UIT UU ULOO LUDO OLE ULLUPe LLG -LLoLoeLLLLeooe LoL av ft - Y i e ' > { 1 a, - ar ities ae i . “ i 5. ‘ | t 7 i t ( 1.3 / i Li ke ead on ~ ' G is i 2, oa \ Hf ml as v y ia | i ne : rit * x if U LIBRARY NEW YG@RK BOTANICAE GARDE BULLETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences The Immigrant Plants of Southern California. S. B. PARISH The distinction between the indigenous and the immigrant constituen‘s of our present flora is merely in the time and manner of their accession thereto. All are of foreign ancestry, even the endemics, which are either lingering relics, or modi- fied mutants, of former invaders. Once and again cosmic oscillations of climate have driven out the old inhabitants, and in time opened the way for new races. In historic times additions have been made by the agency of migratory birds, or by the currents of the ocean or of great rivers. All these elements we are content to call indigenous, and, by a narrower defini- tion, to restrict the term immigrant to those whose presence is due, directly or indirectly, to human agency. So far as California is concerned, this agency may be confined to civilized man, for the Indians of the Pacific coast were without agriculture or commerce, and depended for their subsistence on the natural products of land and water. In their limited wanderings they may have disseminated to some extent the seeds of the native food plants; but only in such slight degree did they disturb the operation of natural processes. It will be safe, then, to assume a very definite date for the beginning of that foreign invasion which since has so greatly modified the plant population of the State. For it must have been a virgin flora that greeted the eyes of Fr. Serra and his companions, when, on the 14th day of May, 1769, they reached the bay ot San Diego, to begin the conquest of California Alta for Holy Church and the Spanish Crown. The few previous explorers had arrived by sea, and had made but transient landings, but the followers of Saint Francis brought with them flocks and herds, and in the careful preparations for their expedition they had been particularly charged to provide themselves with store of seeds of useful plants. Step by step the long chain of missions was stretched northward along the coast, until, in 1823, the last was founded, in honor of San Francisco de Solano, near the site of the present town of Sonoma. Everywhere one of the first proceedings was the planting of gardens, and the sowing of fields; and the neophytes, as they were gathered in, were taught to be farmers and herdsmen, so that each mission speedily became a hive of industry, based on its wide acres and countless herds. Eventually a considerable secular immigration came from Mexico by way of Lower California and of Sonora, the last passing through the present Arizona and the Colorado Desert; and a scanty commerce, licit and illicit, visited the ports. THE MISSION PERIOD It was during this pastoral period that, in the pellage of domestic animals, and in the seed for sowing, those Mediterranean plants, the wild oats, the bur clover, the filaree, the wild mustard, and others, were introduced, which today form so distinctive a feature in our flora. Their advance over the coast was from south to north, as each new mission drew its stock of seeds and animals from the granaries and herds of the older ones. Most of these introductions were dis- tinctly beneficial, greatly augmenting the forage resources of the country; few of them have proved seriously harmful. These conclusions are only matters of reasonable inference, for in their writ- ings the good fathers make but vague and scanty reference to the vegetation about them. They were without the least tincture of botanical knowledge, and noted the aspect of forest or meadow solely from the economic point of view. Their most frequent observations relate to the possibilities for grazing, and were usually con- fined to noting that they found a place “‘con pasto”’ or ‘‘sin pasto,’ as grass was plentiful or wanting. Fr. Crespi,’ the diarist of Portola’s expedition, and of them all the most appreciative of natural beauty, had some eye for the bright flowers that enlivened the landscape; but most of all was his heart drawn to the “rosa de Castilla” by the brookside, or to some aromatic herb? which recalled the “romero” of his native hills in far-distant Spain. ‘ The later years of this period were signalized by the visits of some famous early botanists. In 1831, David Douglas, in the course of his extensive travels on the Pacific coast, made collections at Santa Barbara; in the next -year Thomas Coulter journeyed from Monterey to the Colorado river; in 1835 Thomas Nuttall spent some time at Santa Barbara and San Diego. Their labors added greatly to the knowledge of the indigenous flora; but they either found few alien plants, or they disregarded them. Just before the mission period drew to its close, John © Fremont, in 1845, in the course of his adventurous second expedition, rode from north to south through the great valleys, and across the mountains and deserts of the future state. His journal records many interesting observations concerning the vegetation along his route, but he notices but one introduced plant. 1Crespi. Juan Viage de la espedicion de tierra de San Diego a Monterey. 1769. “Probably Trichostema lanceolatum Benth., which is still so called by Spanish- speaking Californians. 3 THE PIONEER PERIOD The bucolic period of Californian history was rudely brought to an end by the inrush of gold-seekers from all quarters of the globe, following the discovery of the precious metal in 1848. Whether they arrived by water or by the overland trails, they must have brought in their belongings the seeds of new weeds, which were further added to by the sudden commerce which sprang up to supply their needs. In these ways many cosmopolitan weeds must have made their appear- ance at the port of San Francisco, and in the mining camps. The southern coun- ties attracted little of this new population, for here the mines were few and unim- portant, and so they were not much affected by the accompanying invasion of alien plants. Some of these speedily worked their way down the coast, thus reversing the direction of the migrations of the mission period. This process of extension is still uncompleted. For this period we have a considerable body of botanical literature. No pros- pector, it is true, turned from the mad rush for wealth to regard the plants he uprooted in his search; but there were not wanting a few to whom knowledge was more precious than gold. Dr. Albert Kellogg, the first resident Californian botan- ist, arrived at Sacramento in 1849, and in 1850 Dr. H. H. Behr landed at San Francisco. These two physicians became lifelong residents of the State, and their interest in science early divided their attention with their professional practice, and led them to record the results of their studies in different journals. This, too, was the time of many explorations and surveys undertaken by the general government, which always included collections and observations on botany, duly recorded in the published reports. While these various publications are a mine of wealth so far as they relate to the indigenous plants, they are disappointing when searched for information concerning the weed flora. They record few immi- grant plants, except the most abundant of the mission introductions, already broadspread over the land. Were one to judge from this negative evidence the number of introduced plants must have been very small at that time. But it is probable that these botanists, like most collectors in new fields, gave their atten- tion mainly to the many unfamiliar plants, whose novelty attracted them, to the neglect of the common weeds they, knew so well at home. THE RAILWAY PERIOD Of all the means by which weeds are disseminated railways easily rank the first. The freight car carries its unbroken load from one end of the country to the other; animals, grain, and goods of all kinds, instead of the limited movement otherwise possible, are transported by rail wherever the market demands, regard- less of distance. Population is increased, agriculture and commerce are stimu- lated, resulting in a constantly augmenting traffic. Frequently the introduction of a new weed can be directly traced to railway transportation, and its progress can be followed by records of its appearance about railroad tracks or yards. Such is the case with several now widely distributed weeds. For this period we enjoy definite records, beginning with Brewer & Watson’s Botany of the Geological Survey (1876, 1880), down to the present day. Several Floras have been published, covering different parts of the State, and many papers have appeared in the botanical journals, so that there is now a considerable knowledge of the composition of our flora. Information concerning immigrant plans is embodied in these sources, and a few papers relate entirely to them. list of such papers will be found on a subsequent page. GEOGRAPHIC AND CLIMATIC LIMITS The area which this paper seeks to cover is that part of the State of California south of Santa Barbara on the coast and Tehachipi Pass in the interior. But while these limits have been observed as to the plants to be included, it has been thought allowable to adopt a wider horizon in the treatment of some of them. The physical configuration of this region, and its great climatic differences, exert a determining influence not only on the indigenous flora, but on the exotic as well. These restrictive conditions operate less rigorously on the introduced weeds than on the native plants, enabling the foreigner, favored by the operations of agriculture, to occupy places from which undisturbed natural conditions would exclude it. It is for this reason that most immigrant plants are restricted to the precincts of cultivation, only a few being able to overpass these limits. The great climatic areas into which Southern California is divided are three: the desert, the mountain, and the region between the Sierra and the sea, usually called the cismontane. THE DESERT The desert area, larger than the two others combined, is a land of parching heat, violent winds and scanty and irregular rainfall. The soil in many parts is of excellent character, but deficiency of water confines vegetation to such spe- cialized plants as possess an adaptation to this rigorous environment. Up to a recent time there was no cultivation, except at a few small oases, and it was only there, and as a scanty and transient growth about mines and camping places, that foreign plants could be found. Recent years have seen a change: towns, some of them of considerable size, have sprung up along the railways which traverse the deserts, and in every place where, by any means, water can be obtained for irri- gation, lands of greater or less extent have been brought under the plow. 4 The largest of these tracts is Imperial Valley, a body of rich alluvial soil situated in the southwestern part of the Colorado Desert, beneath the level of the sea. In 1902 water from the Colorado River was carried on to these Jands sufficient to irrigate 300,000 acres, and these are now under intensive cultivation. In 1912-1913 a survey of the flora of this valley showed that the majority of the weeds common in the older settlements, had not yet arrived, and that most of those which had made their appearance were, as yet, infrequent. It is probable, however, that an investigation made at the present time would show a great increase in the number and abundance of exotic weeds. Two other facts in rela- tion to the weed flora were brought out by this survey; namely, that not an im- migrant plant was found on the open desert beyond the limit of irrigation; and that the weeds most troublesome to the farmer were plants indigenous in the overflowed lands of the delta, carried by the irrigation system onto the fields, where they flourished with great luxuriance. Elsewhere in the deserts, where local wells are the source of irrigating water, the surrounding native plants are not likely to be attracted by cultivation; but in time the farmer will have to contend with many of the common pests of agriculture, while the feral hills and plains will remain largely immune from their invasion. THE MOUNTAINS The mountain area is the least extensive of the three under which our region is considered. It is exceedingly rugged, its ascents abrupt, and in places pre- cipitous; several of the summits exceed 10,000 feet in altitude, and the loftiest at- tains 11,725 feet. Above 5,000 feet they are mostly covered with an open forest of pines and other conifers. Neither the soil, nor, in the higher parts, the climate, is favorable to cultivation, but below the 4,000 feet contour there are limited tracts where it succeeds. Consequently the immigrant flora is scanty, both in species and in individuals. Some increase is to be expected, since good automobile roads now render access easy to many parts of the mountains, drawing thousands to them for their summer vacations. THE CISMONTANE REGION The cismontane is a region of fertile soils, where an extensive and varied agri- culture is carried on, mostly by irrigation. It is filled with cities and towns, with their accompanying industries; and in all parts it is well served by railways, three of them transcontinental. It was also the earliest settled part of the State, and the site of the first missions and of the earliest pueblos. These conditions naturally result in the presence of an abundance and diversity of introduced plants. They may be considered in two groups, which are determined by their growth-requirements. The first includes plants whose long period of growth needs a continuous seasonal supply of water, and to which, in most cases, a rich soil is essential. These requisites are to be found in the farms, the orchards, the gardens and lawns, and other cultivated and irrigated lands, or in the infre- quent small tracts naturally moist. Here grow the common weeds of cultivation, with a few of more restricted range: and here are now appearing other cosmo- politans, often as yet mere casuals. To this group belong the deep-rooted annuals, and all the perennials save one. Most plants belonging in the second group, while found in cultivated grounds, are also able to contend with the native plants of the feral mesas and hills. To do so they must share the life adaptations of the indigenous vegetation with which they are brought into competition. This consists mostly of annual herbs, which complete their cycle of existence during the few rainy months, or of perennials, mostly shrubby or suffruticose, able, by reason of special adaptations, to survive the long dry season. A single introduced perennial, horehound, is of this class; the others are auick-growing annuals, mostly grasses. Here belong a number of Mediterranean plants, dating from the mission era, now widely spread over the state, and a few pestiferous bromes, recently introduced, but disseminating them- selves with great rapidity. The number of species is not great, but in individuals, and in the extent of ground which these weeds occupy, and often monopolize, they exceed all the others combined, and little or nothing can be done to combat them. The early immigrants possessed qualities which made them a valuable addition to the plant population, but the later-comers are entirely worthless; but good and bad alike have greatly modified the native vegetation, and in places replaced it. In very many they are the prominent feature of the plant covering, and impart to the landscape a foreign aspect. It may well be that in no long time extensive bodies of an unmixed native flora will be found only on the arid deserts or the higher mountains. BEHAVIOR OF THE IMMIGRANT FLORA The intrusion of man has thus disturbed the equilibrium attained by the long interaction of natural causes. Not only have his various activities been directly or indirectly destructive to the native vegetation, but he has introduced new, and often vigorous, competitors in the struggle for existence. Were he now to with- draw, the forces of nature, again free from his interference, would tend to the re- storation of former conditions. In time new forests would replace those the wood- man has felled, and the old chavarral would repossess the cleared hills. These tracts have been practically unaffected by the introduced vegetation; but not so the open mesas and slopes and the naturally damp meadows. Here, in the farms, 5 the gardens and the orchards, flourish the cosmopolitan weeds which constitute so large a part of the foreign plant population, These depend upon the advantages they enjoy from cultivation and irrigation, and without them would disappear; a result which may be seen in abandoned fields. But the other immigrants which are able to dispense with these aids, and to compete successfully with the natives under the unmodified conditions ot nature, have won trom them much of the land. It can hardly be thought that the bunch-grasses and the delicate herbs which once occupied it could ever reclaim it trom the wild-oats and the aggressive bromes now in possession, It would, indeed, remain grass-land, but the primal species could never regain their dominance. It may be of interest to note the conduct of these immigrants in their new homes. Some advance slowly, step by step, but persistently; others, once intro- duced, spread with the rapidity ot an epidemic; a few having attained a limited local foothold, do not overpass its bounds. These differences are not entirely de- pendent upon varying facilities for dissemination, important as these are. The effect on distribution of the more strongly marked climates has been already con- sidered; but the aliens share with the natives in their subjection to minor cli- matic and edaphic variations. Some plants of either class abound under the cooler and damper conditions near the seacoast, and one by one disappear as the aridity increases towards the interior. Not always are the limiting causes easily recognized, but it is evident that the plant which demands the least delicate adjustment to environment has the best chance for wide diffusion. Yet it can- not be predicted, from the character borne by a weed elsewhere, what future may await its introduction here. Some which have overrun the Atlantic states have here proven failures. The wild carrot has more than once obtained a foothold, but has not retained it; forty years ago I knew Datura Tatula as an infrequent weed in my neighborhood, and infrequent it still remains. EXPLANATIONS Plants in economic or ornamental cultivation and rarely found as temporary escapes, are not included in the following catalogue; nor are those indigenous plants which are among our common weeds of cultivation. General statements as to distribution apply only to the ctsmontane region, occurrence in the deserts or mountains being specially noted. Stations are reported, except for the commoner species, and as far as possible chronological data are supplied; in these notes the writer’s name as authority is omitted, unless ambiguity might ensue. Notes on distribution in other parts of the state are based on an examination of speci- mens in the herbarium of the State University, and on published records. The bibliography includes all the papers or notices I have been able to find which relate exclusively to the weed flora of the state. In conclusion, I desire grate- fully to acknowledge the assistance I have received, in relation to the plants of their respective regions by notes and specimens kindly communicated by Dr. A. Davidson, of Los Angeles, Mr. I. M. Johnston, of Upland, and Mr. F. M. Reed, of Riverside. SUMMARY The number of species and varieties enumerated in the subjoined catalogue is 281; they may be segregated as follows: Naturalized and generally distributed 76, naturalized but common only in certain localities 55, naturalized, but no- where abundant 55, adventives, fugitives and waifs 95. The genera are 177; Bromus has 12 species, no other as many as ten. There are 41 families; the Gramineae, with 69 species or varieties, the Compositae, with 49, the Cruciferae, with 21, the Leguminosae, with 16, the Polygonaceae, with 13, and the Cary ophyl- laceae and Solanaceae, with 11 each, are the only Families having as many as ten. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE CALIFORNIA IMMIGRANT FLORA Brandegee, K. ; Verbascum in California. Zoe 5:138. 1901. Davidson, A. Immigrant Plants of Los Angeles County. Erythea 1:56-61; 98-104. 1893. Immigrant Plants in Los Angeles County. W. Am. Scientist. 4:66-68. 1895. The Changes in Our Weeds. Bull. S. Acad. Sci. 9:11, 12. 1910. Another Mustard Pest. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. 12:11. 1913. IDFR ats: Wo 118} Contribution to the History of Achyrodes aureum. Erythea 2:113-119, 1894. Solanum eleagnifolium in California. Erythea 4:125. 1896. Mentha pulegium. Erythea 4:145. 1896. Recent Introductions into California. Erythea 4:176, 177. 1896. Centaurea solstitialis in Colusa County. Erythea 5:129. 1897. Introduced Plants in Calaveras County. Erythea 6:17, 18. 1898. Dewey, L. H. The Genus Avena on the Pacific Coast. Erythea 3:29. 1895. Dyer, H. P. Some Berkeley Weed Seeds. Rept. Agric. Exp. Sta. Univ. Cal. 1890, 252-266. 1891. Eastwood, A. ; Pelargonium anceps Ait. Erythea 4:34. 1896. New Localities for two Introduced Plants. Erythea 4:35. 1896. New Station for two Introduced Plants. Erythea 4:99. 1896. 6 Scolymus hispanicus L. Erythea 4:145. 1896. Geranium parviflorum L. Erythea 4:145. 1896. New Station for two Plants. Erythea 4:151. 1896. Centaurea calcitrapa L. Erythea 4:175. 1896. The Plant Inhabitants of Knob Hill, San Francisco. Erythea 6:61-67. 1898. Another Introduced Plant. Erythea 7:176. 1899. On the Occurrence of Rhagadiolus hedypnois All. in North America. Zoe 5:35, 36. 1900. Atriplex semibaccata R. Br. in Marin County. Zoe 5:136, 137. 1901. Essig, E. O. Russian Thistle in Ventura County. Ventura Co. Hort. Comm. Bull. 1:1-16. 1910. The Caltrop, or Ground Bur-nut. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 3:78, 79. 1914. Two interesting Weeds. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 7:39, 1918. Greene, E. L. On the Distribution of some Western Plants. Erythea 1:181-184. 1893. Hall, H. M. The Relation of Farm Weeds to Hay Fever. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 6:44-47. 1917. Hickman, J. B. The Russian Thistle, its Control and Eradication. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 6:442, 443. 1917. Hilgard, E. W. The Weeds of California.- Gard. & For. 4:316, 317; 328, 329; 375, 376; 424, 425; 457, 458. 1891. Reprinted in Rept. Agr. Exp. Sta. Univ. Cal. 1890, 238-252. 1891. Jepson, W. L. Alien Plants in California. Erythea 1:141, 142. 1893. Kennedy, P. B. Seed Inspection and Weed Control. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 7:160. 1918, Knowiton, Kk. The Weeds of Kern County. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 4:159, 160. 1915. Suggestions on Weed Control. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 6:430, 431. 1917. Leeds, B. F. Notes on the Introduced Plants of Santa Clara. Zoe 2:124-126. 1891. Moxley, G. L. Bidens frondosa L. Lorquinia 2:21. 1917. Newman, O. Weed Notes from County Commissioners. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 4:275, 276. 1915. Weed Dissemination. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 4:467-472. 1915. The Yellow Star Thistle. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 6:27-29. 1917. Canada Thistle. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 6:48-51. 1917. Wild Mustard Control. Monthly Bull. Cal. Hort. Comm. 6:219-224. 1917. Pammel, L. H. F Notes on the Weeds of California. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 23:489-493. 1916. Parish ss: Notes on the Naturalized Plants of Southern California. Zoe 1:7-10; 56-59; 123-126; 182-188; 205-210; 261-265; 300-303; 2:26-34. 1890, 1891. Notes on some Introduced Plants of Southern California. Muhlenbergia. 5:109- 115; 121-128. 1913. Plants introduced into a Desert Valley as a Result of Irrigation. Plant World 16:275-280. 1913. Circulating Pests. Cal. Cultivator 40:434. 1914. Shinn, C. H. The Hussian Thistle in California. Agric. Exp. Sta. Univ. Cal. Bull. 197:1-16. 189. Waellite, J25 Isl, Escapes in the Coast Range. Zoe 1:86. 1890. SYSTEMATIC CATALOGUE NAJADACEAE Potamogeton crispus L. Abundant in the Santa Ana River near Corona, Johnston in 1918. Not other- wise known from the state. Native of Europe. ALISMACEAE Sagittaria latifolia Wild. Increasingly freauent on the marshy borders of small streams. San Bernardino; appeared first in 1890. Los Angeles, Braunton in 1902. Regarded as native in the tule marshes of central California, but in the south introduced through use by Chinese, who eat the tubers. GRAMINEAE ~ Holcus halepensis L. Johnson Grass. Means Grass. Introduced into California about 1884 as a valuable forage grass, and for a few years cultivated to a limited extent, but found undesirable; soon escaping, and now a frequent and troublesome weed in orchards, farms, and other irrigated lands, and in waste places. In the Colorado Desert, a single clump, at El Centro, Parish in 1913. First introduced into the United States in 1830, by a cotton expert, who was sent to Turkey by Governor Means, of South Carolina, and who brought 7 back, on his return, seeds of a number of supposedly valuable plants, including this. grass. An annual variety, known as Sudan Grass, has recently come into cultivation, and is beginning to escape. Upland, Johnston in 1918. Native of Asia and Africa, Paspalum Larranagae Asch. Palm Springs Station, Colorado Desert, in ground irrigated by the railway water tank, Parish in 1913, Otherwise known in the state from a single station in Butte County. Native of Mexico. Digitaria humifusa Pers. Pasadena, recently introduced, Grant in 1906; Foster, San Diego County, W. D. White in 1916. Native of Europe. Digitaria sanguinalis Scop. Crab-grass. A common and long-established weed in cultivated grounds, as abundant thirty-five years ago as now. Native of Europe. Panicum capillare L. var. occidentale Rydb. P. barbipulvinatum Nash. Entirely confined to cultivated and waste grounds, where abundant and long- established, and appearing in every way like an introduced weed, but considered by Hitchcock® to be native. The species itself probably occurs, but data are wanting. Panicum miliaceum L. Broom-corn Millet. An occasional waif. Riverside, Reed in 1910, 1918. Upland, Johnston in 1917. Native of Europe. Echinochloa colona Link. Jungle Rice. An abundant weed in the cultivated parts of the Salton Sink, Colorado Desert, Parish in 1913; introduced by irrigating water from the bottom lands of the Colo- rado River, where .it is common. Occasional in the Cismontane, Orange, Mrs. Bradshaw. Riverside, Reed in 1918. Upland, troublesome in gardens, Johnston in 1918. The most northern specimen seen is Visalia, Congdon in 1881. Native of Europe. Echinochloa crus-galli Beauv. Barnyard Grass. Naturalized in rich, damp soils of cultivated and waste grounds, and along ditches. Long established; at San Bernardino as abundant in 1880 as at present. Throughout the state. Native of Europe. Echinochloa zelayensis Schult. Common in the Colorado River bottom lands (Yuma, in 1912), thence water- borne to the Salton Sink, where it abounds on river banks, and along ditches. Native of Mexico. Setaria geniculata Beauv. S. gracilis H BK. _A recently introduced, and increasingly frequent roadside grass in damp soils. Los Angeles, Hasse in 1892, and Greata in 1900. Riverside, Parish in 1897, San Bernardino in 1907, and Santa Barbara in 1916. Fresno, Griffiths, is the most northern station reported. Native from Florida to Mexico. Setaria lutescens Hubbard. S. glauca Beauv. Yellow Foxtail. Recently naturalized, and now frequent along roads and in fields; probably in- troduced in foul seed grain. Rialto, Parish in 1890, and San Bernardino in 1895. Riverside, Reed in 1904. Claremont and Pomona, Johnston, in 1918. Apparently introduced earlier in central California, as. Hilgard® reported it in 1890 as already “a terrible pest in alfalfa fields.”’ Native of Europe. Setaria verticillata L. Bristly Foxtail. : , J nyt! Roadside at Upland, Johnston in 1918, the only Californian collection. Native of Europe. Setaria viridis Beauv. Green Foxtail. A recently introduced, and still infrequent, roadside grass. San Bernardino, in 1916. Native of Europe. Leersia oryzoides. Swartz. Rice Cutgrass. Locally established at a road crossing of Mill Creek, San Bernardino, in_ 1885; now abundant for some two miles along the borders of this stream, and of Warm Creek, into which it empties. The only other known station in the state is in Lake County, Bolander, before 1860. Native of the western states. Pennisetum villosum R. Br A local fugitive from ornamental cultivation. Santa Barbara, Eastwood in 1908, and Parish in 1916. Ventura, Parish in 1916. Native of Abyssinia. Cenchrus panciflorus Benth. Bur grass. An increasing, but not yet frequent, pest in pastures and by roadsides, in damp soils. Near Colton, Parish in 1890, and Rialto in 1913. Redlands, Greata in 1906. Riverside, Reed in 1906, and “troublesome in orchards” in 1918. In the Colorado *Balls GRAS Ss; Dept. Agric. Bur. Pi ind ssBullseti-72 1902: ®*Hitchcock, A. S., in Jepson, Fl. Cal. 91. 1912. ®Hilgard, W. E. Weeds of California 47. 1891. 8 Desert at Mecca, a depauperate form less than itich high, on overflowed land, Parish in 1913. Occasional throughout the state; said to be one of the two worst weeds about Bakersfield.‘ Native of the Atlantic coast. Phalaris canariensis L. (Canary-seed Grass. An occasional waif. Pasadena, Grant. San Clemente Island, Lyon in 1895. Santa Catalina Island, T. S. Brandegee in 1916. Native of Europe. Phalaris caroliniana Walt. Infrequent. Palms, Los Angeles County, Grant in 1901.. San Diego, T. S. Brandegee in 1903.. Ojai, Hubby. Native of the southeastern states. Phalaris minor Retz. Somewhat widely naturalized. San Bernardino, Parish in 1882, and Playa del Rey in 1918. San Diego, Oreutt. Railway embankment, El Monte, Johnston in 1917, and in orchards in the Claremont region in 1918. La Jolla, Clements in 1914. Native of the Mediterranean region. Phalaris paradoxa L. var praemorsa Coss. & Dur. San Diego, T. S. Brandegee in 1902. La Brea Ranch, Davidson in 1916. Native of Europe. Anthoxanthum odoratum L. Sweet Vernal Grass. Occasional in lawns at Los Angeles, Davidson in 1895. Native of Europe. Gryzopsis miliacea Benth. & Hook. Smilo Grass. San Diego Grass. Roadside near Los Angeles, McClatchie in 1896. Abundant in the streets of Santa Barbara, Parish in 1916, 1918. Monrovia, W. W. Phillipson in 1916. Ventura, Essig in 1918. Said to be cultivated in San Diego County as a dry land crop. Native of Europe. Phleum pratense L. Timothy. An infrequent waif. Riverside, Reed in 1917. Santa Monica, Parish in 1918. Claremont, Johnston in 1918. Victorville, Mojave Desert, Palmer in 1888.5 Not grown, nor the hay imported, in our region. Frequent in northern California. The name Timothy is said to come from one Timothy Hanson, who introduced the grass into Maryland in 1720.2 A native of Europe. Polypogon littoralis Smith. Common in wet soils, notably along ditches and shallow streams. North to Vancouver Island. Native of Europe. Polypogen monspeliensis Desf. An abundant vernal grass in cultivated and waste, and frequent in unbroken grounds. Occasional throughout the deserts; Imperial Junction, MacDougal in 1912; Mecca, Parish in 1913; Furnace Creek, Coville & Funston in 1891. Antelope Valley, Davy in 1893. Surprise Canyon, Hall & Chandler in_1908. Postoffice Spring, Parish in 1915. Common throughout the state. Native of Europe. Agrostis alba L. Redtop. Occasional in meadows and by roadsides in damp _ soil. San ‘Bernardino, Parish in 1892. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1918, and Big Rock Creek in 1901. San Antonio Mountains, at 5,000 ft, alt., Johnston in 1917. Cultivated in some parts of northern California, and naturalized; but not in the south. Native of Europe. Agrostis stolonifera L. Common in damp soils. in cultivated and waste grounds, reaching 6,000 ft. alt. in the San Bernardino Mts. Bear Valley, Parish in 1882. North to Mendocino County. Native of Europe. Gastridium lendigerum Gaud. Common on dry plains and hillsides near the coast, extending inland to Clare- mont and Ontario. A few plants at San Bernardino in 1907 are the most inland reported. North to Humboldt County. Native of southern Europe. Ginannia lanata Hubbard. Notholcus lanatus Nash. Velvet Grass. Infrequent, and probably only as a waif. Pasadena, McClatchie in 1894. San Jacinto, Davidson in 1895. Cuyamaca Mts., T. S. Brandegee in 1894. Frequent from Monterey northward. Native of Europe. Aira caryophylea L. WHair Grass. A waif at San Bernardino in 1894. Common in northern California. Native of Europe. Avena barbata Brot. Slender Wild Oats. Widely distributed, usually less abundant than the next species, but near the coast in San Diego County often covering wide areas with a dense pure stand, 4 to 5 ft. high. First reported from California in 1885,!° but with little doubt an early introduction. ~ “Monthly Rept. State Comm. Hort. 6:437. 1917. 8Vasey & Rose, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1:8. 1890. Vasey. G. Descr. Cat. Grasses U. S. 42. 1885. Vasey G. Descr. Cat. Grasses U. S. 56. 1885. 9 Avena fatua L. Wild Oats. Abundant throughout the state, except in the deserts and mountains. In the Colorado Desert, infrequent at Brawley, in 1913. Avena fatua L. var. glabrescens Peterm. Probably as widely distributed as the species, but less abundant, and not distinguishable from it by gross aspect. The wild oats must have been among the earliest introductions of the mis- sion era, and being well suited to the conditions, have spread with rapidity. Newberry" says that in 1855, throughout central and southern California, wherever the ground was not occupied by forests, wild oats “covered surfaces of many hundreds of miles in extent as completely as the grasses cover the prairies of Illinois,” and he was inclined to regard them as indigenous. This report indicates that at this early date they were even more abundant than at present, the increase of cuintiy: ation having curtailed their area. They are frequent in cultivated grounds, especially as “volunteers” in grain. fields, but they also occupy great tracts of hills and plains. They afford good pasturage, and in early years were extensively reaped for hay. It is by way of California, doubtless, that the wild oat has reached other parts of the United States. All are natives of the Mediterranean region, but entered this state from Mexico. In recent years the tame oat is much grown here, and is a frequent temporary escape. Cynodon Dactylon Pers. Bermuda Grass. Abundantly naturalized in irrigated or damp soils, both cultivated and un- broken, and often persisting in dryer places. A most obnoxious weed in orchards, vineyards and gardens; very destructive to alfalfa fields, where it chokes out and supplants the crop, rendering it necessary to replant frequently, and in the same way destroying lawns. The seeds are carried by the irrigating water, so that it is practically impossible to prevent its entrance into irrigated lands. In the Colorado Desert it was frequent in fields and about houses in 1913, < Although now so abundant it probably was not a very early introduction, at least in the south. At San Bernardino it was still rare about 1880, and I have found no early record of its presence in the state. Often, but wrongly called “Devil Grass,’” properly the name of Paspalum distichum L. Native of the warmer parts of the Old World. Chloris elegans HBK. Common in the bottom lands of the Colorado River, since before 1860;'* thence water-borne to the Salton Sink, where it is abundant in fields and about habita- tions. Near Mecca, a reduced form, less than inch high, in flooded ground in the open desert, Parish in 1913. Greenland Ranch, Death Valley, Coville & Funston in 1891, but not found there by me in 1915. An occasional waif in the cismontane region. Riverside, Reed in 1904. Pomona; Mrs. H. S. Yates in 1914. Claremont, in alfalfa fields, Johnston in 1918. Native of Mexico. Eleusine indica Gaertn. Goose Grass. Sparingly introduced in lawns, supposedly in clover seed, Los Angeles, Davidson in 1907. Native of the Old World. Arundo donax L. Reed. Occasional, and sometimes locally abundant, along the banks of streams. Los Angeles River, Lyon in 1889. Santa ‘Ana Riv er, near Redlands, Parish in 1894. San Gabriel River, Johnston in 1918. Occasional in ornamental cultivation, from which an escape. Probably first brought into the state during the mission period. An aged Mexican informed Mr. Lyon that as early as 1820 it was so plentiful along the Los Angeles River that it was gathered for roofing material, for which it was preferred to the ‘“tules’? commonly used for that purpose. Native or Europe. Eragrostis mexicana Link. An infrequent weed by roadsides and along ditches. Santa Ana, Parish in 1882, and Redlands in 1892. San Diego, Orcutt in 1885. Native of Mexico. Dactylis glomerata L. Orchard Grass. An infrequent and short-lived wayside waif. San Bernardino about 1836. Clare- mont and Pomona, Johnston in 1918. Frequent in parts of northern California. Not cultivated in the south. Native of Europe. Cynosurus cristatus L. Dog’s-tooth Grass. Rare in lawns, Los Angeles, Davidson. Native of Europe. Lamarkia aurea Moench. Golden-top Grass. First collected in the United States by Parry & Lemmon in 1875, a few plants only, at the mouth of Mill Creek, San Bernardino Mts.. but probably already established about Los Angeles, where found in great abundance by Parry in 1881, although at that date it was still very rare about San Bernardino. Now abundant in spring in dry soils throughout southern California. Also common in central California, where the earliest record is Edendale, Santa Clara Valley, Davy in 1893. Native of the Mediterranean region. 4aNewberry J. S. Pac. R. R. Survey, 6 pt. 3:13. 1857. Thurber. G. Pac. R. Rept. 5, pt. 4:30. 1860. 10 Poa annua L. Frequent by roadsides and in waste places in damp soil. Also quite frequent in the mountains at about 6,000 ft. alt. Cuyamaca Mts., T. S. Brandegee in 1893, Big Meadows, San Bernardino Mts., Hall in 1906, and San Antonio Mts. in 1900. In the Mojave Desert, in the Panamint Mts., Hall & Chandler in 1906, and Granite Wells, Parish in 1915. Native of Europe. Poa compressa L. Canada Bluegrass. ; Infrequent in the streets of Los Angeles, Davidson in 1918. Native of Europe. Poa pratensis L. Kentucky Bluegrass. ; _A favorite lawn-grass, thence a fugitive to waysides. Also frequent in moun- tain meadows, at 6,000-7,000 ft. alt., where it has been ComSieleve indigenous, and so appears. Native of Eurasia and North America. Festuca bromoides L. Frequent in unbroken and cultivated grounds. Native of Europe. Festuca elatior L. Meadow Fescue. An infrequent waif. Oak Knoll, Pasadena, McClatchie in 1895. Los Angeles and Santa Monica, Davidson in 1892. More abundant in northern California. Native of Europe. Festuca Myuros L. Rat-tail Grass. A_very abundant spring grass in unbroken and in cultivated sandy soils. San Bernardino, abundant in 1882. Santa Catalina Island, T. S. Brandegee in 1890. Probably an early introduction. The earliest record is from Monterey, Brewer in 1861. Native of Europe. F. megaleura Nutt, grows with the above species, and is quite as abundant, and not readily distinguished from it, but is considered indigenous. Bromus arenarius Labill. First collected, a few plants only, by the roadside in Waterman Canyon, San Bernardino, Parish & Reed in 1905, but probably already introduced else- where; now much increased in that vicinity, and beginning to appear in other canyons-of those mountains. _Very abundant in grain lands at Red Hill, near Uplands, Parish & Johnston in 1917. In the Mojave Desert at the Shoestring Mine, Tejon Pass, in 1914, Waterman Ranch, near Barstow, and “The Cave,” in a remote part of the Ivanpah Mts., all in 1915, and in each case only a few plants. North to Mariposa County. Not reported from beyond the state boundaries. Native of Australia. Bromus commutatus Schrad. ‘ An infrequent waif. San Bernardino, in 1891. Orange and Redlands, Davy in 1902. The earliest record is San Francisco, Bolander before 1880.1% Native of Europe. Bromus hordeaceus L. Soft Chess. Increasingly frequent by roadsides and in meadows; probably of recent intro- duction. Santa Monica, Hasse in 1890. Los Angeles, “not. common,’’ Davidson in 1896. Common at Santa Ysabel and Oceanside, Parish in 1896. Ascends the San Bernardino Mts. to 3,500 ft. alt. In the Mojave Desert, in the railway park at Barstow, Parish in 1915. Earlier established in central California. Common by roadsides and in neglected fields, Hilgard in 1890. Napa Valley, Jepson in 1893. Ukiah, “the prevalent grass in some ranges,’ Davy in 1899. Native of Europe. Bromus hordeaceus L. var. leptostachys Beck. Abundant by a roadside, in marshy soil, San Bernardino, in 1916. Native of Europe. Bromus madritensis L. Locally abundant in hard, arid soil, Fort Tejon, Parish in 1887, the first re- ported collection in the United States. Santiago Peak, Orange County, Abrams in 1904. Infrequent north to Oregon. Native of Europe. Bromus rubens L. One of the most widely spread, abundant and thoroughly naturalized grasses of the cismontane region; of recent introduction, but with the greatest rapidity overspreading arid plains and hills, and cultivated grounds, San Bernardino, in small amount, in a stubble field in Reche Canyon, in 1886. Ascends the moun- tains to 3,000 ft. -alt. In the Colorado Desert, at Palm Springs, in 1913. In the Mojave Desert, in waste places, at Mojave, Kramer and Leastalk, in_ 1915. The earliest record in the state is Plumas County, Lemmon, before 1880. 14 Native of Europe. Bromus tectorum L. var. nudus Klett & Richter. Infrequent in the south. Santa Barbara, Agnes Chase in 1910. Ontario, and Euclid Avenue, Upland, extending up San Antonio canyon to 5,000 ft. alt., Johnston in 1918. Apparently widely distributed at the north. Yosemite, Bioletti in 1900. Klamath River, Chandler in 1901. Sissons, Davy in 1902. Yreka, Butler in 1904. Native of Europe. Thurber, G. in Brew. & Wats. Bot. Cal. 2:320. 1880; as B. racemosus L. “Thurber, G. Op. cit. 2:319. 1880. 11 Bromus secalinus L. Cheat. Chess. An infrequent waif, failing to become established, as seems. to be its status throughout the state. Glendale and Los Angeles River, Davidson in 1893. Native of Eurasia. Bromus scoparius L. ; Santa Barbara, Somes, acc. to Hitchce. in Jepson, Fl. Cal. 173. Native of Europe. Bromus sterilis L. Matilija, Ventura County, G. B. Macleal in 1897. Not otherwise known from the state, Native of Europe. Bromus unioloides II1BIXK. Schrader’s Brome-grass. Common in cultivated fields, in. gardens, about houses, and by roadsides. In like places in the Mojave Desert, at Barstow and in Panamint Valley, in 1915. Probably native of Mexico. Bromus villosus Forsk. var. Gussonei Aschers. & Graebn. B. maximus Desf. Broncho Grass. First found in San Bernardino, in small amount, in a stubble field, in Water- man Canon, in 1888. Orange, Davy in 1900. Los Angeles, ‘‘rare and local,’’ Davidson in 1893. This grass spread with as great rapidity, and is now as abundant, as B. rubens, not only in the south, but throughout the state. It ascends the moun- tains more commonly, and to a greater altitude, than that species. Lytle Creek, San Antonio Mts., 5,750 ft. alt., Hall in 1900, and Cuyamaca Mts., 2,500 ir, Gllitoe, pel 1899. In the Mojave Desert at ‘Kramer, Barstow and Leastalk, Parish in 1915. The earliest collection in the state was in a cultivated field at Mission Dolores, San Francisco, about 1862. Other collecticns are: Lake Tahoe, Lemmon in 1889; Castro- ville, Davy in 1901; Napa, Jepson in 1892. Native of Europe. This grass and B. rubens are, on the whole, the most obnoxious weeds in southern California. Being vernal in their growth, they are not as troublesome in cultivated grounds as in fallows and the dry soils of plains and hills, which they often occupy.to the exclusion of the native vegetation. As a result, some delicate indigenous herbs, formerly abundant, are now rare. The two species seldom grow together, the broncho grass usually monopolizing the better soils, while B. rubens can occupy the most arid hillsides, which it covers with a dense depauperate growth. Both species are sparingly eaten when young by stock, but are practically worthless as forage, and soon drying up they become a serious fire menace.'® Lolium perenne L. Rye-grass. Naturalized and common by waysides and in meadows. Native of Europe. Lolium perenne L. var. italicum Hook. L. multiflorum Lam. Italian Rye-grass. An infrequent waif. Old San Bernardino in 1891. Ojai, Hubby in 1896. A va- riety of cultivation nowhere known as indigenous. Lolium temulentum L. Poison Darnel. Naturalized and common by waysides and in meadows. In the Mojave Desert, at Needles, Jones in 1901. The poisonous character of this grass is now ascertained to be due to the toxic properties of a fungus in the tissues under the seed coat, present only when the grass is thus diseased. Native of Europe. Lolium temulentum L. var. arvense Bab. Distribution the same as that of the species: in most places more abundant, and notably frequent in grain fields. Native of Europe. Menerma cylindrica Cos. & Dur. Occasional along the seacoast. Oceanside, on the borders of a pond and by the roadside, in subalkaline soil, Parish in 1897. Ballona, Abrams in 1901, and Mes- mer in 1902. La Jolla, Clements in 1914. Colegrove, Moxley in 1915. Naturalized about San Francisco and Stockton. Native of Europe. Lepturus incurvatus Trin. Occasional along the seacoast. San Diego, Abrams in 1902. Santa Catalina Is land, in a desiccated pond at Pebble Beach, Parish in 1916. Ventura, Agnes Chase in 1910. Santa Barbara, Hitchcock. Also-at San Francisco. Native of Europe. Hordeum gussonianum Parl. “Occasional about the coast marshes.” acc. Abrams’ Flora Los Angeles. War- ner’s Ranch, Hall in 1910. Shoestring Mine, Antelope Valley, Parish in 1914. Re- ported to be frequent in northern California. Native of Europe. Hordeum murinum L. Wall Barley. Widely and abundantly naturalized in cultivated grounds, notably in over- grazed pastures, and in waste places; mostly in dry, sandy soils. Coming up abundantly in alfalfa fields in the spring, this grass injures the quality of the first cutting of hay. Throughout the state, and in 1890 reported by Hilgard to be “a fearful nuisance” in central California. Both this and the next species were Bante as abundant thirty-five years ago as at present, and were probably early intro- ductions. They have little value as pasturage, even when young, and are worse than worthless when dry. Native of Europe. Hordeum nodosum L. : ; : ; _ Distribution and abundance about as that of the last species, with which it often grows. Native of Europe. iene further notes on these bromes, see Parish, S. B. in Muhlenbergia, 5:109-113. 12 CYPERACEAE Cyperus esculentus L. Chufa. ‘ A troublesome weed in a few gardens, San Bernardino, Parish in 1882. Los An- geles, Braunton in 1902. Abundant at Covina, Azusa and El Monte, Johnston in 1918. Native of Eurasia. Cyperus rotundus L. Nut-grass. Santa Ana river-banks, near Colton, in sand, Parish in 1891. A troublesome weed in orange orchards. Upland, Johnston, and Riverside, Reed, both in 1918. Not reported trom other parts of the state, but to be expected. Said to have first reached the United States with plants brought from Cuba to New Orleans. Native of tropical America and Europe. Cyperus virens Michx. In central California this sedge is considered indigenous, and so appears, but at San Bernardino it is certainly an introduction. A single plant appeared on the banks of Warm Creek, at the Mill street bridge, in 1907. The species is now abundant along ditches and by streams, throughout the valley. PONTEDERIACEAE Eichornia crassipes Solms. Water Hyacinth. An occasional fugitive from cultivation. San Gabriel River, “established for a few years,’ Mrs. Lawrence in 1907. Los Angeles River, near Hynes, Davidson in 1904. Reservoir near Harlem Springs, San Bernardino Valley, and escaping down the spillway into Warm Creek, Parish in 1917. Native of tropical America. LILIACEAE Asparagus officinalis L. Asparagus. An occasional fugitive from cultivation, often becoming established in damp soils. Birds eat the berries and disseminate the seeds. Native of Europe. Asphedelus fistulosus L. A wait, escaped from cultivation at a Mexican settlement, Bryn Mawr, near Redlands, G. Robertson in 1909. Native of the Mediterannean region. URTICACEAE Cannabis sativa L. Hemp. A waif in an orange orchard at Upland, Johnson in 1918. Recently hemp has been cultivated in central California, but not in the south. Native of Asia. Urtica urens L. Small Nettle. A frequent weed in gardens and other cultivated grounds, and in waste places. Long naturalized throughout the state. Ventura, Brewer in 1861. Native of Europe. POLYGONACEAE Polygonum aviculare L. Knotgrass. Abundantly naturalized on roadsides, about houses, in farmyards and waste grounds, but not in unbroken soils; probably early introduced. In the Mojave Desert, at Mojave Station, in 1915. Native of Eurasia. Polygonum Convolvulus L. Wild Buckwheat. Infrequent and local. Pasadena, McClatchie in 1894. Los Angeles, Davidson iu 1894. Apparently commoner in central California; reported as “becoming com- mon” at San Francisco in 1891.'* Fagopyrum esculentum Moench. Buckwheat. _ Roadside casual at La Verne, Los Angeles Co., Johnston in 1918. Buckwheat is not cultivated in southern California. Native of Europe. Rumex Acetosella L. Sheep Sorrel. Adventive in lawns, Long Beach, Parish in 1891. Pasadena, ‘‘a few plants,” Davidson in 1890. ‘Quite common in yards and by roadsides,’ at Claremont and Pomona, Johnston in 1918. Abundant at Santa Barbara, Parish in 1916. Riverside, Reed in 1918. Apparently recently naturalized in the south, where it is increas- ingly frequent in the coastal region. It is an abundant city weed in the Mon- terey district and about San Francisco, where it was reported as ‘common,’ by Hilgard in 1890. This widely distributed plant was found already established, if early records are to be credited, when the Pilgrims landed at Massachusetts Bay. 17 Native of Europe. Rumex conglomeratus Murray. Green Dock. Abundantly naturalized in damp soils in cultivated and waste grounds. In the Mojave Desert, on the river banks at Victorville in 1916. This species and_ the next are common throughout the state, and probably were early introduced. Both are natives of Europe. Rumex crispus L. Yellow Dock. Equally abundant in the cismontane region as the preceding species, and in like habitats. In the mountains it is infrequent about camps. Bear Valley, 6,500 ft. alt., Parish in 1917. In the Mojave Desert it is an infrequent weed. Barstow, Parish in 1915, and river banks at Victorville in 1916. Surprise Canon, Hall & Chandler in 1906. Rumex pulcher L. Fiddle Dock. a “Sparingly introduced’? at Inglewood, Los Angeles County, Abrams, about 1904, the only southern report. In central California a common weed of roadsides and waste places. San Jose and Berkeley, in 1919. Native of Europe. %’Brandegee K. Zoe 2:371. 1892. “See note to Radicula nasturtium-aquaticum. 13 Lastarriea chilensis Kemy, Common on dry mesas and slopes, but not in cultivated grounds. This is one of a group of plants common to Chile and California, whose status as indigenes or aliens has occasioned some difference of opinion among botanists. The weight of opinion favors its retention among the natives; but the most recent authority in- dicates it as “naturalized from Chile.’’'* : CHENOPODIACEAE Beta vulgaris L. Beet. An escape from cultivation. Thoroughly naturalized and abundant in the streets of Santa Barbara, near the beach, Parish in 1916, 1918, and occasional in other coast towns; elsewhere a transient fugitive. Native of Europe. Cycloloma atriplicifolium Coult. Winged Pigweed. A recent introduction in San Bernardino County, rapidly becoming naturalized. Roadside between Colton and Bloomington, Mrs. Wilder in 1909, and Parish in 1914. Upland, Johnston in 1915, and Ontario in 1917. Abundant in a sandy wash near Bloomington, Parish in 1917. Not reported elsewhere in the state. Native of the central states. Chenopodium album L. Lamb’s Quarter. Pig Weed. A common weed of cultivated and waste grounds; ascending the mountains to 6,000-7,000 ft. alt., San Jacinto Mts., Hall in 1901. San Antonio Mts., Johnston in 1917. Mojave Desert; Willow Springs, Coville & Funston in 1891. Colorado Desert; Mecca, Parish in 1913. The var, viride Moq. also occurs, but is less abundant. Native of Europe. Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Mexican Tea. A common naturalized weed, about dwellings, and in waste places. In the Mojave Desert, on the river banks at Victorville, Parish in 1916. Throughout the state. Collected on_the Salinas River before 1856, 9 and at Los Angeles by Brewer in 1860. Native of tropical America. Chenopedium ambrosioides L. var. anthelminticum Gray. Wormseed. An infrequent weed of roadsides and waste places; less abundant than the species. Riverside, Reed in 1906. San Bernardino, Parish in 1912. Native of tropical America. Chenopodium carinatum R. Br. Locally adventive. Pasadena, “a recent introduction,’ Grant in 1906. Upland and Ontario, “abundant in places,’ Johnston in 1918. Better established in central California. Native of Australia. Chenopodium murale L. Sowbane. Abundantly naturalized in damp, mostly subalkaline soils, notably about habita- tions, and in waste places; probably an early introduction. In the Colorado Desert, an occasional weed about houses, at Brawley and Mecca, Parish in 1913. More abundant in the Mojave Desert. Furnace Creek and Resting Springs, Coville & Funston in 1891. . Barstow, Needles and Leastalk, Parish in 1914, 1915. Common throughout the state. Native of Europe. Chenopodium rubrum L. “Sparingly naturalized at Nigger Slough and Ballona, Los Angeles County,” ace. Jepson, Flora California. Also locally naturalized in central California. Native of Europe. Rubieva multifida Moq. An infrequent and local street weed in towns. Compton, McClatchie in 1895. Pasadena, Grant in 1904. Riverside, Reed in 1906. Upland, Johnston in 1906, and Ontario in 1918. The earliest notice in the state is San Francisco, ‘‘abundant,” K. Brandegee in 1891. Native of Peru. Atriplex Lindleyi Moq. “Adventive, or escaped from cultivation, in San Diego County,” acc. to Standley n N. Am. FI. (1916). Native of Australia. Atriplex rosea L. Roadside at Ballona, Los Angeles County, Chandler in 1902, at the same place and date by Braunton. WwW oodland, Yolo County, Hall in 1916. Sparingly introduced on the Atlantic coast. Abundant in parts of central California and of Nevada. Na- tive of Eurasia. Atriplex semibaccata R. Br. Australian Salt-bush. Introduced into cultivation about 1890 by the Department of Agriculture as a valuable forage plant, it did not prove to possess the expected value, and its cul- ture was soon abandoned. It has now become thoroughly naturalized, especially along roads and in the streets of towns in damp, subsaline soils. San Bernardino, in 1905. San Diego, a most abundant weed, in 1916. In the Colorado Desert, abun- dant in towns and along roads in Imperial Valley, in 1913. The only northern col- lection seen is Marin County, Eastwood in 1901. Native of Australia. isjeneon W.L. FI. Cal. 389. 1914. For a discussion of the whole group see Parish, S. B., in Zoe 1:205-210. 1890. Porreys je) Lac. Re Snve 7, pt 32185) 18565 14 Salsola Kali L. var. tenuifolia G. F. W. Meyer. Russian Thistle. First noticed in the state at Lancaster, in the Mojave Desert, in 1895, where it was already widely diffused, and believed to have been introduced about ten years previously by cattle cars.*? San Bernardino, first in 1891. Now frequent in stubble fields and pastures and along roadsides, and rare in unbroken grounds, but not proving so obnoxious as in some other parts of the country. Records in central California date between 1900 and 1911. Introduced in the United States at South Dakota in 1873.°! Native of Russia. ; AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus blitoides Wats. Infrequent in cultivated soils. Santa Monica, Davidson in 1892, and Lancaster, Mojave Desert, in 1897. Rialto and Santa Monica, ace. Abrams’ Flora Los Ang. Ontario region, Johnston in 1918. Occasional in central California. Native of Mexico and some of the western states. Amaranthus deflexus L. Abundantly naturalized in the streets of Santa Barbara, Parish in 1916. Ad- ventive further south. Los Angeles, Braunton in 1902, and Davidson in 1918. Re- dondo, Greata. Along the railway, Ontario, Johnston in 1917, and Pomona in 1918. An abundant street weed in the Monterey and San Francisco regions, whence it probably reached the south. Native of Europe. Amaranthus graezicans L. Tumble-weed. Abundantly naturalized in cultivated and waste grounds. In the San Jacinto Mts., Strawberry Valley, 5,300 ft. alt., Hall in 1901. Mojave Desert; Panamint Mts., Coville & Fumston in 1891. Victorville, Parish in 1913. Colorado Desert; Mecca, a few plants in a cultivated field, Parish in 1913. Native of Europe. Amaranthus hybridus L. Green Amaranth. A common weed in cultivated and waste grounds, and by roadsides. Native of tropical America. Amaranthus retroflexus L. Pig-weed. | ‘ Distribution as of the preceding species, and like the last two, common through- out the state. Native of tropical America. Alternantha achyrantha R. Br. Los Angeles, Nevin & Oliver in 1884, and Davidson in 1892. Not otherwise known from the state. Native of Mexico. PHYTOLACCACEAE Phytolacca decandra L. Poke. Santa Monica, a single plant, Hasse in 1860; not since collected, and probably a waif. Naturalized in some localities of central California. Ukiah, Purdy in 1907. Lake County, Vaslit. Native of the eastern states. AIZOACEAE Tetragona expansa Murr. New Zealand Spinach. Abundant on the beach at Santa Barbara, Parish 1916, 1918. Also on the beaches at Monterey and San Francisco. A naturalized escape from cultivation. Native of the Australian Region. Mesembrianthemum coccineum Haw. A locally established escape in the hills near Del Mar, San Diego County, Mrs. Spencer in 1918. Not otherwise known in the state. Native of South Africa. Mesembrianthemum edule L. Commonly cultivated as a sand-binder about houses on the Los Angeles beaches, and escaping into the dunes. Playa del Rey, in 1918. Native of South Africa. PORTULACACEAE Portulaca oleracea L. Purslane. Abundantly naturalized in cultivated and waste grounds. In the Colorado Desert, infrequent about habitations, at Brawley and Mecca, in 1913. Purslane is found throughout the world, except at high altitudes, a distribution not exceeded by any other cosmopolitan plant. From very early times it was in use as a pot- herb, and was cultivated for this purpose by the ancient Greeks,*! as it long con- tinued to be in Europe. It is reported to have been cultivated in Massachusetts in 1672, and the spontaneous weed is occasionally boiled and eaten by the poorer Mexicans in California. Sir Joseph Banks, who observed it on the islands of Ascen- cion and St. Helena, accounts for its presence in such remote places, by “the ancient custom of the Portuguese, who, finding this herb particularly beneficial in complaints contracted in long voyages, made a point of sowing it wherever they went ashore.’’?? It had certainly reached America before its discovery by Colum- 20Shinn, C. H. Univ. Cal. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 107:10-13. 1895. 71Dewey, L. H. U.S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Bot. Bull. 15:12. 1894. "’Theophrastus, Enquiry into Plants, VII, 1, 3; 2, 9. Hunt’s Ed. 2:61; 75. 1916. 2Pammell, L. H. Weed Flora of Iowa. 763. 1913. Banks, J. Journal Voyage 1768-71. Hooker’s Ed. 484. 1898. i **Navarrete. Coleccion de las Vieges 1:41. 1825. ‘“‘Hallo verdolagos munchos.” 15 bus. In his celebrated letter describing the events of his first voyage, Columbus mentions its abundance on the north shores of Cuba, October 17, 1492, only six days after he had first set foot on the New World.“ Oviedo mentions “verdolagos o portulaca’’ as a familiar herb on the island of Hispaniola about 1526, and spe- cifieally states that it was already growing there before the arrival of Europeans, and that it was not introduced by them.*® Other citations are given by Gray and Trumbell’® from early writers showing the presence of purslane at several places in bdéth South and North America at the time of the arrival of the earliest visi- tants. At later periods it at least preceded, rather than followed, the advance of settlements. While the Rocky Mountain region was still a wild and distant wilder- ness, inhabited only by Indians, purslane was so abundant on the upper Mississippi that Nuttall 2? considered it indigenous there and in 1820, James found it ‘fone of the most frequent plants’ about the sources of the Red River.** I find nothing to indicate its presence in California before the Pioneer Period, and it was perhaps in- troduced at that time. Purslane is not enumerated in Bolander’s Catalogue of San Francisco Plants,’ and in Behr’s Flora of the same district®® it is noted only as “an escape from cultivation.’ According to Decandolle®! purslane originated in Western Asia, Russia and Greece. CARYOPHYLLACEAE Cerastium viscosum L. Mouse-ear Chickweed. _ Occasionally in lawns and shady grounds, mostly in_the coastal region. San Diego, Orcutt in 1884. Santa Monica and Los Angeles, Davidson in 1893. Witch Creek, Alderson in 1898. Temecula, Hall in 1898. Throughout the state. Native of Europe. Stellaria media Cyr. Chickweed. Abundantly naturalized in shady places, notably about habitations, in early spring. Native of Europe. Sagina apetala Ard. Pearlwort. Abundant in a city lot at Pasadena, Grant in 1917. The only other Californian collection seen was from Jackson, Amador County, Hansen in 1892. Native of Europe. 7 Arenaria serpyllifolia L. Sandwort. Claremont, in lawns, Johnston in 1918. Infrequent in the state. Native of Europe. Spergula arvensis L. Spurry. Abundantly naturalized in lawns, gardens, and by waysides, at Santa Barbara, Parish in 1916. Further south it is infreauent in the coastal region. San Diego, T. S. Brandegee in 1901. Pasadena, Davidson in 1892. An abundant weed in the Monterey and San Francisco region. Native of Europe. Polycarpon tetraphyllum L. _ Freauent in crevices of pavements, Santa Barbara, T. Payne in 1920. Occa- sional in towns in the Bay region. Native of Europe. Vaccaria vulgaris Host. Cow-herb. _ An occasional waif, usually in grain fields, or farmsteads. San Diego, Orcutt in 1884. Near San Bernardino, Parish in 1891. Sierra Madre, Davidson in 1908. Highland. Parish in 1917. Upland, and San Antonio Canon, 4.000 ft. alt., Johnston in 1917. Mojave Desert, near Baxter, a single plant by the railway, in 1915. Native of Europe. Agrostemma Githago L. Corn Cockle. An infrequent waif in grain fields or orchards, San Bernardino. in 1912. Colo- rado Desert; Imperial Valley, a single plant, in 1913. Native of Europe. Silene gallica L. English Catchfly. _ Thoroughly and widely naturalized as a ruderal weed, and more abundantly in feral grounds; probably an early introduction. Native of Europe. Silene noctiflora L. Night-blooming Catchfly. Alhambra, in lawns, Davidson in 1908. Native of Europe. Lychnis alba Mill. White Campion. _In lawns at Claremont, Miss M. S. Walton in 1916. and Upland, Johnston in 1917. Not otherwise known from the state. Native of Europe. Spergularia rubra J. & C. Presl. Claremont, Johnston in 1918, and Parish in 1919. Native of Europe. *>Oviedo. Hist. Gen. y Nat. Indias. 1535. **Am. Jour. Sci. 3d Ser. Gray’s Scientific Papers 1:226. 1889. Nuttall. T. Gen. 2:6. 1818. “Tames E. Acc. Long’s Exned. to Rocky Mts. in 1819-70. 2:68. 1823 “"Bolander, H. N. Cat. Pl. Vicinity of San Francisco. -1870. °°Behr, H. Flora Vicinity of San Francisco. 196. 1888. “Decandolle, A. Orig. des Plantes Cult. 70. 1883. 16 CRUCIFERAE Lobularia maritima Desv. Sweet Alyssum. ; Along streets, an occasional escape from cultivation. Native of Europe. Lepidium Draba L. Hoary Cress. Recently introduced, but locally naturalized and increasing. Los Angeles, in Chinese gardens, J. W. Minthorn in 1910. Huntington Beach, Davidson in 1916. Abundant in grain fields near Chino, Johnston in 1918. Smeltzer, Orange County, Roy K. Bishop, first seen in 1911, now (1919) a troublesome weed in peat lands. Ventura, a recent introduction, Essig in 1918. Local and infrequent in the state. Native of Europe. Lepidium perfoliatum L. Tumble mustard. Recently introduced, now widely distributed, but apparently nowhere abundant, collectors usually noting single or few plants. Hollywood, Davidson in 1910, Moxley in 1917. Orange, Mrs. Bradshaw. Point Loma, a single plant, Parish in 1913. Antelope Valley, Mojave Desert, Miss Marjory Shaw in 1917. Widely dis- seminated, but not abundant throughout the state. The earliest reference seen for the United States is as a ballast plant at New York in 1888.** Native of Europe. Coronymus didymus Ludwig. Wart Cress. : : Pasadena, Studebaker in 1901, the only southern station known; perhaps a waif. Infrequent in the state. Native of Europe. Capsella bursa-pastoris Medic. Shepherd’s Purse. A winter and spring annual, everywhere abundant in orchards, gardens and waste grounds. In the Mojave Desert, rare at Victorville and Needles in 1913. Native of Europe. Camelina sativa Crantz. False Flax. In a grain fields, Redondo, McClatchie in 1897, the only southern record. Ap- parently rare in the state, but in Oregon it was early introduced in the Columbia River settlements, where in 1843 it was reported to be rank in the grain fields. Native of Europe. Raphanus Rhaphanistrum L. Jointed Charlock. In the south a rare weed in waste places. Los Angeles, ‘‘two plants,’ Davidson in 1902. San Diego, Cleveland in 1903. Colton, ‘‘a single plant,’’ Reed in 1908. Proba. bly a recent introduction into the state. San Francisco, 1894, and still rare in 1911, but now frequent in that region, Parish in 1918. An abundant street weed at Pacific Grove in 1917, as is the next species. Native of Europe. Raphanus sativus L. Radish. Naturalized in waste and cultivated grounds; often abundant and injurious in grain fields. A recent introduction in the south. Infrequent at San Bernardino as late as 1896. Throughout the state. According to Hilgard ‘‘one of the common eee os of Berkeley” in 1910, while R. Raphanistrum was ‘not present.’ Native of urope. Brassica alba Boiss. White Mustard. Reported as “not uncommon” at Santa Monica, by Hasse in 1890, but not seen by more recent collectors, and perhaps an erroneous determination. Native of Europe. Brassica adpressa Moench. Locally and sparingly naturalized. San Bernardino, rare in 1914, and little in- creased in 1918. Streets of Los Angeles, Davidson in 1909, and “fairly common” in 1913. Rather common in a few localities in Redlands in 1918. An abundant street weed in the San Francisco region. Native of Europe. Brassica campestris L. Rutabaga. Freely naturalized in fields and waste places and along roads. Native of Europe. Brassica Napus L. Rape. A waif in a field at Highland, San Bernardino valley, in 1917. Not otherwise reported from the state. Native of Europe. Brassica nigra Koch. Wild Mustard. Abundantly naturalized as a ruderal weed and in grain fields. In the coastal district, in the rich adobe soil of the hills and mesas, it often covers wide areas with a close growth 5-10 feet high, excluding all other vegetation. It is sometimes harvested for the seed. In the Colorado Desert a few plants were seen by the roadside in Imperial Valley in 1913. In the Mojave Desert, at Surprise Canon, Coville & Funston in 1891. Native of Europe. It was certainly introduced during the Mission era, and there is a persisting tradition among some Spanish-speaking Californians that the mission fathers were accustomed to carry the seed with them, and to sow it by the wayside. This seems improbable, but the fathers no doubt grew the plant in their gardens, as the young leaves are relished by the Mexicans, and others, too, as a pot herb. ~ The seeds would be scattered by the small birds, who freely eat them. “Cat. Anth. & Pterid. within 100 miles of N. Y. 78. 1888. *Geyer, C. A. In London Jour. Bot. 5:512. 1846. Nepsom, We i: El; Wie Mid) Cal 2d Ed: 185; 1911: 17 Diplotaxis muralis DC, Sand Rocket. Well established for half a block on Eighth street, San Bernardino, in 1914, persisting, but little increased in 1920, Diplotaxis tenuifolia DC. Wall Rocket. Locally adventive. Pasadena, Grant in 1901, 1905. Los Angeles, Davidson 1895. persisting, but little increased in 1920, Native of Europe. Conringia orientalis Dumont. Hare’s-ear Mustard. A tew plants in an orange orchard at Upland, Johnston in 1918. Native of Europe. The last three species are known from the state only as here noted. Sisymbrium altissimum L. Tumble Mustard. A recent immigrant which has spread with great rapidity and is now thoroughly naturalized, and in many places abundant and pernicious, both in cultivated and wild grounds. Hollywood, Davidson in 1910, Laurel Canon in 1911, and Sierra Madre in 1912, in each case only a single plant, San Bernardino, a single plant in 1912, and quite abundant in a field at Redlands in 1913. In San Antonio Mts. at 5,750 ft. alt., Johnston in 1917. Abundant along the roadside at Adelanto, Mojave Desert, Parish in 1918. The first. recorded appearance of this weed in North America was at Castle Mountain, in the Canadian Rockies, in 1883.%° Native of Europe. Sisymbrium Irio [. Well established in some orange orchards at Upland, Johnston in 1918. Not otherwise known from the state. Native of Europe. Sisymbrium officinale Scop. Hedge Mustard. ; f A common weed of roadsides and waste places; ascending the San Bernardino and San Antonio mountains to 5,000 ft. alt. First appeared at San Bernardino about 1885. Frequent throughout the state. Native of Europe. Mathiola incana R. Br. Garden Stock. Escaped along the bluffs at Laguna Beach, Crawford in 1916. Carlsbad, ‘abun- dantly escaped,” L. Street. Native of Europe. Radicula nasturtium-aquatica Britten & Rendle. Watercress. Abundantly naturalized about streams and springs; ascending the mountains to at least 5,000 ft. alt. In the Mojave Desert at Victorville, Rabbit Springs, and Postofhce Springs in 1915, 1916. Native of Europe. The watercress may have reached North America previous to European settlement. Its abundant seeds are shed on the muddy banks whereon it grows, and may be carried to great distances by migratory waterfowl, and by the same agency distributed from pool to pool, as is probably the case with the seeds of other widely distributed aquatic plants. It is reported in early accounts to have been growing about Massachusetts Bay when the Pilgrims landed, or, at least, shortly after.*® There is more abundant and satisfactory evidence of its establishment in Arizona and Southern California before the earliest Spanish explorations. The contemporary account of Coronado’s famous expedition® states that watercresses were “growing in many springs’’ at Chichilticalli, an Indian village on the Gila, near which they camped in 1541, the site of which has been identified with that of the modern Solomonsville in Graham County. The first Spanish entrance into California Alta was at San Diego, May 14, 1769, where the earliest Mission was founded. On the 14th of the ensuing July an expedition was dispatched, under Don Caspar Portola, to explore the unknown wilderness to the north, which eventually, after a long and arduous journey, reached and discovered the bay of San Francisco. Portola’s own diary is brief and bare, but the diaries of the chaplain, Fr. Pedro Crespi, and of the engineer, Alferez Miguel Costanso, contain some interesting information concerning the vegetation of the strange land through which they passed. July 30th they were at a place 39 leagues from San Diego, which they named Valle de San Miguel, satis- factorily identifiable as the neighborhood of the subsequent Mission San Gabriel. Here they camped by a runlet of water whose banks were covered with water- cresses.*5 August 3rd, three leagues beyond the Los Angeles river, and in the present San Fernando valley, camp was made in a grove of alders, by a spring whose marshy borders were overgrown with watercresses and other herbs.*® The next day they were at two springs from which flowed a stream full of water- cresses.” They were in the same region on the return journey, and January 13th, “Hill, E. S. In Torreya 9:96. 1909. 3Also divers excellent pot-herbs grow abundantly, as . . watercress, Sorrell Higginson, F. New England Plantation, 1630. Reprinted in Young’s Chron- icles first Planters Mass. Bay 246. Chron. Pilgrim Fathers 132, 165. Concerning these records see Parish, S. B., in Rhodora 3:17, 1901, and Robinson, J. Ibd. 4:81, 1902. %Castanado, Pedro de. Narrative Exped. of Coronado, 1540-42, 1598. Eng. Translation in Spanish Explorers in southern U. S. 349. 1907. ssSentamos el real junta a-un zanja de agua corriente, cubiertos sus orillas de berros. y cominos.’’ Costanso, M. Diario del Ciage de Tierra hecho al Norte de la Cal. 1769-70. Publ. Acad. Pac. Coast Hist. 21:78. 1911. . so“Era este un manantial dentro de un bagial . y estaba cubierto de zacatal, olerosas herbas y berros.’’ Costanso. Op. cit. 2:180. “Un lunar de alisos y de esos sale un ojo de agua del grosor de un buey, y esta las orrillas enza- catadas y_vestidas de olerosas herbas y berros.” Crespi, P. Viage de Tierra hecho de San Diego a Monterey. In Palou, Noticias de Neuva Cal. 2:125. San Francisco. 1874. 49Estan ambos poblados de berros.’’ Crespi, Op. cit. 2:126. 18 1770, they ascended a stream whose source was a large spring ,covered with water- eresses.*? Mission San Gabriel was founded in September, 1771, and when Fr. Font visited it, January 6, 1770, only seven years after the first arrival at San Diego, he found watercresses growing in a stream.*! This was in Costanso’s Walle de San Miguel. In Oregon, also, watercresses may have anticipated the white set- tlement, for they are reported as found by the Lewis and Clark Expedition in the Multnomah valley in April, 1806.*° Piper is of opinion that the plant seen was some undesignated species of Cardamine, but there are only two Cardamines which grow in the habitat indicated, neither ‘of which would be likely to be mistaken for so familiar an herb as the watercress, which probably was the plant really seen by the explorers. CAPPARIDACEAE Cleome lutea Hook. A casual introduction, in impure seed, in an alfalfa field at Downey, Davidson in 1894. Native of western America. Cleome serrulata Pursh. Stinking Clover. A single waif in the railway ‘yards at Barstow, in the Mojave Desert, in 1914. Native of western America. FUMARIACEAE Fumaria officinalis L. Fumatory. Well established in some orchards at Ontario and Upland, Johnston in 1917. The only other collection seen from the state is; San Luis Obispo, ‘‘well estab- lished in an old orchard,’ Condit in 1909. Native of Europe. RESEDACEAE Reseda alba L. An occasional roadside waif. Pasadena, Davidson in 1893. Ojai, Hubby in 1902. San Bernardino, Parish in 1904. Native of Europe. Reseda lutea L. Yellow Mignonette. ““An occasional escape from gardens” acc. to Abrams’ Flora of Los Angeles. Native of Europe. Reseda odorata L. Sweet Mignonette. Cultivated and occasionally escaping. Native of Europe. LEGUMINOSAE Hoffmanseggia drepanocarpa Gray. Locally adventive in Los Angeles County. Alhambra, in an alfalfa field, David- son in 1896, and abundant in fields at Coyote Pass, in 1918. Near Los Angeles, T. L. Minthorn in 1909. Native in the Colorado Desert and eastward to New Mexico. Gladitschia triacantha L. Honey Locust. Casual on the San Gabriel river, Johnston in 1918. Native of the middle west ern states. Ulex europeus L. Furze. An escape along the bluff at Playa del Rey, Davidson in 1911, and Johnston in 1917. At San Francisco, ‘‘covering many acres,’ K. Brandegee in 1892. Native of Europe. Cytisus canariensis L. Broom. An infrequent escape from cultivation. Arroyo Seco, Pasadena, Davidson in 1896. Blanchard’s Park, Claremont, Johnston in 1918. Native of the Canary Islands. Alhagi camelorum L. Camel’s Thorn. Colorado desert; Mecca, Brandegee in 1915. Said to be troublesome at Brawley, 1920. Native of Asia. Medicago hispida Gaertn. Bur-clover. Probably introduced in the mission period; abundantly naturalized on wild lands and a common weed in cultivated grounds. A valuable forage plant, not much relished by stock when green, but readily eaten and very nutritious when naturally cured on the ground, in which state it was often, in early days, raked up and stacked as hay. Even after animals have consumed the dried stems and leaves they do well on the abundant “‘burs,’’ which they lick up from the apparently bare ground. It was reported as ‘“‘abundant throughout California’ in 1859.42 Native of the Mediterranean region. Medicago hispida Gaertn. var. apiculata Urban. East Los Angeles, Davidson in 1903. Pasadena, Grant in 1905. Claremont, Johnston in 1918. Infrequent throughout the state. Native of Europe. 4TJn arroio cuio nacimiento era un ojo muy grande cubierto de berros.”’ Cos- tanso. Op. cit. 2:314. “Abundance of watercresses, of which I ate enough.” Font’s Diary, quoted in Garces’ Diary and Itenerary, Cowes’ Transl. 2:261. #2“Among the plants in this valley in which we are encamped, I observed the watercress.” Clark’s Journ. in Lewis & Clark’s Original Journals. Thwait’s Ed. 4, pt. 2:274. 1905. Footnote by C. V. Piper. “Along the river bottoms grow luxuriantly the watercress . . .” Lewis & Clark’s Exped., Chicago Ed. 2:238. 1903. “Torrey, J. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 53. 1859. 19 Medicago lupulina L. Black Medic. A recent immigrant, first appearing in lawns, now abundantly naturalized there and by grassy roadsides in damp soil. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1891. Redlands, Parish in 1906, San Bernardino in 1908, and abundant at Santa Monica in 1918. Na- tive of Europe. Medicago orbicularis All. In a field near Santa Monica, Helen D. Geis in 1902. Reported otherwise from the United States only as a ballast plant at New York, 1888." Medicago sativa L. Alfalfa. Extensively cultivated, and an occasional fugitive. First cultivated in Cali- fornia about 1854, and reported to have been introduced from Chile. Native of Europe. Melilotus alba Lam. Bokhara Clover. Recently introduced, supposedly in alfalfa seed, and now abundantly natural- ized in fence rows ,and in cultivated and waste grounds. Buckman’s Spring, San Diego County, in a cultivated field, Cleveland in 1890. San Bernardino, Parish, rare in 1890. Los Angeles, Davidson, ‘‘two plants,” in 1891. The earliest northern col- lections are: San Francisco, K. Brandegee in 1891, and Clear Lake, Jepson in 1892. Native of Eurasia. Melilotus indica All. Sour Clover. Abundantly naturalized in cold ,damp soils, where it sometimes forms a pure stand. Probably dates from the mission period, The earliest report is Los An- geles, in 1856. Now sometimes grown as a soiling crop in orchards. Native of Eurasia. Triiolium procumbens L. Hop Clover. ‘ pir. By a stream, in Potato Canon, above Redlands, well established in 1894. Native of Europe. Trifolium repens L. White Clover. : i Often sown in -lawns, and infrequently escaping. Native of Europe. Cicer arietinum L. English Chickpea. : ; ‘Among the native shrubbery at San Gabriel,’ Davidson in 1903; the only re- ported occurrence in the state. Nafive of Europe. Vicia sativa L. Spring Vetch. Infrequent, and apparently transient. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1890. Pomona, Davy in 1896. San Bernardino, Parish in 1906. Occasional in central California, where the earliest collection is: Sonoma, in fields, Brewer in 1862. Native of Europe. Vicia villosa Roth. Winter Vetch. Grown in orange orchards as a soiling crop; thence an occasional fugitive. Fontana, near Rialto, Johnston in 1918. Native of Europe. GERANACEAE Erodium Botrys Bartoloni. Infrequent, and mostly near the coast. San Diego, W. M. Sheldon in 1904. Ramona, K. Brandegee in 1906. Perris, Parish in 1914. Common in central Calli- fornia. Native of the Mediterranean region. Erodium cygnorum Nees. Locally established at a single station near San Diego, Mrs. Spencer in 1916. The only reported collection. Native of Australia. Erodium cicutarium L’Her. Filaree. Widely distributed and abundant in both cultivated and feral grounds; ascend- ing the mountains to 5,000 ft. alt. In the Colorado Desert, in irrigated fields at Mecca, in 1913. In many parts of the Mojave Desert, and extending into adjacent Nev ada, it is abundant over large areas of high mesa, at 3,000-4,000 ft. alt. Else- where in this desert it is infrequent in cultivated grounds. Native of the Mediter- ranean region. Eredium moschatum L’Her. Filaree. _ Distribution of the preceding species, except for the mountains and deserts. Native of the Mediterranean region. These two Erodiums are abundant throughout the state, and are valuable forage plants, both while green, and when naturally cured on the ground. In the latter state they were often raked up for hay in early days. E. moschatum is less rel- ished by stock, at least when green, than the other species, and is said to give a bad taste to milk. It prefers the richer and more clayey soils, and E. cicutarium those which are light and sandy; but these preferences are not prohibitive, but simply determine the abundance of either species in a particular soil. E. cicutarium is the more tolerant of soil variations and aridity, and consequently the more widely distributed of the two species. The carpels of filaree are admirably adapted to transportation in the pellage of animals, and there can be no doubt of its very early introduction into the state. Fremont*® states that in 1844 E. cicutarium “covered the ground like a sward’” in the Sacramento valley, where squaws were “Cat. Anth. & Pterid. within 100 miles of N. Y., 78. 1888. Torrey. Jee back. Rept: 2 .pte13.-9)) mlsoo: 4*8Fremont, J. C. Second Report 243, 253. 1845. 20 gathering the seeds for food, and as he passed through the lower San Joaquin Valley he found “instead of grass, the whole surface of the country closely cov ered with it.” In 1856 it was “common in New Mexico and throughout Sonora and California;’*’ so that Thornber* is probably mistaken in dating its introduc- tion into Arizona in 1870-71. It is widely scattered throughout the United States, but apparently nowhere so abundant as on the Pacific coast, whence it was proba- bly introduced elsewhere. Pelargonium clandestinum L’Her. In a neglected lawn at Santa Ana, Nevin in 1904, the only reported collection. Native of Europe. Pelargonium zonale Willd. Scarlet Geranium. Fugitive in the hillside chaparral, Oceanside, in 1897. Native of South Africa. Geranium pyreniacum L. A casual on the Vivian creek trail, San Gorgonio Mt., 7,000 ft. alt., G. Robertson in 1905. The presence of this plant, so far from habitations or traveled roads, is remarkable. The only other reported collections were made at Quebec and Bethle- hem, Penn. Native of Europe. OXALIDACEAE Oxalis corniculata L. A recent immigrant, now abundantly naturalized in lawns and parkings, both the green-leaved and purple-leaved forms. San Bernardino, Parish in 1900. San Diego, Hall in 1903. Santa Barbara, Eastwood in 1908. Probably at an earlier date in central California. Native of Europe. Tropaeolum majus L. Nasturtium. In common cultivation and occasionally escaping. Native of Peru. LINACEAE Linum usitissimum L. Flax. Casual and infrequent. Redlands, in 1891. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1893. Not cultivaied in this region. Native of Europe. ZYGOPHYLLACEAE Tribulus terrestris L. Puncture Weed. A recent introduction along the Southern Pacific Railway, now naturalized and abundant along railroads and highways, but not confined to those habitats.: Rail- way embankments, Port Los Angeles, Davidson in 1903. Railway yards, Colton, abundant, Parish in 1908. Near the railway, San Bernardino, a singte pray, W. G. Wright in 1908. Bakersfield, C. P. Fox in 1905, in which region it is now “one of the two worst weeds.’’#? In the Colorado Desert, frequent along railways and streets and in lawns. An obnoxious weed; when growing by roadways the long stems extend over the track, and the abundant caltropiform fruits work into the tires of bicycles, and even of automobiles, and cause punctures. Native of Europe. RUTACEAE Ruta chalapensis L. Rue. An escape or fugitive from Mexican gardens, where cultivated as a medicinal herb. El Monte, Davidson in 1894; Mexican quarter, Ventura, Parish in 1918, and Monterey in 1917. Native of tropical regions. SIMARUBACEAE Ailanthus glandulosa Desf. Tree of Heaven. i Occasional in waste places. Seldom cultivated. Native of China. EUPHORBIACEAE Chamaesyce maculata Small. Milk Purslane. . Street weed at Pasadena, “recently introduced.’ Grant in 1904. Native of Europe. Tithymalus Peplus Gaertn. Small Spurge. J . Recently introduced, but now naturalized and abundant in city lawns and yards. San Bernardino, rare in 1895; San Diego, abundant in 1914. Native of Europe. Ricinus communis L. Castor-oil Plant. In waste places, often becoming a small tree, and sometimes forming small groves. Its distribution and persistence are limited by its susceptibility to oc- casional low temperautres, by which the plants are killed. Formerly occasionally cultivated as a crop, and some forms are grown for ornament. Native of the tropics. MALVACEAE Abutilon Theophrasti Medic. Velvet-leaf. A waif in an orange orchard at Riverside, Gordon Surr in 1917, the only re- ported collection from the state. Native of India. “Torrey, J. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 41. 1859. ““Thornber, J. Plant World 10:206. 1907. “Bull. Cal. State Hort. Com. 6:431. 1917. 21 Modiola caroliniana ©. Don. Bristly Mallow. A ruderal weed in damp soil and along ditches. Los Angéles and Compton, Davidson in 1892. San Bernardino, Parish in 1895. Riverside, Reed in 1914. Clare- mont, Johnston in 1917, Infrequent in California. Native of tropical America. Malva borealis Wall. Mallow. Rare in cultivated ground, Old San Bernardino, in 1891. Along Ballona Creek, near Mesmer, Los Angeles County, Abrams in 1904. Native of Europe. Malva parviflora L. Mallow. An abundant naturalized weed in cultivated and waste grounds; probably an early introduction; often troublesome because of its rank growth. The earliest record is San Diego, J. G. Cooper in 1862. Native of Europe. Hibiscus Trionum L. Flower-of-an-hour. A waif in an orange orchard at Riverside, Gordon Surr in 1917. The only Cali- fornia record. Native of the tropics of the Old World. ; TAMARICACEAE Tamarix gallica L. Tamarix. Frequent in cultivation as an ornamental shrub, occasionally escaping and establishing itself on the banks of streams. In Death Valley it abundantly bor- ders Furnace Creek (Parish in 1915), spreading from a planting at the head of the stream. Native of Eurasia. Tamarix Pallisii Desv. : Single shrub on the borders of Salton Sink, at Travertine Terraces, Colorado Desert, in 1916. Native of Eurasia. CACTACEAE Opuntia ficus-indica Mill. Tuna. Opuntia Megacantha Salm-Dyck. O. Tuna Auth. not Mill. Tuna. Both these opuntias were introduced from Mexico by the mission fathers at an early date. They were much used as hedge plants at the missions and old Mexican habitations, about some of which they still persist, or sometimes mark the site of buildings which have disappeared. They were also valued for their fruit, which is still eaten by children. Both species are naturalized in the hills about Santa Barbara, and are occasionally seen in _ cultivation. Native of America. ONAGRACEAE Gaura sinuata L. In a bean-field at Camarillo, Ventura County, and in an apricot orchard near Ventura, A. A. Brock in 1916. Only a small patch in either place, and both be- lieved to have been exterminated. Established in a vacant lot at Pasadena, C. F. Saunders in 1920. Not reported elsewhere in the state. Native of the southwestern states. UMBELLIFERAE Daucus Carota L. Carrot. San Bernardino, Parish in 1890, a few plants along a roadside, increasing for a few years, and then becoming extinct. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1896. Clare- mont, Chandler in 1897. Riviera, Braunton in 1892, and Playa del Rey in 1903. Fortunately our climate appears unsuited to this obnoxious weed, which is here a garden escape, which fails to permanently establish itself. According to Hil- gard it was “conspicuous” in the San Francisco region in 1890, but it does not so appear at present. Native of Europe. Coriandrum sativum L. Coriander. Los Angeles, an infrequent escape from cultivation, Hasse in 1888. San Diego, Brandegee in 1894. Native of Europe. Pastanaca sativa L. Parsnip. Locally frequent in damp soil by roadsides and in waste places. Edgar Canyon, near Redlands, Parish in 1882. San Bernardino, rare by roadsides in 1885, now frequent. An escape from cultivation. “Native of Europe. Caucalis nodosa Hudson. Oak Knoll, Pasadena, McClatchie in 1894. Infrequent in central California, where the earliest reported collection was from Folsom, in 1883. Native of Europe. Foeniculum vulgare Hill. Fennel. Recently introduced in the south, and now abundantly naturalized bv road- sides, along fences, and in waste places. Los Angeles, “fa casual,’ Davidson in 1898. San Bernardino, rare in 1890. Ballona, Chandler in 1902. Claremont region, and Elsinore, Johnston in 1918. Freauent throughout the state, and according to Hilgard “conspicuous” in the Bay region in 1890. Native of Europe. Conium maculatum L. Poison Hemlock. Pasadena, McClatchie in 1894. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1894, and still in- freauent in 1918. Introduced into ornamental cultivation, under the name of “Carrot Fern,” at San Bernardino, about 1905: soon escaping, and now frequent in wac‘e places, and abundantly naturalized in willow thickets along the Santa Ana River. near Colton. Widely distributed in localities throughout the state, but probably of recent introduction. The earliest collections seen are: Berkeley, Davy in 1893. and Truckee, Sonne in 1897. Native of Europe. Apivm graveolens L. Celery. An early immigrant, long naturalized and abundant in many parts of the state, in damp, subalkaline soils. Native of Europe. 22 PRIMULACEAE Anagallis arvensis L. Pimpernel. Abundantly naturalized in damp soils about habitations, by roadsides, and in meadows; apparently an early immigrant. “Common about Los Angeles and in many other places in California, . . . completely naturalized.” San Gabriel and San Bernardino, Antisell in 1856.°° Santa Barbara and Ventura, Brewer in 1861. Frequent throughout the state. Native of Eurasia. Anagallis arvensis L. var. coerulea Ledeb. Inirequent and seldom collected. Fallbrook, Cleveland in 1884. Los Angeles, not rare, Davidson in 1918. Native of Eurasia. ASCLEPIADACEAE Araujia sericifera Bert. Occasionally cultivated, and a fugitive at Riverside, Reed in 1914, and increasing in 1918. Not otherwise known from the state. Native of Persia. CONVOLVULACEAE Ipomoea hirsutula Jacq. Mexican Morning-glory. A few plants in an orange grove at Riverside, Gordon Surr in 1915; the only collection in the state known to me. Native of Mexico. Ipomoea purpurea Roth. Morning-glory. An escape irom cultivation; frequent in cultivated and waste grounds, some- times a pernicious weed in vineyards, orchards and gardens, where, once estab- lished, it is extirpated only by persistent effort. Native of tropical America. Convolvulus arvensis L. Field Morning-glory. __Naturalized in many places in fields and by roadsides; a troublesome weed, dificult to eradicate. San Bernardino, Parish in 1890, and Descanso in 1897. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1903. More abundant in the Bay region, where it takes entire possession of large tracts of rich alluvial soil; and is characterized as “‘the most troublesome orchard and garden weed yet naturalized in California.’*+ Native of Europe. Convolvulus penitapetaloides L. Locally naturalized near the coast. Sweetwater Valley, Cleveland in_ 1884. San Diego, T. S. Brandegee in 1902. La Jolla, Clements in 1914. San Pedro, C. Russell in 1903. Redondo, Davidson in 1902. Infrequent northward. Native of Eurasia. BORAGINACEAE Lappula Myosotis Moench. Stickweed. A casual at Santa Monica, Hasse in 1906. Not otherwise known from the state. Native of Eurasia. Lycopsis arvensis L. Small Bugloss. A recent immigrant, locally established by a roadside at Upland, Johnston in 1917, 1918. Not otherwise known from the state. Native of Eurasia. LABIATAE Marrubium vulgare L. Hoarhound. Abundantly naturalized, not only as a weed in waste and neglected grounds and by roadsides, but frequent on arid hills and mesas; sometimes gathered in quantity for the wholesale drug trade. Infrequent on the borders of the Mojave Desert at Victorville in 1915. Throughout the state. Probably an early escape from cultivation as a medicinal herb. Native of Europe. Nepeta Cataria L. Catnip. Infrequent about habitations. Near Beaumont, 2,500 ft. alt., Parish in 1880, and at San Bernardino in 1886. Piru Creek, Davidson in 1889. Lone Pine, San Antonio Mts., 4,500 ft. alt., Hall in 1895. Riverside, Reed in 1918. Rare in California, escaping from cultivation as a medicinal herb. Native of Europe. Lamium amplexicaule L. Henbit. Well established by a moist roadside near Claremont, Johnston in 1918. In- frequent and local in central California. Native of Eurasia. Mentha citrata Ehrh. Lemon Mint. Locally adventive. San Bernardino, on the banks of Town Creek, in 1903, and in a marsh on the banks of the Santa Ana River in 1907, much increased in 1918. In the Colorado Desert at Mecca, along a drainage ditch, in 1913. Native ot Europe. Mentha piperita L. Peppermint. Infrequent and local. Los Angeles river-bed, Davidson in 1891. Sherman, Grant. Native of Europe. Mentha rotundifolia Huds. Wooly Mint. A local escape from cultivation, but maintaining itself and increasing. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1896. San Bernardino, by a marshy roadside, in 1904. Stream banks in Waterman Canyon, San Bernardino Mts., at Vail’s, 2,000 ft. alt., in 1916. Native of Europe. “Torrey. J. Pac. R. Rept. 7, pt. 3:14. 1856. Jepson. W. L. Fl. W. Middle Cal. 2d Ed. 326. 1911. 23 Mentha spicata lL. Spearmint. Abundantly and widely naturalized along streams and ditches and in other wet places; an escape from cultivation. In the San Jacinto Mts. at Thomas Valley, 4,500 ft. alt., Hall in 1898. Native of Europe. SOLANACEAE Solanum eleagnifolium Cay. White Horse-nettle. A recent immigrant along the Southern Pacific railway, and as yet most fre- quent along tracks. Corona, “well established along the railroad,’’ W. J. Lester in 1895. Railroad tracks at Compton and San Pedro, McClatchie in 1896. Ventura, E. M. Day in 1896. Oceanside, along the railroad tracks, Parish in 1897. Los Angeles, “at a single station,’ Braunton in 1902. Along the railroad at Chino, Johnston in 1918. San Diego, Miss Woodcock in 1919. In the Colorado Desert, at Niland, by the railroad tracks, Parish in 1913. Northward at least to Fresno, J. E. Hughes in 1896. Native of Arizona and eastward. Solanum nigrum L. Nightshade. Infrequent and local. Riverside, Reed in 1906. Roadside at a ford over the Santa Ana River, Parish in 1914, not reappearing. El Monte, Upland and Laguna Canyon, Johnston in 1918. Native of Europe. Solanum nigrum L. var. villosum L. Rare and local. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1892, and McClatchie in 1896. Oxnard, Davy in 1901. Native of Europe. Solanum rostratum Dunal. Buffalo-bur. Naturalized near the coast in Los Angeles county. Salt works, “abundant,” Hasse in 1884. Santa Monica, Hasse in 1891, and J. H. Barker in 1898. Casual at Mentone, G. R. Robertson in 1911. Local at Upland, Johnston in 1918. Infrequent in the state. Native from Florida to Arizona. Physalis ixocarpa Brotero. Tomatillo. An early immigrant, naturalized in gardens and orchards, less abundant now than formerly. It has been indicated as a native in this state,®* but certainly erroneously, nor is there evidence that it ever was in cultivation. Native of Mexico. Datura discolor Bernhardi. ; Long established in the Colorado River bottoms, where frequent and possibly indigenous. Introduced and common along irrigation ditches in Imperial Valley ; also in the streets of Mecca and adjacent mud flats, Parish in 1913. Native of Mexico. Datura Stramonium L. Jimson-weed. A local and temporary casual. Roadside at Santa Monica, “recently intro- duced,” Hasse in 1893. Playa del Rey and Ballona, Davidson in 1896, “not seen recently’? (1898). Native of Asia (?). Datura Tatula L. Purple Thorn-apple. f Cultivated as an asthma remedy, in a garden at San Bernardino about 1870, escaping and still lingering as a rare weed in damp soils. Both these Daturas are infrequent and local in central California. Native of tropical America. Lycium halmifolium Mill. Matrimony Vine. An infrequent escane in streets, San Bernardino in 1910, 1919. The _ only other collection from the state seen is Beckwith, Sierra county, Hall & Babcock in 1903. »Native of Europe. Physalis Wrightii Gray. Apparently native in the Colorado delta. whence abundantly introduced through irrigation in the Imperial Valley. Casual in an orange orchard, near San Bernardino, Jehnston in 1918. Also in San Joaquin Valley, in orchards at Porterville and at Lemon Cove. G. Surr in 1920. In each instance only a single plant; otherwise not known in the state. Nicotiana glauca Graham. Tree Tobacco. Introduced from Mexico, in the mission period, perhaps as an ornamental shrub, and abundantly naturalized in waste places and cultivated grounds. In the Colorado Desert, a single young plant at Mecca, and two at Calexico, Parish in 1913. The most northern collection seen was from Santa Clara. Native of Argentina. VERBENACEAE Verbena officinalis L. Infresnent and local. San Diego, Cleveland in 1884. Oneonta, San Diego county, Chandler in 1902. Riverside, Reed in 1917. Infrequent in the state. Native of Europe. Rydberg. P. A. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 14:334. 1896. 24 SCROPHULARIACEAE Verbascum Thapsus L. Mullein. Infrequent and local. Near Colton, an escape from cultivation, Parish in 1906. Riverside, Reed in 1918. Well established in parts of central Casitornia. The earliest record is Prairie City, a former mining camp in Sacramento county, K. Brandegee in 1854. Native of Europe. Verbascum virgatum Stokes. Moth Mullein. Long naturalized and frequent in dry soils from the neighborhood of Los Angeles to Claremont. Local in central California. Lake county, Cleveland in 1882. Sacramento river, Baker & Nutting in 1894. Native of Europe. Linaria vulgaris Hill. Toadflax. Upland, a few plants, Johnston in 1916. Local and rare in central California. The earliest collection seen was from Sonoma county, K. Brandegee in 1884. An abundant weed in the Atlantic states, where said to have first appeared as an escape from ornamental cultivation by a Mr. Ransted, a Welsh resident of Philadelphia.*? Native of Europe. Veronica arvensis L. Corn Speedwell. Soldiers’ Home, ‘“‘adventive,’ Hasse in 1900. Riverside, Reed in 1907, and “in- creased and becoming frequent”’ in 1918. Infrequent in northern California. Native of Europe. Veronica persica Poir. V. Buxbaumii Tenore. Bird’s Eye. Locally naturalized in lawns and gardens. Los Angeles, common, Davidson in 1896. San Bernardino, adventive and rare in 1901, now common. Redlands, Greata in 1907. Local in central and northern California. Native of Eurasia. PLANTAGINACEAE Plantago Coronopus L. Santa Catalina island, Davidson in 1895, and in a desiccated pool at Pebble Beach, Parish in 1916. An abundant street weed at Pacific Grove, Monterey county, Parish in 1916. Native of Europe. Plantago lanceolata L. Rib-grass. A recent immigrant, now abundantly naturalized and common by roadsides, in lawns and waste grounds. San Bernardino, first seen in 1881 now abundant. Los Angeles, “struggling for a casual existence,’’ Davidson in 1891. In the Colorado Desert, in a few lawns at El Centro, Parish in 1913. Evidently introduced earlier in the central parts of the state, Hilgard (1890)** considered it, “with Setaria glauca, the most formidable enemy of irrigated grounds and pastures in the foothills of the Sierra and more or less in the adjacent portions of the Sacramento valley,” where, he states, the two overran and destroyed alfalfa fields. While it has become a troublesome weed in the south it is not so injurious as above indicated. Native of Eurasia. Piantago major L. Plantain. _ Long naturalized and common in meadows, gardens, lawns and by roadsides, in damp soils. Probably dates from the mission period. Common throughout the state. Native of Eurasia. RUBIACEAE Sherardia arvensis L. Field Madder. An infrequent casual in lawns. San Bernardino, in 1913, not persisting. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1914. Native of Europe. CAPRIFOLIACEAE Lonicera japonica Thunb. Japanese Honeysuckle. F , ; San Bernardino Valley, an occasional fugitive, and becoming naturalized, in damp thickets, Parish in 1910. Native of Japan. DIPSACEAE Dipsacus Fullonum L. Fuller’s Teasel. Locally naturalized. Cajon Valley, San Diego county, ‘‘well established,” Cleveland in 1876, 1890. San Diego Mission, Orcutt. Los Angeles, Lyon in 1890, Davidson in 1893. A roadside weed in the Bay region. Native of Europe. Scabiosa atropurpurea L. Locally escaping from cultivation and persisting along streets. San Ber- dino, in 1890, 1916. Los Angeles, Nevin in 1904. San Diego, Chandler in 1902. More abundant in central California. Native of the Mediterranean region. Scabiosa stellata L. Altadena, along streets, McClatchie in 1893. Native of the Mediterranean region. Darlington. W. American Weeds and Useful Plants. 2d Ed. Hilgard. E. W. Weeds of California, 249. 1891. 25 COMPOSITAE Cichorium Intybus L. A casual on streets. Santa Barbara, Gray in 1880. San Bernardino, Parish in 1895, 1914. Sherman, Braunton in 1902. San Diego, Brandegee in 1904. Riverside, Reed in 1905. Rialto, Robertson in 1906. Upland, Johnston in 1918. Not cultivated in our region. Native of Europe. Picris echioides L. Bugloss. Adventive in the coast towns of Los Angeles and Orange counties. Huntington Beach, Condit in 1909. Santa Monica, Parish in 1913. Dominguez Junction, Moxley in 1914. Mesmer, Johnston in 1917. Santa Ana, “a recent introduction,’ A. J. Perkins in 1919. San Bernardino, a very recent introduction, Parish in 1917. A common street weed in the Bay region. Native of Europe. Tragopogon porrifolius L. Vegetable-oyster. Naturalized and frequent in streets and waste places at Santa Monica, Parish in 1916, 1918. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1903. Native of the Mediterranean region. Rhagadiolus Hedypnoides All. Infrequent and local. Los Angeles, T. W. Minthorn in 1905. San _ Diego, K. Brandegee in 1906. More northern collections are: Mariposa, Congdon in 1895; Sonoma county, Eastwood in 1902. Native of Europe. Hypocheeris glabra L. Cat’s ear. Locally naturalized. Garvanza, Grant in 1904. Pasadena, McClatchie... Red- lands, Greata in 1905. San Diego, Parish in 1914. Red Hill, near Upland, Johnston in 1917. In the Monterey and San Francisco regions this species and the next are among the most common weeds, but their migration southward is recent. Native of Eurasia. Hypocheris radicata L. Gosmore. An abundant roadside weed at Santa Barbara, Hall in 1907, Parish in 1916. Native of Europe. Taraxicum officinale L. Dandelion. A recent immigrant, first appearing in lawns, now widely naturalized in towns, in damp soil by country roads, and invading meadows. Los Angeles, Davidson, first seen in 1891, and in 1893 still confined to ‘‘single plants in lawns.” Pasadena, “‘occasional along streets,’ McClatchie in 1895. San Bernardino, a few plants in a single lawn, Parish in 1895. Upland, “still infrequent,’’ and El Monte, “abundant, and injurious in pastures,’ Johnston in 1918. Native of Europe. The introduction of this cosmopolitan weed into the state appears recent. The Botany of the Geological Survey was only able to report “‘some indications” of its presence in 1876. Hilgard®® did not know it in 1890; in 1894 Greene re- garded it as ‘‘accidentally introduced and scarcely naturalized.” It was still so rare a plant in 1898 that Davy put on record two exact places where it could be found in Oakland; and in 1901. Jepson omitted it from his Flora of Western Middle California. It is now an abundant weed in the Bay region. Crepis virens L. Hawksbeard. Naturalized in the streets of Santa Barbara, Parish in 1916. Big Rock Creek, San Gabriel Mts., Davidson in 1896. Common in the Monterey and San Francisco regions. Native of Europe. Sonchus arvensis L. Perennial Sowthistle. ; Peat lands about Smeltzer and Wintersberg, Orange County, R. K. Bishop in 1913, already well established, and believed to have been introduced in celery seed about 1903; now naturalized and troublesome in that district. Not known else- where in the state. Native of Europe. Sonchus asper L. Spiny Sowthistle. Long naturalized and common in cultivated and waste, and occasional in un- broken, grounds. Ascends the San Bernardino Mts. to 6,500 ft., Bear Valley, Parish in 1895. Common in the cultivated parts of Salton Sink, Colorado Desert, Parish an 1913. Panamint Mts., Mojave Desert, Coville & Funston in 1891. Native of Surope. Sonchus oleraceus L. Sowthistle. Cismontane distribution of the preceding species, and somewhat more abun- dant. Common in the cultivated parts of Salton Sink. Native of Europe. Sonchus tenerrimus L. Locally naturalized at San Diego, doubtlessly from the mission period. Col- lected in 1836 by Nuttall, who regarded it as indigenous and published it as S. tenuifolius.* Specimens seen are all from Point Loma: Cleveland about 1886; Orcutt in 1894; Purpus in 1898. The only other Californian collections were from San Clemente, Santa Catalina and San Nicholas islands. Brandegee reports it as abundant on the islands off the coast of Lower California and on the mainland, appearing as if indigenous. Native of Europe. Hilgard, E. W. Weeds of California. 247. 1891. ‘‘The place held in Europe and the East by the dandelion is measurably filled by several large-flowered species of Troximon and Hypochceris.”’ Greene, E. L. Manual Botany Bay Region 227. 1894. Davy, J. B. Erythea 6:26. 1898. ssNuttall, T. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. 7:438. 1841. 26 Lactuca Scariola L. Prickly Lettuce. Naturalized and common. Ontario, Daviiees in 1911. San Bernardino, Parish in 1911, where the variety was already abundant. Upland, Johnston in 1917. Na- tive of Europe. Lactuca Scariola L. var. integrata Gren. & Godr. Prickly Lettuce. Naturalized and common. Pasadena, McClatchie in 1895. San Bernardino, estab- lished in a few places, Parish in 1895. Compton, “‘quite troublesome. in places,” Braunton in 1896. Los Angeles, “two plants,’ Davidson in 1896, and in 1907, ‘‘one of the most troublesome weeds in the Los Angeles district, even invading the Black Mustard.’ Claremont, ‘‘rare,’”’ Johnston in 1918. A very recent immigrant, but here, as elsewhere, its diffusion has been rapid. In some places the species first appeared, in others the variety, and even yet there are local differences in the abundance of either. The two are abundant weeds in cultivated grounds, gardens, roadsides and waste places, and in fields where there is sufficient moisture in the soil, but they do not make their way into unbroken dry hills and mesas. While obnoxious weeds these plants have not proved themselves so injurious in most parts of our region as they are reported to be elsewhere. The earliest records for the state are: Berkeley, “becoming established,” K. Brandegee in 1890, and Sacramento, (the species), Michner & Bioletti in 1891. First reported in the United States from Cambridge, Mass., in 1835.°° Native of Europe. Cynara Scolymus L. Artichoke. An occasional fugitive, long persisting, but usually not greatly spreading. Abundant over a hillside pasture near Rincon, San Diego county, Parish in 1897, and a few plants by a roadside at San Bernardino in 1899. Laguna, Murrieta, and Orange, Johnston in 1918. Native of Europe. Centaurea Cyanus L. Corn-flower. Los Angeles, “abundant at the racetrack,’ Nevin in 1904. An occasional escape througnout the state. Native of Europe. Centaurea -eriophora L. Los Angeles, “observed for two seasons on North Avenue 50,” Davidson in 1911. The only record for the state. Native of southern Europe. Centaurea Melitensis L. Sand Bur. An early introduction, probably of the mission period; thoroughly naturalized and abundant in fields and by roadsides; especially obnoxious as an aftermath in grain fields; mostly in light soils, but not confined to them; occasional in unbroken lands. In the Colorado Desert, at Palm Springs, F. Gilman in 1902. A common weed a most parts of the state. The earliest collection is F. Guirardo in 1861. Native of urope. Centaurea repens L. A few scattering plants in 1919 in a field of sugar beets on the farm of Mr. A. Decker, at Artesia, Los Angeles county, 2-3 feet high, and seeding abundantly. It is already spreading in both cultivated and uncultivated ground, and proves dificult to eradicate by reason of its perennial rootstocks. Not elsewhere reported from the United States. Native of Eurasia. Centaurea solstitialis L. St. Barnaby’s Thistle. San Diego, according to Gray,® but I have seen no specimens from that region. A few casuals at San Bernardino, Parish in 1907. Riverside, ‘‘adventive,’’ Reed in 1918. A common weed in Sacramento valley. Native of the Orient. Cnicus benedictus L. Blessed Thistle. Casual in Los Angeles, “in two streets only,’ Davidson in 1918. Occasional in central California. Native of Europe. Circium arvense L. Canada Thistle. Locally well established in the peat lands about Wintersberg, Orange County, R. K. Bishop in 1917. Occasional in parts. of northern California. The earliest re- port is Humboldt Bay, “well established,’ Rattan in 1879,°' where it still persists, J. P. Tracy in 1916. San Francisco, K. Brandegee in 1892. Said to have first ap- peared in America about the French missions in Canada, and _to have been carried thence to New York in hay used by Burgoyne’s army in 1777.6 In New Zealand it is miscalled ‘‘California Thistle.“* Native of Europe. Arctium Lappa L. Burdock. Riverside, Reed about 1910, now somewhat increased. Occasional in a few places in central California. At the National Orange Show at San Bernardino in 1914 an advertising device, well adapted to disseminate this weed, was freely dis- *9For an account of the spread of the Prickly Lettuce in the U. S. see Parish, S. B. In Muhlenb. 5:121. 1909. 6Gray, A. Synovtical Flora 1, pt. 2:406. 1884. ‘Rattan, V. Cal. Horticulturist 9:335. 1879. Dewey, L. E. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Bot. Circular 27:5. 1900. Cockayne, L. Rept. Bot. Surv. Stewart Island 66. 1906. 27 tributed, consisting of a gaily colored paper butterfly, with a burdock bur for a body, by means of which it was made to adhere to the garments of passers, and was thus carried away. The same objectionable device was used in England and im New South Wales, until forbidden by law." Native of Europe. Silybum Marianum Gaertn. Milk Thistle. Naturalized and widely distributed throughout the state, mostly by road- sides and in waste places, but sometimes invading pastures. San Bernardino, Parish rare in 1818, now much commoner, but not abundant. Chino Creek, near Ontario, ‘a serious pest in pastures,’’ Johnston in 1918. ‘The earliest collections are: San Francisco, Behr, ‘first appeared,’ in 1853; Prairie City, Sacramento County, “abundant,” K. Brandegee in 1854; Knight’s Ferry, Bigelow in 1857. Na- tive of Europe. Senecio sylvaticus L. Infrequent and local. University Heights, San Diego, K. Brandegee in 1901. Jarupa hills, near Riverside, Mrs. Wilder in 1909. Native of Europe. Senecio vulgaris L. Groundsel. Locally common in yards and gardens, mostly near the coast. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1892. San Diego and Santa Barbara, Parish in 1916. Claremont region, Johnston in 1916, and in the San Antonio Mts., at Camp Baldy, 5,000 ft. alt. Com- mon in central California. Native of Europe. Artemisia biennis Willd. Annual Wormwood. Infrequent in moist soil. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1890, and now more abun- dant. Cultivated field near Santa Ana, Parish in 1882. Santa_Barbara, Mrs. Cooper about 1896. Mojave Desert, in a meadow at Victorville, Parish in 1915. Infre- quent in the state. Native in the northwestern states. Anthemis Cotula L. Mayweed. A common roadside weed, but a recent migrant in the south from central California. San Bernardino, rare in 1880, now abundant. Santa Catalina island, ‘‘a recent introduction,” T. S. Brandegee in 1890. Probably first introduced in the state in the pioneer period. Prairie City, Sacramento county, K. Brandegee in 1854.°° Hilgard®® first saw it by the roadside between Oakland and Berkeley in 1880, and reported it as ‘‘not yet widely diffused” in the Bay region in 1890, But as early as 1882 it had entered the coast regions, and in 1890 was abundant in hill pastures. It is now common throughout the state. Native of Europe. Chrysanthemum coronarium L. A recent introduction, naturalized along railway tracks and elsewhere in San Diego, Mrs. Spencer in 1919. Not otherwise known from the state. Native of the Mediterranean region. Matricaria occidentalis Greene. On a street, Highland, Parish in 1895, not reappearing. Thought to be native of the Sacramento valley. Matricaria suaveolens Buchenau. M. discoidea DC. Pineapple-weed. Widely distributed and abundant, but mostly about farms, old sheep corrals and in waste places, always appearing like an introduced plant. Adventive at a few places in Imperial valley, Colorado Desert, in 1913. In the Mojave Desert: Victorville, Hall in 1905. Pleasant Canon, Hall & Chandler in 1906. Cima, K. Bran- degee in 1916. Lone Willow Springs, Parish in 1916. Native of the northwestern Pacific states. Cotula australis Hook. A weed of city streets; common near the coast, but seldom collected in the interior. San Diego, Cleveland in 1882. Los Angeles, Minthorn in 1905. Pasadena, Grant in 1905. Riverside, Mrs. Wilder in 1908. San Bernardino, in a lawn, Parish in 1911. Park at Ontario, Johnston in 1918. North to Humboldt county. Native of Australia. Cotula coronopifolia L. Brass Buttons. An early immigrant, probably of the pioneer period; common in spring on the borders of small streams and in wet places. In the Colorado Desert at the old Palm Springs Stage Station, on Carrizo Creek, Parish in 1915. Common throughout the state. Appeared first at San Francisco between 1851-1854.°° Native of Europe. Soliva sessilis R. & P. Reported from “‘moist soil near Santa Barbara,’** but I have not been able to authenticate its present occurrence there. Infrequent in coast towns further north. Native of Chile. *sNature 84:547. 1910. SBrandegee, K. Zoe 2:76. 1891. 66Hilgard, E. W. Weeds of California. 1890. “TBehr, H. H. Zoe 2:4. 1891. Gray, A. In Brewer & Watson, Bot. Cal. 1:406. 1876. 28 Galinsoga parviflora Cav. Abundant along ditches, at Vernon, Los Angeles County, Braunton in 1902. Not otherwise reported from the state. Native of South America. Hemizonia Fitchii Gray. Quite abundant in a wheat field, Las Flores rancho, on the Mojave river in 1882. Native of central California. : Eclipta alba Hassk. Naturalized in the bottom lands of the Colorado river ,thence waterborne to the Salton Sink, where it is common along ditches and in irrigated fields. Casual near Los Angeles, T. W. Minthorn in 1907. Native of tropical America. Helianthus annuus L. Sunflower. Long naturalized and common in cultivated grounds, notably as an after- math in grain fields, where it often forms a dense, pure stand; trequent in un- broken soils, but not appearing indigenous. Rare in fields in Imperial Valley, Parish in 1913. In the Mojave Desert at an abandoned soda works at Soda Lake, and in the streets at Barstow and Victorville, in 1916. Common throughout the state. Native of North America. Helianthus petiolaris Nutt. Introduced, probably in foul grain seed, in fields at Harlem Springs, near San Bernardino, where it was abundant in 1910, but is now apparently extinct. Native from Minnesota to Arizona. Verbesina australis Baker. Oxnard, Ventura county, Davy in 1901. Native of Mexico. Verbesina encelioides B. & H. var. exauriculata Robins. & Greenm. Crownbeard. Naturalized, but infrequent; usually in or about grain fields. El Monte, Parish in 1882, and Johnston in 1918. Agua Mansa, near Colton, Parish in 1897. Cahuenga Pass, Hall in 1905. Native from Kansas to Texas. Bidens frondosa L. Beggar’s-ticks. Locally adventive at Los Angeles, Moxley in 1916, and Davidson in 1917. Abun- dantly naturalized in the delta lands and islands of the lower Sacramento river. Native of the eastern states. Bidens pilosa L. Bur Marigold. An early immigrant, abundantly naturalized along ditches and on wet banks. In the Colorado Desert a single plant at Mecca, in 1913. Native of the West Indies and South America. Melampodium perfoliatum HBK. Probably introduced during the mission period, and long naturalized in waste places at Los Angeles. Not known elsewhere in the United States. Native of Mexico. Xanthium italicum Mor. i Los Angeles, Hasse, the only California collection. Native of Italy. Xanthium pennsylvanicum Wallr. Cocklebur. A pernicious weed, long naturalized, and common in cultivated and waste lands, especially in lowland pastures. Common in the overflowed bottom lands of the Colorado River at Fort Yuma, Parish in 1913, thence waterborne to Salton Sink, where widely distributed in irrigated grounds, but not abundant. Common throughout the state. Native of the eastern United States. Xanthium strumarium L. Cocklebur. Colorado Desert, abundant in the overflowed bottom lands of the Colorado River at Fort Yuma, Parish in 1913.6 Cameron Lake, T. S. Brandegee. Native of the eastern United States and Mexico. Xanthium spinosum L. Spanish Needles. Long naturalized and widely distributed, mostly by roadsides and in waste places, but seldom abundant, and no more so now than 35 years ago. Through- out the state. Native of Europe. Bellis perennis L. English Daisy. Often planted in lawns, where it multiplies rapidly, and occasionally escapes. Los Angeles, Davidson in 1892. In the Humboldt Bay region it is said to be “firmly established everywhere,’ Chandler in 1901. Native of Europe. 6*Doubtfully referred to X. chinensis Mill. by Millsp. & Sherff in Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ. 204:19. 1919. Our cockleburs are too seldom collected and too little studied to permit their distribution to be properly defined. They are unhappily abundant, and always have the appearance of introduced weeds. 29 Erigeron bonariensis L. I. linifolius Willd. A recent immigrant, now widely naturalized and abundant in cultivated and waste grounds. Santa Barbara, Mrs. Cooper before 1896." Redlands, Greata, anu Riverside, Reed in 1905. Pasadena, Grinnell, and San Bernardino, Parish in 1906. Colton, Mrs. Wilder in 1907. The earliest record is: Bakersfield, Miss Eastwood in 1893. Common street weed in the Bay Region, Parish in 1917. Native of South America. Erigeron canadensis |. l[lorse-weed. Widely naturalized in cultivated and waste grounds, probably an early immi- grant. Along the river banks, Victorville, Mojave Desert, in 1916. A common weed in cultivated grounds in the Colorado Desert, in 1913. Throughout the state. Native of the eastern states. Trichocoronis Wrightii Gray. ; ? In a marsh near Beaumont, Hasse in 1911. Also in the Delta lands of the Sacra- mento River. Native of Mexico and Texas. ; Eupatorium album L. . j A casual on the banks of a pond, south of Pasadena, McClatchie in 1896. Native of the Atlantic states. ¥ ZAUSCHNERIA ORBICULATA n. Sp. GEORGE L. MOXLEY Plant about 2 dm. or less in height, decumbent or ascending, sparsely short white hairy, leafy; cauline leaves opposite, orbicular or rarely some- what obovate, rather coarsely callous-denticulate, emarginate to abruptly short-mucronate, the largest about 15 mm. in diameter; floral leaves orbicular sheil-like bracts 3 to 5 mm. in diameter; calyx tubular, 14 to 16 mm. long, its laciniae 5 mm. long, minutely puberulent, the tips slightly divergent in bud; petals about 8 mm. long, narrow, with a deep sinus; stamens barely exserted; style exserted 5 to 8 mm.; ovary 5 to 7 mm. long, minutely glandular; capsule about 15 mm. long, fusiform, short- pedicellate or subsessile, long beaked. Saw Mill Canyon, eastern slope of the Sierra Nevada, in loose lava at 7500 ft. altitude, Aug. 28, 1919. Collected by Frank W. Peirson, no. 759. Type in author’s herbarium. Duplicates in herb. Frank W. Peir- son, Pasadena, Calif.; Dudley Herbarium, Stanford University: Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences; U. S. National Herbarium; Gray Herbarium. This is a plant of very striking appearance and quite distinct from any form I have yet seen. The orbicular, sometimes obcordate and somewhat emarginate leaves serve to distinguish it at once from any other Zausch- neria. It is of the tubular small-flowered type, resembling to some extent, in its floral characters Z. glandulosa, Z. Hall and Z. pulchella, and in the foliar characters somewhat approaching Z. elegans Eastw. x NOTE. The Botanical Records and the author of Allium montigenum was omitted in the last issue. Both are to be credited to Dr. A. Davidson. “Eastwood, A. Erythea 4:99. 1896. 30 { { 6 1 4 fi [ é 5 “* > { / ; A . te 5 ¢ rely “ i] } > a ( f ‘ . ‘ os \ aK WILLLLLLLLLLLLLLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL UUUUVUTOOUTRTTTTTTTTTTCOOTTTUTRTUTRTTTGTTTTCTTT RLU TTHTLLAGTHLLLUGHALLLLGAALCOUGAUUCLCGAUULCUGOLLCCCOOLLCCOALUCOUAOLUOOOOOLLLOOHOLCCOAUUUOUGAALCGUOORLOCOGOOUUCOOOROQLOOADCUOOOALUGOAOAUUOOOLOVOUNOOIOOOOANOUUOOATOLONOOOOOOHULOULONOOOOAADOUCGATILUGOOAIIOUOOTLUOOOODIUUPOONOOONHANIUONHAUUOCMUONNNIOUOOAIOUUOOANIUOGANOCOOATAUOGANUOUOOANOOOGAAIOUOOAIIOUOAIOUOONARUOOOALUCOOATOID LLL: LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL LLL LLL LLLLELEL LE LL PUVTUUTUCUVEUOOUUCUUTETUOTHTATULTCORTTTUULTVCCUTTEATVVCCUTTHLLLULUGMHLLLLLLUGMAULLLLLLEGLLLLLCLLCGECLLLLLOLLOLLLLLLLUGOEELEELLLLOGGELLLLLCLLOOGELLLLURLUREEOOLLUCLGOOOAOLULUOOOOOAALUUOLUOOOOOR LOOP Ceo LLLLL, BULETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences CTU TTOUTUURTTUATOOA TOO TCO TORTURE TCR CE PTUTUUTEU PULLER INDEX Page Butterflies of California, Dr. J. A. Comstock................0.22.--.--2--.... 5-6 A Solo Flight in a Spherical Balloon, Dr. Ford A. Carpenter.... 7-20 A Glimpse of the Einstein Theory, Wm. H. Knight.................... 21-23 Magnetism and Radio Activity, Wm. A. Spalding....................:.24-28 Depranduswleestes}oDr J. Z. Gilbert ee 29-30 Distribution of Certain Trees in California, S. B. Parish............ 31-33 Brickellay/Microphylla, Gs Io. Maxley2 2225 ee ences 34-35 (Foy aite rear SS er ec ca ean eres Sawa Peete ee eee Mum eat Lo 36-42 Volume XX, Part 1 April, 1921 eB COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION WILLIAM A. SPALDING ANSTRUTHER DAVIDSON, C.M.,M.C. DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK B LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA T CUUUUTTUUTUUTTUEA TUG UUUTTCHUCA LUCA UOA LOO UUOUOALUO ULC LUCGOUOALOGAPUOUOOLCOALUOUUOLUOOIUOAUOUUUCOUOAUOALOALUGHALOOLUOOMEOUEREEOOUOAUL LULU UCA UOTE UUELLUMULH UL UUUALULULELLC ULC CceLUCe LCE UCoA LUG LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL ne TERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA Plate II 2 a § A , a 4 ’ ae - ‘ Ms At fel i! * - ® . , b. % »* é ¢ “ ‘ & = . ‘ ne die < & e: a2 of = a = Fr 4 Butterflies of California ne TIGNE SW AILILOWIEAIES: ANINID) ZNIDID ISS, Dr. JoHN A. COMSTOCK (Family, The Papilionidae, Sub-family, The Papilioninae) The Swallowtails. (Genus Papilio, Linnaeus ) ieee weNE Si ace OW RAIL. (Papilio) piilenor, Linn. ) Riate Wy Fig: 4) male; Fig. 5, female, under side. Syn. astnous, Dru. Pew iiwa SALLE OW TALL. ((e. philenor hirsuta, Skin.) Plate II, Fig. 6, male; Figs. 7 and 8, females. iE PPE VINE SWALLOWTAIL and its first cousin, the HAIRY SWALLOWTAIL (P. hirsuta, Skin.) are to be found in the Northern part of the state, being particularly plentiful in the region North of the San Francisco Bay. They have been occasionally reported from points as far south as San Diego. The California form is the variety named by Skinner and dis- tinguished by its shorter tails and hairy body. Most of the Southern California captures seem to be the typical form and are probably introduced from the eastern states on Aristolochiaec, which is occasionally used as a porch-shading vine. BAIRDZS SWALLOW TAIL. (Papilio, bairdi, Edw: ) lace etiam male. shigt 2) female: Syn. utahensis, Stkr. BAIRD’S SWALLOWTAIL is an extremely rare capture in California. It has been authentically reported only from the central Sierras to the San Bernardino Mountains. July is its favored month. The larvae feed on umbelliferous plants. iPS E SWALLOW TALE. (Papilio zelicaon, Luc:) arewWdeiiioersmalesmiigs. 4 ands) temales: Syn. golicaon, Bdv. Syn. californica, Men. Syn. coloro, Wright. THE ANISE SWALLOWTAIL is common throughout the state, specimens being taken from February to November. It is most abundant in the lowlands about townsites where its favorite foodplant (Carum kelloggii, wild anise) occurs. The larvae feed on a wide variety of umbelliferous plants. They are also oc- casionally found on Citrus, but have never become a serious pest in the orange groves. THE SHORT-TAILED SWALLOWTAIL. (Papilio indra, Reak. ) Plate III, Figs. 6 and 7, males; Fig. 8, female. EDWARDS SWALLOWTAIL. (P. indra pergamus, Hy. Edw.) Plate II, Figs. 1 and 2, males; Fig. 3, female. This species occurs in two forms, the northern race or Short- Tailed Swallowtail, which is taken in the high Sierras of northern to central California, and the southern race, Edward’s Swallowtail which flies in the southern Sierras. Both varieties are consid- ered highly desirable from the collector’s standpoint, the southern race particularly being counted as a great prize. Edward's Swallowtail has been captured as early as April, while in the higher Sierras the species doés not emerge until June or July. The larvae feed on umbelliferous plants. THE WESTERN TIGER SWALLOWTAIL. (Papilio rutulus, Luc.) Plate IV, Figs. 6 and 8, males; Fig. 7, female. THE WESTERN TIGER SWALLOW TATE Mss onmennlose common Papilio occurring throughout the entire state, and flying from early spring to late summer. The larvae choose a wide variety of foodplants, including poplar, alder, hop and willow. An alpine form has been distinguished by Behrens, which he has called ammom. It differs principally in the darker shade of yel- low forming the ground color of the wings. (To be continued ) (Plate IV will appear in the next issue of the BULLETIN.) FEDERATION AERONAUTIQUE INTERNATIONALE “The Civil, Naval and Military Authori- AERO CLUB OF AMERICA ,;,, Frfinling he Reba, ena ocnatlttlh NoGld.. __ fequested to aid and assist the holder of The above-named Club, recognized by this Certificate.” the Federation Aeronautique Internationale, as the governing authority for the United States of America, certifes that “Les agents de la force publique, les De. Ford. A. Sa acces autorités civiles et militaires, sont priés de Bom ae i day of pene Z 1866 vouloir préter aide et assistance au titulaire F AOR ord nog having fulfilled all the conditions required by “" Brcocutrutre the Federation Aeronautique Intemationale, is hereby licensed as Spherical Balloon Pilot Dated. & ary AY sorte ND “Die Civil- und Militarbehérden werden ™ q 1. ‘ g gebeten, dem inhaber dieses Zeugnisses J i im Wee OD Bae afl Schutz und Hulfe zu gewahren.” Secretary. “Gli agenti della forza publica e le autorita civil e militari sono pregati di voler dare aiuto ed assistenza al titolare del presente libretto.” “Se ruega 4 las autidoridates tanto civiles como militares, se sirvan prestar su ayuda y asistencia al portador del presente titulo.” «Ioxoputime npocars I.r. npeg- CTaBHTeneH BOeHHOH, TpaxkaHcKoOHu H NOmMHOeHCKOMH BracTei OKa3aTb . BOIMOKHYH MOMOUT HU combictBie AHUY, MpeADABHBUIeMy HacTOAuee eo : cBHAbterbcrBo.» MBNA TIONAL ABRONAU TS CERTIEICATE The holder of the certificate passed the following flight tests as Spherical Balloon Pilot of the Fédération Aéronautique Internationale. A, 10 ascensions without any conditions, 1919, 1920, 1921. B, Ascension of one hour’s minimum duration, under- taken by the pilot alone, Feb. 12, 1921. C, Night ascension between setting and rising of sun, Aug. 26, 1919, 11 hrs, 58 mins. Making, inflation, deflation and prescribed tests were made under direction of the United States Army Air Service, Ross Field, Arcadia, California. i A SOLO FLIGHT IN A SPHERICAL BALLOON By Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER. Illustrated by photographs made by the author during the journey 3 68 &8 The 913th solo spherical balloon flight of the Fédération Aeroni \utique Internationale was made on February 12, 1921. The free balloon flight in this instance was conducted by the Air Service Balloon School of the United States Army at Ross Field, Arcadia, California. In itself, the occasion being a pilot qualification test, was not an unusual one, but many of the attendant circumstances sur- rounded the event with more than the obvious importance to the individual. First, the flight was made by a Consulting Meteor- ologist under the Army rules and in aircraft of the United States. Second, the flight was practically an “economy run” breaking all previous records (so balloonists stated) for the combination of minimum amounts of the four elements: gas, ballast, distance, and altitude. There was the smallest quantity of gas as well as ballast used, combined with both the short distance traveled and the low level maintained as shown by the mean and maximum altitude. Third, it was the satisfactory working out of a theory that no where exists more dependable atmospheric conditions for the control of a balloon than in Southern California. For over one hundred years in France where ballooning is popular, it has been considered a feat if the veteran balloon pilots sailed their balloons at a low level with the least amount of ballast and the most infrequent diminution of the gas supply; this, the aeronauts considered, evidenced the skill of the pilot in taking advantage of the principal weather elements such as wind and temperature. Before giving a narrative of the solo balloon flight, it may be worth while to consider a few preliminaries such as a comparison of the balloon and the airplane, the construction, equipment, and the navigation of a balloon. Balloons and Airplanes Compared—Yo the majority of peo- ple a balloon flight is an anomaly, for have they not seen balloon ascensions where the circus performer rises in a hot-air balloon and descends in a parachute, or have they not known a few ven- turesome people who have ascended in a captive balloon? A balloon flight is, however, a reality; it is claimed by aeronauts to be the “joy-riding of the air”. Historically, it was the first means of mechanical suspension and flight ever tried and remains today, after one hundred and thirty-seven years since Rozier (1), who 1. Douglass Archibald. The Earth’s Atmosphere. London, 1915. 8 was the first man to ascend in a balloon, the most esthetic means of aerial navigation. A comparison between the balloon and the airplane would be like matching a sail-boat with a motor-boat. The former depends entirely upon the winds and the latter, while accelerated or retarded by air-currents, has a speed so great as to be practically independent of them. ‘The sail-boat and the bal- loon are free from vibration and both require their pilots to be well versed in weather-lore. The airplane and the motor-boat are heavily powered and they are always trembling with the vibration of their motors. Aside from storm winds, both air- plane and motor-boat may, and ofttimes do, dispense with all but rudimentary knowledge of meteorology as a science. The comparison must not be carried too far, or else it would be nec- essary to make another similie not so palatable to the navigators of the heavier-than-air craft and admit that unlike the motor- boat, the airplane will sink if the engine stops. Safety appli- ances, such as parachutes never form part of the equipment of a free-flying balloon for the reason that the balloon itself acts like a parachute in case of an accident in mid-air. Construction of a Balloon—Although the balloon is the old- est means of aerial navigation, antedating the airplane by more than a century, very little is popularly known of the equipment and management of the modern spherical free-flying balloon. It may be well, therefore, to briefly describe the balloon. First and most important of all, is the gas-bag which may have a capacity of from 9,000 cubic feet up to 100,000 cubic feet. It is inflated with hydrogen gas or coal-gas. The former is used exclusively by the military establishments owing to its greater lifting power and the consequent quickness of response of the balloon. The 9,000 cu. ft. balloon is a one-man affair while the 100,000 cu. ft. bag will carry half a dozen persons and half a ton of ballast and transport them for long distances. The 12,000 cu. ft. balloon is the one most commonly used for solo work as it permits of sev- eral hundred pounds of ballast being carried in addition to the pilot, his instruments, supplies, ete. For general use, however, the 35,000 cu. ft. balloon is the most popular size because the ample carrying capacity allows a complete equipment with gen- erous ballast in addition to the pilot and three passengers. ‘The material of which the gas-bag is made is of rubberized fabric which is very light but of strong construction, the smaller bal- loons weighing but a few hundred pounds. The pilot always has to remember that the bag is a mass of light gas which is being continually pushed upward by the heavier surrounding gases of the atmosphere. The envelope is simply a thin partition which separates the gases and does not expand and contract like the small pure gum balloons. The gas-bag terminates in a long fun- nel-like tube which is aptly called the “appendix”. This is left 9 open when flying so that equilibrium of pressure may be main- tained with safety. Surrounding the bag is a net of cotton cords terminating in the “concentration-ring” from which is suspended the basket. The baskets are of wicker and naturally everything but safety is sacrificed to lightness of construction. Terminating within the concentration-ring are the two important controls: the valve- cord which runs through the center of the bag to the aluminum valve at the top of the bag, and the rip-cord which is fastened to a panel in the bag. ‘The location of the rip-panel may be seen in the accompanying photograph (Fig. 1.) The former regulates the amount of gas discharged and the latter is an emergency measure used only when about to land in a heavy wind. The valve-cord is a light linen cord, the ends of which are held in a small cotton bag, and the rip-cord is a flat linen tape, colored red. The shape and color of the rip cord is to prevent its being mis- taken for the valve-cord. Equipment of a Balloon—Within the basket are a number of 15-lb. bags of sifted sand, a pouch at the side of the basket con- taining loose sand, and a small scoop. In addition to the instru- ments carried (statoscope, altimeter, barographs, and thermom- eters) is a supply of several hundred sheets of tissue paper which are used to determine whether or not the balloon is rising or falling. If a tissue sheet falls, the balloon is rising; if it rises, the balloon is descending. It is not possible to tell by the eye or other sensation whether one is rising or falling as there is no sensation except that of motionless suspension. The statoscope, altimeter, and barographs are instruments showing the rate of ascent or descent, and, in the case of the barograph an ink record is made of every portion of the journey. As the mass of gas in the balloon is very susceptible to heat and cold, a delicate thermometer, or better yet, a finely adjusted thermograph, is necessary to anticipate temperature changes. On the outside of the basket are hung canvas water bottles. life preservers, and a heavy anchor attached to about a hundred feet of rope. In addition to the preserved food carried within the basket, the supply of water is essential in this region because of the proximity of the desert and the life preservers for the like proximity to the sea. The anchor is used to retard flight when about to make a landing and not to hold the balloon. The most useful apparatus is the drag-rope which is a 300-ft. 34-inch rope. made into a ball and suspended from the side of the basket. The fastenings of the drag-rope are cut just when it is decided to make a landing. The rope trails on the ground, relieving the balloon of that much weight, and by means of this rope the balloon may be pulled down by people below as it may sometimes happen. 10 There are also necessary tools within the basket such as a heavy knife for emergency use, and a saw in case the balloon runs afoul of a tree in landing. The Navigation of a Balloon—A balloon, like a sail-boat, is at the mercy of the wind. Unlike a sail-boat it floats within the current of air and there 1s no sense of motion. Upon the skil- fulness of the pilot in ascending or descending into air currents of different directions depends successful navigation. He ascends by releasing ballast and descends by releasing gas from the bag. Winds do not blow with like directions at all levels as will be seen from the following table of wind directions and velocities from observations at the U. S. Army Balloon School at Ross Field on a typical morning: Ps 2wkee ko DATA VEROM Us So ARMY” BAIELOON SCHOOL, IIRNCAIDIUA, CAL, 1213, sy, WZ (A). Altitude | Sur- }959|5091750| 1000| 1500] 20001 25001 3000] 40001 5000] 6000! 7000] 8000 (feet) face Wind Dir.} SW|SE| E| E] E | St | SE] E E N | NW] NW; NWI NW Wind Velo- city (miles} 3 | 4/5]6] 8 LA 2 E25 | 6 E 35 | 46] 64 per hour) It will be observed from a perusal of this table that the wind changes in direction and velocity for every level from the surface where the wind is light and from the southwest, 250 feet higher where the wind backed to the southeast, and to 1000 feet altitude where the wind blows from the east with increasing velocity. At 1500 and 2000 feet above the earth a southeast wind 1s again experienced but of 12 miles per hour, which velocity is held 1000 feet higher. At 4000 feet altitude the wind is blowing lightly from the north, indicating a transitional region comparable to the “Back-water” of the tides. Although the wind blows steadily from the northwest from 5000 feet up to 8000 feet. The velocity increases proportionately to the distance above the earth’s surface, it being 16 miles per hour at 5,000 feet and 64 miles per hour at 8,000 feet. ‘To the balloonist, it means that if he wished that morning to fly from Los Angeles to the San Fernando Valley, he must keep his balloon below the 3000 ft. level. If, however, he desires to fly to San Diego, he would throw out sufficient bal- last to enable him to reach the five- to eight-thousand foot level at which latter elevation he would travel to San Diego in about two hours’ time. If the balloonist wished to go in an opposite direction, he would keep close to the surface and his progress would be very slow. The movement of the wind in the air levels above the earth is not always the same, but varies with the dis- 2. U. S. Weather Bureau Daily Weather Map. Los Angeles, 1921. 11 Fig. 1 A IWELVE THOUSAND! CU; ED. SOLO BABE OOK 8:10 A.M. FEB. 12, 1921, ELEV. 500 FT. ABOVE SEA LEVEL: CAMERA FACED NORTHWEST. This balloon had made but two previous ascensions; the present being the third for the balloon and the two hundred and ninth for Ross Field. The pilot of the present flight also made the first trip (as meteorologist) in June, 1919, from this Field. The records of the War Department state that this was the first military spherical balloon flight made on the Pacific coast. 12 tribution of the great storm and fair weather eddies in the atmos- phere. In southern California, owing to the frequent occurrence of purely local control of the wind by the land and water areas and the irregular topography, it is possible to map out regular courses which balloonists will take. Such “air-lanes’” have been known for many years (3.) ‘The writer has frequently been in a company of balloons where his craft was flying rapidly in one direction and his companions, in other levels, were traversing space with the same speed but in opposite directions. It is apparent that the aeronaut must know local weather conditions in order to govern his balloon safely and efficiently: One of the most spectacular illustrations of the application of local meteorological phenomena is exhibited not infrequently at the Naval Air Station at San Diego. While the writer was visit- ing that station recently in his official capacity as a Lieutenant, U.S.N.R.F. cl. 6, he learned of the practice of the naval balloon pilots there to take advantage of the land-and-sea-breeze. The pilot would ballast heavily, and, ascending rapidly into the off- shore breeze, drift over the sea, pull the valve-cord when out a few miles, descend within a few hundred feet of the ocean, into the on-shore wind, and land at the station where they started. by thus utilizing the upper flowing land-breeze they would fly westward, and descending into the lower, easterly flowing, sea- breeze, it would bring them back to their place of ascension. General knowledge of meteorology as well as intimate ac- quaintance with local features is therefore of prime importance to a balloon pilot. He should be a meteorologist as well as a bal- loonist. Expert meteorological ability enabled Lt.-Col. H. P. Hersey (now in charge of the U. S. Weather Bureau office at Los Angeles) in company with Col. Frank Lahm, to be of the greatest assistance in winning the Gordon-Bennett trophy in the first inter- national balloon race from Paris in 1906 (4). American aeronauts, from Hersey to Upson, have always excited considerable admiration from European pilots by their technical knowledge of weather and their personal bravery in the face of adverse conditions. As to the safety of balloon flying, aeronautic authorities agree that there is no sport providing more adventure and exhilaration in such small proportion to the dan- ger from accidents than ballooning. ‘Two or three years ago the Goodyear Co. in training overseas pilots made 3,200 spherical balloon flights carrying 10,000 persons and traveled more than 60,000 miles without a single accident (5). Until two years ago the altitude record for manned aircraft was held by a balloonist, Dr. Berson, who ascended 6% miles. The present record of nearly Ford A. Carpenter. Climate and Weather of San Diego. Harrisburg, 1913. H. B. Hersey. Experiences in the Sky. Century Magazine, 1906. R. H. Upson. Free Ballooning. Akron, 1919. 13 Ore co PORTION OF THE: BALDWIN RANCH, SIERRA MADRE AND THE SAN GABRIEL RANGE 8:40 A.M. FEB. 12, 1921, ELEV. ABOVE GROUND 250 FEET. CAMERA FACED NORTHWEST. This Photograph was made while the balloon was drifting in a westerly direction just over the Foothill boulevard. The cold air, sliding down the numerous canyons, was made visible in the form of vapor. The Mount Wilson Observatory domes and towers are almost indistinguishable, they are to the east of the highest part of the sky-line. 14 7 miles is held by Aviator Schroeder. The maximum altitude of over 20 miles was made in southern California by balloons carry- ing meteorological instruments. Mr. W. R. Gregg in referring to the highest aerial sounding recently stated, “........... it the: Pavaa record is to be deprived of that distinction so far as known, the next highest observation published is that made at Avalon, Calif., on July 30, 1913. As computed from the barograph trace, an altitude of 32,640 meters [108,000 ft. or 20.4 miles] was reached. The pressure was 7.4 millimeters. ‘The rate of ascent was about 100 meters per minute near the surface, 275 at 16 kilometers, and 520 at the highest altitudes” (6). The Solo-fliight—lt cannot be denied that the solo-flight, which is the last stage of balloon-schooling before receiving a diploma, is generally faced with some apprehension. But on the morning of Lincoln’s birthday, the sunshine was bright, the sky free from clouds, the air motionless and of such moderate temperature, and above all the beautifully modeled new balloon gently swaying above its new basket, all elements combined to dispel every thought of worry as to the outcome. With a back- ground of experience obtained by a record of twenty-five flights, forty air hours, and twelve hundred miles of flying in every kind of aircraft, the novice for the first time assumed actual command of a balloon. Surrounded by his officer and student friends, the pilot felt a pardonable elation as he inspected the valve-cord, rip- cord, statoscope, drag-rope, life-preservers, water and food sup- ply. The orderly array of sandbags felt good under his feet as he arranged the barographs, thermograph, camera, field-glasses, megaphone, etc. As an anchor is rarely used in this region, he took in its stead a few extra bags of ballast. But before climbing into the basket and assuming command, the pilot realized that he had to decide between taking this exquisitely made little balloon with its splendid equipment (which was good for 24 hours’ jour- ney over desert, mountains, or sea) and make an altitude or long- distance flight, beating his own record of 10,000 feet, or as the other alternative, making a new hour’s qualification record for low altitude, minimum ballast and gas consumption. As four officers were also named in his official orders for the flight to take the balloon when he had done with it, and accomplish their own solo qualifications, he resolved, before leaving the ground, to make the flight a record-breaker in minimum altitude and distance and low consumption of sand and gas. As a passenger, recorder, observer, or meteorologist on nine previous flights he had always closely observed and carefully analyzed every action of the pilot. For these studies a five-minute log of the course was kept. These entries showed the altitude, wind direction and movement, char- acter of the ground and navigation of the ship, as well as com- 6. R. J. Gregg. Monthly Weather Review. Washington, Nov., 1920. 15 Fig. 3 SHADOW OF THE BALLOON ON AN ALFALFA BIEED 9:02 A.M. FEB. 12, 1921, ELEVATION ABOVE GROUND, 250 FT: CAMERA FACED NORTH. The shadow shows the balloon, basket and flag. By means of the shadow it was possible to estimate quite accurately the speed of the balloon and the direction of the movement. 16 plete meteorological and navigation notes which would aid in air- charting (7). As the temperature was slowly rising and conse- quently giving increasing buoyancy to the balloon, it was only necessary to wait a few minutes after he had given the order “All hands off!” to rise without further sacrifice of ballast. With so small a balloon, filled with pure hydrogen gas it requires only a small handful of sand to gain altitude. The management of such a craft inclines one to the belief that the French aeronauts were well within the facts when it is said that they measured the bal- last with a thimble. The difference between a hydrogen filled balloon and a coal gas balloon is the difference between riding a thoroughbred or a plow horse. As the balloon imperceptibly rose foot by foot, the pilot looked over the side of the basket and saw the group of officers and men who but lately had had hold of the basket, and a feeling of elation possessed him. ‘There is al- ways a singularly venturesome feeling which enters into almost every balloonist’s soul as he leaves the earth. Experience intensi- fies this feeling which accounts, doubtless, for some of the ex- traordinarily hazardous actions of aeronauts. Seated comfortably in a wicker chair which formed part of the de-luxe equipment, the pilot looked out across the beautiful Sierra Madre district and the broad acres of the “Lucky” Bald- win estate to the purple rampart of the San Gabriel mountains only a couple of miles distant. The down-rush of cold air from their serrated sides was already being made visible by the thin silvery mists along their base (See Fig. 2). Experience had long told him that one of the best visual methods of estimating both altitude and drift was the shadow of the balloon on the ground. The air was so pure, the sun so bright that the balloon shadow permitted nearly exact determination of the direction and speed of the balloon (See Fig. 3). It was extraordinarily interesting to watch the extreme sensitiveness of the balloon’s response to changing temperature as produced in traversing different character of terrain. This was the writer’s experience in early airplane flights half a dozen years ago. Although the barograph record of the flight showed an average altitude of 230 feet during the 62 minutes, witha minimum of 150 feet and a maximum of 260 feet elevation above the ground, changes of less than 10 feet in altitude (not readily shown by statoscope or altimeter) were constantly taking place owing to the different absorption and reflection surfaces below. The balloon fell as it left the parade ground of Ross Field and traversed an alfalfa patch with its cool air necessitating throwing 7. Ford A. Carpenter. Journey Through the Landscape of the Sky. Scientific American Monthly, 1920; also, Charting Air-Lanes, Los Angeles to San Diego. Bull. Am. Metlg. Soc., 1920. 8. Ford A. Carpenter. The Aviator and the Weather Bureau. Harrisburg, 1916. 17 Fig. 4 THE BALLOON OVER A’ CALIFORNIA NEAR LAMANDA PARK 9:15 A.M. FEB. 12, 1921, ELEVATION ABOVE GROUND, 225 FT. CAMERA FACED NORTH. BUNGALOW The orange and lemon groves have the texture of deep green velvet as seen from the air, and the deciduous orchards, shown in the upper part of the picture, look leaf- less in comparison. As the balloon passed over the reservoir (shown in the left of the photograph) the balloon decreased its altitude by the fall in temperature and 1 lb. of sand had to be thrown overboard to bring the balloon back to stable equilibrium. 18 out a small scoopful of sand. -Even “the warmer air over the asphalt highway gave expansion sufficient to elevate the balloon nearly 50 feet. The temperature was steadily rising and the speed was less than two miles per hour. The shadow of the balloon was excellent compaiy ; not only was the black sphere projected in silhouette but the flag, the basket, with its attachments and the profile of the pilot as well, following along the ground (See Fig. 3). About this time the course was plotted on the map and also visually, and a landing spot selected. This was an easy matter for the distance and direc- tion to be traversed in the 18 or 20 minutes remaining in the hour’s test could be readily forecast, and it was only necessary to look out for a plot of ground free from high-tension or other overhead wires, troublesome trees, home gardens, or cultivated ground. The landing place having been decided upon, the pilot settled down to a complete enjoyment of the trip. Drifting over a charming bungalow (See Fig. 4) one of the inmates saw the shadow pass over her as she was watering the lawn, and looking up at the solitary individual in the balloon, asked him if he was not lonely up there and didn’t he want com- pany? Replying that nothing would suit him better, “But”, he facetiously added, “You see, I’m on my way to San Francisco for a luncheon engagement and | cannot stop to take you on.” Such is the extreme stillness of the air in balloon flight that sounds can be heard for long distances. I have found by ex- perience that a man’s shout may be heard at 1,500 feet altitude, a cock’s crow at 5,000 feet, the barking of a dog a thousand feet higher, and the noise of a train at 8,500 feet. In night flights the sounds of the woodfolk scurrying along their trails in the brush the drowsy chirping of the birds in the trees below, and the shrill cries of the bats are all most interesting and lend enchantment to the mysterious darkness into which the balloon is drifting. In daylight flights during a gale, ofttimes the only indication that the balloonist has of the storm is the swaying of the trees as shown by his field glasses, and, as he nears the ground, the sound of wind in the trees or the whistling of the wind through the brush or cornfields. It doubtless is the experience of every balloonist, but the pilot in the present instance certainly felt a keen regret that his flight was about over. Reaching up he gave the valve-cord a one and one-half second pull, and immediately followed this movement by throwing out four and one-half pounds of sand and cutting the drag-rope. The little balloon responded instantly to the gas emission by falling, but the descent was checked by the release of ballast, and the drag-rope retarded its forward motion. The land- 19 ing was made so slowly that if a glass of water had been left standing on the floor of the basket, not a drop would have been spilled. [na moment four or five officers rushed up and the senior major exclaimed most generously “Congratulations! We all knew you could do the trick if given an opportunity and feel proud to number you as one of the fraternity of spherical balloon pilots.” The following is a copy of the official account of the journey: War Department WAR DEPARTMENT Air Service AIR SERVICE Form No. 109 ID BRC IID, 183 YEN IE 1, (0) ) INF 1b, (O) (ES) st 18) 1s; ap Station, Ross Field, Arcadia, California. Weights Solo Flight No. 209. Date, 12 February, 1921. (Lbs.) Balloon No..... Capacity 12,000 cu. ft. Pilot, Dr. Ford A. Garpenter......-: 159 Starting point, Ross Field, Time, 8:20 a.m. UNS Ghael Wiaomalsro cg cécupsccuuadnudde 515 Remarks—Auth. Personnel. ARCO MIE] O tmrercretarcra etic tereierelatereiereverciereahe 60 Memorandum No. 23, dated Ross Field, PECK aIe Oc sobouNguddo DU UUedOuue ae Feb. 11, 1921, First Solo Flight, Pilot: PEC oe S50: 4500 dodo donedoduodond ore Dr. Ford A. Carpenter. IME et sho aobobneod deeocueBadGEU so Landing point 2 mi. SE Lamanda Park— IBASSEUE Clanelcrs sicieieieverecte abt cede douD re Time 9:22 a.m. EG (AN corn WEIS)) WN Somomobode 150 Remarks—Inflation started before 7 a.m. 3alloon and supplies.........-.-.-.- 3A Feb. 12, 1921. Flight duration 1 hour lb Einbbalesi oO po bde.6 0, cD OUUoU UOOUDOT 6 2 mins. Distance 2% miles. Ballast at ANoycil Wistar Senc dace ocovoGot 0b05O SONG landing 142% lbs. (9% bags.) Altitude Balloon shipped by.........----+-+.- one above sea level: Starting point, 500 ft.; IM SoopoddovAUooseQuroacoObUd OOF landing point, 500 ft. Barometric pressure (Start) merece. 29.47 Number pigeons carried............. 0 Volume of gas in balloon (start) 12,000 cu. ft. Quality of gas 100 per cent pure. RE M A R igse Jirec- Temper- Ballast (As topography passed over, type of clouds, Time Altitude tion of ature Valved dropped speed of travel, names of physical fea- t flight (Deg. F.) (Secs.) (1bs.) tures, etc.) 8 20 a.m. Off 25 150 West 62° 1 Over Ross Field Parade Ground 30 200 Seng Over alfalfa field speed 2 m. p. h. 35 250 ES 68° Paralleling P. E. tracks (expansion) 40 250 Ge AE Hailed by Capt. Weeks A. S. from highway 45 260 seh Wiens Coat off; speed 1 m. p. h. 50 250 ee tag Odor of violets from field below 55 250 oY OSE Cool air from S; 1% m. p. h. speed 9 00 250 ee TOS Crossed P. E. tracks; speed 1% m. p. h. 5 250 € 70° Speed 1 m. p. h. 10 225 Ss 70° Speed 2 m. p. h. 15 230 Eo PQS 1 Speed 3 m. p. h. 20 200 Ser esis 14 A4Y% Cut drag-rope 22 Landed ; Summary of Important Incidents: Two barographs (Richards) were carried dur- ing flight; No. 799, reading to 5,000 ft. and No. 499, reading to 15,000 ft. both time interval 10 mins. dots each minute. Ten photographs made during flight. (Signature of Recorder) Lee /s\. AMINA UIE (CLO EASE (Sigd.) “C. M. SAVAGE, Capt. A. S. Adjutant; Headquarters Ross Field, Arcadia, Cal. 20 tSeREtis A GLIMPSE OF THE BENSTEINS THEORY ? THE INFINITELY DIVERSIFIED MOTIONS OF THE TSUBA WISIN SY IBXQDIN Sy, By WitiiAm H. KnicuHt The Einstein Theory and the abstruse doctrine of “Relativity,” announced as they have been in language somewhat obscure to he lay mind, have proved to be puzzling problems even to many scientific minds. If I have obtained a glimpse of the far-reaching significance of the Einstein propositions, they have to do with the infinitely complex motions of all the heavenly bodies. We know, for instance, that each one of the innumerable worlds in our Sidereal Universe is not only in rapid motion with respect to all other worlds, but in addition to that each one is probably revolving or rotating round its own axis. Beginning with the earth let us see how this principle works out with respect to all other worlds that exist anywhere in unlimited space. We are located on the surface of an earth which, in the lati- tude of Los Angeles, is carrying us forward with a velocity of 700 miles per hour. (In this and other instances I shall, for convenience, use approximately round numbers, in order to avoid loading the text with unnecessarily precise fractional detail. ) But we are at the same time flying forward in the vast orbit of the earth as it moves round the sun at the almost inconceivable rate of 18% miles per second, or 66,600 miles per hour. Now it takes eight minutes for a ray of light to traverse ie space of 93,000,000 miles from the sun to the earth. Suppose then that at this moment a ray of light from the sun should be directed towards the City of Los Angeles, owing to the rotation of the earth, even if it were not moving in its solar orbit, that ray of light would fall many miles west of Los An- geles. But as the earth has moved many miles in its orbit in each second during that eight minutes that suppositious ray will not strike the earth at all, but will dart out into space, crossing the earth’s orbit nearly 9,000 miles behind the earth. But if, at the same moment, a ray was directed towards a point in the earth’s orbit about 9,000 miles in advance of the earth’s position, that ray will be intercepted by the earth and will gladden its inhabitants with its cheerful light and genial warmth, due to that apparently chance impact. For the same reason, when we look at Jupiter this evening, a planet 400,000,000 miles away, we shall see—not the rays which were directed towards the earth at the moment of observation, but those which, 40 minutes ago, were directed towards a point in our orbit that it has taken our earth 40 minutes to reach. But here comes another complication in the movement of the light Za) rays of Jupiter. That vast body, like the earth, is whirling on its axis, but much more rapidly, completing the rotation of its huge bulk in ten hours. Thus, rays directed towards the earth, which left its surface 40 minutes ago, have wandered off into far distant space, millions of miles in the rear of the earth’s present position in its orbit. But in this case we have not only to take into account the rotation of Jupiter round its axis, but also its motion of 8 miles per second along its orbit round the sun. Now this complexity of motion is still further enhanced when we take into consideration star motions. Take our own sun, for instance. That mighty orb is transporting its large family of planets, satellites, and comets at the rate of 12 miles per second towards the great sun Vega, shining from the zenith in our summer evening skies, and estimated to be some 30 light years dist times as far away as the bright star Sirius. But our own sun will never reach Vega, for when, in the course of many million years it arrives at the point where Vega now its, that star, which is moving rapidly across our line of sight, will be in a distant part of our sidereal system. Eve ery star in the universe is in swift motion, either approach- ing or receding from us, directly or diagonally, or moving across the line of sight in every conceivable direction. But all are moy- ing in vast but inappreciable curves, with radii so large that we cannot distinguish the curves from straight lines. But every star is at such an enormous distance from our solar system that the rays of light coming from each have occupied from four years to 20,000 years in traversing the intervening spaces. Now each of these stars is probably rotating round its own axis and projecting rays of light from every inch of its spherical surface. Take Polaris for instance—the North Star—a gigantic sun whose dimensions are estimated to be eighty times those of our own sun. While it is whirling on its own axis it is at the same time swiftly circling opposite its big companion round a common center of gravity in a period of ‘four days. Again, these two great suns are moving as a unit in a much larger orbit round a gigantic dark body in a period of about 12 years; and that body is by no means stationary, but moving in as yet an unknown direction through the limitless voids of distant space. Now if Polaris should this night direct a ray of light towards the earth, both Polaris and the earth being in their present un- stable positions in the universe, at the end of 46 years that ray of light would perhaps reach some other world millions of millions of miles distant from our present location. On the other hand, if the North Star 46 years ago, while gyrating on its axis, circling with its companion in its small four day orbit, and also moving with planetary velocity round its masterful dark star, and yet swinging with the wonderful system of which it forms a part far De, out into unknown regions of space, if it then sent a chance ray of light out into the infinite abyss of the universe, why, by a miracu- lous coincidence of chances that identical ray entered the eye of a denizen of the earth, so located on its whirling surface that while the earth was moving with lightning velocity along its orbit round the sun, and was dragged by the sun towards the star Vega, then all the complex, multitudinous, and incalculable con- ditions involved in the combined motions of both Polaris and the earth would be met. But what a maze of mathematical calcula- tions would be involved in forecasting that result. When we reflect on the extraordinary motions of Polaris as it pirouettes along its compound curves through space, and at the same time take note of the oscillating and entangling motions of the insignificant body from which we chance to be peering out into the mysterious voids of unlimited space and unending time, we are enthralled with the multitude and bewildering problems involved in an attempt to fix a stable point from which to measure either time or space. 23 MAGNETISM AND RADIO-ACTIVITY, WILLIAM A. SPALDING | hold in my hand an ordinary horse-shoe magnet. It attracts froma short distance—say an eighth of an inch—a small piece of steel or iron which we call its keeper. It also attracts iron filings and various particles subject to its influence, which are termed magnetic substances. It also repels, under varying con- ditions. The North pole of our magnet repels the north-seeking pole of a compass, and attracts the south-seeking pole. The South pole of the magnet repels the south-seeking pole of the compass, and attracts the north-seeking pole. Hence, we say of magnetism that likes repel and unlikes attract. The same phenomena are found in static electricity, and are easily demon- strable with dynamic electricity as well. This magneto-electric force, called “action at a distance,’ was the unsolved puzzle of the early philosophers. That inert matter, under certain con- ditions, could reach out through no other medium apparently than the atmosphere,. lay hold of another object and move it, transcended all other human experience. Thales of Miletus, after the manner of ancient Greek philosophy, sought to explain this mystery by attributing to it a greater mystery ;—he called it a soul or spirit. It remained for Ampere and Faraday and other patient investigators of the early part of the nineteenth century to Gemonstrte the character of this force—to show the con- nection between magnetic and electric actions,—to establish clearly the conditions of its operation and to formulate the laws by which this action is governed. Magnetism was found naturally established in the loadstone—magnetic iron ore—but in manufac- tured iron or steel it was artificially produced. The modern theory which accounts mechanically for this condition of poten- tiality, is that it consists of a peculiar molecular arrangement in the wee itself, whereby the normal electric current which pervades the mass is given a uniform systematic spiral swirl extending from one pole to the other. In other words, the molecules of the magnet are arranged according to their polarity, so that the north pole of each is presented to the south pole of the next in succession, and each line proceeds in a spiral; all of the series composing the mass being arranged in parallel spiral lines. By this arrangement it is believed that the polar activities of all the molecules of the mass are cumulated and given uniform direction, so that the sum of their forces is rendered available. The best demonstration of this theory is that a magnet may be formed by establishing an electric current in just this manner. With a conducting wire wound into a helix, and a current passed through its spiral convolutions from end to end we have what is called a solenoid, which performs all the offices of a magnet. It has its north and south poles, when free to act, adjusts itself 24 to the cardinal points, attracts and repels ;—in fact, does anything that a magnet can do. Thus, in the coil of wire charged with an electric current, we have artificially produced the molecular arrangement which is believed to exist in the magnet, in proof of which we obtain the same results. The one essential differ- ence in conditions is that the solenoid is active only so long as the electric current passes through it; whereas, the magnet, once its molecular status is established say ea a piece of steel, remains permanently active until its molecular arrangement is changed, thus so to speak, furnishing its own current. It is this normal electrical flow through a mass of matter to which I desire to give particular attention. Modern science has been compelled to accept the idea of a universal ether, pervading all space. This ether not only fills the vast reaches between the sun and its system of planets and satellites, but also pervades all concrete matter, furnishing the medium in which the atom and the molecule vibrate as it does that in which worlds rotate and revolve. Not only this, but it pervades all outer space between star systems and constellations and galaxies or “island universes,” as they have been called. This universal medium is believed to be perfectly homogeneous, con- tinuous, and infinitely elastic. It 1s not inert, but in a constant state of agitation, transmitting the vibrations of light and heat, the vibrations of electricity and magnetism, and the stresses and strains of gravitation, whether by vibrations or by some other form of mechanical actions not yet determined. Hence we have the concept of a universal plenum which is the embodiment of energy—a medium through which all natural forces act,—some- thing through which vibrations or other forms of mechanical action are transmitted without loss of power; something capable of transmitting an infinite number of actions in all directions without interference; something that not only applies power to a mass, but which acts with equal facility through the mass upon another object ;—something which is a means of actuating the electron, the atom, the molecule, as well as a solar system and a galaxy. Now in this universal, palpitating, quivering, surging plenum we all live and move and have our being. Various phenomena which we obtain through it we have segregated and call by different names: e. g., light, heat, elec- tricity, magnetism, gravitation. Essentially they are all one action, simultaneously propagated, through the same medium, but sheared off into varying effects, which we are able to dis- tinguish one from the other, hence call by different names. Without this energy transmitted through the interstitial ether, matter could not exist, for there would be no renewal of its electric, atomic and molecular activities and no field in cee it could vibrate while maintaining the integrity of the mass. Hence we say that energy,—a manifestation of force—is an nei 25 constituent of matter; and there are some writers who go so far as to claim that matter is nothing but force in various forms of manifestation. We know that, within certain critical limits, there is a constant ebb and flow of such energy, for matter is continually changing temperature and molecular adjustment ; continually expanding and contracting as it absorbs or parts with a portion of its heat supply. There are causes which com- municate to the electron, the atom and the molecule an excess of energy, causing higher rates of vibration, extending their orbits,—expanding the mass. The process of equilibration comes in to dissipate the surplus energy in radiation and convection— to equalize temperatures all along the line,—and the mass con- tracts. Heat is a mode of motion, and the variable quantities of this form of energy absorbed by the mass must be taken up in the motions of its constituent elements. This augmentation or dissipation of contained energy pressed beyond either critical limit, up or down, results in a radical modification of the molecu- lar bond, and matter changes form; as water to ice at one ex- treme, and to steam at the other. Hence we know that the energy contained in matter and constituting one of its essential elements, if not the whole thing, is a variable quantity, subject to dissipation, renewal, augmentation; and on the amount of en- ergy embodied depends the form that matter assumes. Now, returning to the magnet with which we began our dis- cussion, we find additional light thrown upon the subject. The play of energy through this object with its peculiar molecular adjustment has been systematized, cumulated, directed, focused, and becomes the force which we call magnetism. Investigation discloses that there are little thread-like, curved, invisible lines of force reaching out from the poles of the magnet, and joining them together like the glow of an arc-light. It is these lines of force which take hold of the keeper and bring it into con- tact with the poles of the magnet, where it is firmly held. If we wish the magnet to draw a diagram of these lines of force, we have only to sprinkle some iron filings upon a piece of paper and hold it over the two poles. The filings will be quickly ar- ranged along such curved lines, and they will all be placed longitudinally, according to polarity. A further examination would show that each particle in line presents its own north pole to the south pole of the succeeding particle, thus exemplify- ing the arrangement which we have hypothecated for the magnet itself. Now we have this mysterious force, this “action at a distance,” diagramed by itself. We can see how, if not why, it is capable of reaching out with its invisible fingers, and performing a physical action. Ampere demonstrated that this magnetic force varies directly with the power of the magnet and inversely with the square of the distance, in close correspond- ence with the law of gravitation. That is why our magnet was 26 capable of drawing its keeper from only a short distance—about an eighth of an inch—whereas, when the keeper was in actual contact with its two poles, it required a pull of a pound or more to wrench it away. The force is at its maximum when the objects are in actual contact, and diminishes by squares as they are separated, so that the power to move a small object, weighing not more than a pennyweight is lost at a little distance. But this power which the magnet exercises, within its peculiar limits, seems to be permanent. We might experiment with it all day, alternately picking up the keeper and wrenching it away, and at the end find that the magnet had lost no appreciable part of its power. We might continue the experiment for a week or a month, and still not find sufficient loss of power to account for the amount of work performed. If we belonged to that class of scientists who delight in building up mysteries, we might institute a series of experiments where the exact amount of work performed should be carefully calculated and reduced to foot-pounds, or horse-power, and we might fill columns in the newspapers and pages in the magazines proclaiming the wonders of a force subject to constant expenditure in work, yet not dissipated. As a matter of long experience, we know that the power of a magnet does slowly leak away, not as a direct equivalent of work performed, but as the molecules of the mass gradually lose their alignment: If weakened or exhausted, its power may be fully restored by the same process which originally magnetized it. The fallacy of building up a mystery about it would lie in assuming that the power was inherent in the magnet itself,—1. e., presupposing a definite amount of energy embodied in this bit of metal, and then showing that it had performed many times that equivalent in work. We have seen that the peculiar spiral arrangement in the molecules of the magnet, made of it an attractive conduit for drawing in the uni- centrating and applying forces everywhere extant in the uni- versal plenum, of which there is an exhaustible supply. As its energies were put forth they were continually renewed through the interstitial ether, and its power was lessened only as its capacity for furnishing a channel for this flow of force was 1m- paired ;—in other words, as its molecules became disarranged. As long as its capacity remained, it could draw upon the uni- versal forces of nature. There was no chance for it to run out of energy, per se. Now that I trust I have made this point clear, | am emboldened to take up the subject of radium and radio-activity. And I cannot avoid the belief that the proponents of the theory of radium have adopted the plan of mystification suggested as pos- sible for magnetism. They have assumed that the power of radium is inherent in the mass itself. They tell us that this metal is capable of giving up its constituent particles, electrons, 27 for two thousand years, in an almost inconceivable activity, with a dimunition in mass of only one-half; in another two thousand years one-half of the remainder, and so on. Now this is pure theory, of course, based upon most intricate calculations of molecular, atomic and radiographic data. But a false assump- tion at the start vitiates all calculations. Nobody has experimented with radium for two thousand years. Nobody has actually demonstrated what they put forth as facts. For a long period the most advanced scientists in the world held to the corpuscular theory of light. Sir Isaac Newton was an illustrious advocate of it, and nobody dared stand against his authority, his masterly demonstrations and arguments. Never- theless the corpuscular theory is now discredited and the undu- latory theory has come into general acceptance. Why should the proponents of radium go back to the dogma of emanations— the corpuscular theory—for an explanation of the phenomena of radio-activity? Would it not be far more reasonable,—even if less astonishing—to assume that there is an arrangement of the ultimate particles of radium which facilitates the flow of natural forces embodied in the universal ether, similar to that outlined for magnetism? Nobody weuld hold that magnetic action is identical with radio-activity; but there is a disseverable bona between magnetism and electricity; there is a bond between electricity and radio-activity; may it not be a fact that radium is a sort of second cousin to the magnet after all? There is a slight magnetic effect in radium; it influences the south pole o1 the compass. At any rate, the idea of an inexhaustible supply of energy in nature flowing through the peculiar channels sup- plied by radium would account much more satisfactorily for the potentiality and long endurance of the new metal than a theory of emanations that does not waste or dissipate the mass, or at least disintegrates it so slowly as to be unbelievable? fic 28 FAMILY MURANIDZE leeZs Garpisra Deprandus Lestes. (Jordan & Gilbert, new genus and species. With Plate. The type of this muray (201A) from El Modena, diatomaceous shale, was sent to me by Dr. Gilbert, a lower-jaw, 314 inches long. It is slender, straight, curved upwards toward the tip, and shows a single row of strong, conical sharp teeth, somewhat thickened at base, rather close-set, the interval being a little more than half the length of a tooth. The teeth on the middle of the jaw are a little larger than the others, those in the posterior third of the length are more slender, close-set and apparently in a band, rather than a single row, all the teeth directed more o1 less backward. There is no trace of lancet-like teeth or of canines. Tip of the lower jaw apparently turned upwards. On the fossil are traces of the teeth of the other or right side of the jaw, indicating that the mouth was narrow as well as long. Another half of a lower jaw (200A) also from El Modena, retained by Dr. Gilbert, is slightly larger, but shows no differ- ence. The type specimen was obtained from the fossil collection of Mig? be adley. Another lower jaw from a much larger fish (No. 571) sent to me from Alhambra, Los Angeles County, by Mr. E. E. Had- 29 ley. This is in all, about six inches in length. It apparently be- longed to a very large moray with long and slender jaws. The posterior part of the jaw has been broken, the teeth oblite rated, but on the anterior part is a row of stout, conical, sharp-pointed teeth, all turned forwards, the length of each nearly double the interspace which separates it from the next. These teeth are all of about equal length, none of them enlarged or lancet-shaped. In the space of two inches there are about forty teeth. The bones of the jaw are rather strongly striate. These jaws belong apparently to the same species, which seems to have been a large muraenoid eel or moray, allied tv the cosmopolitan living genus Gymnothorar (Lycodontis) one species of which, Gymnothorax mordax still abounds on the coast of southern California. The new genus, Deprandus, may be distinguished from Gymnothorax “by the very long jaws and the peculiar dentition. As to its nasal barbels and the insertion of the dorsal fin nothing is known. I have also another lower jaw of an eel, from Alhambra, about two inches long with a single row of sharp close-set teeth, those behind a little shorter, some toward the front somewhat longer, the teeth all sharp and turned forward. This may represent a different species. 30 ONGUEE Dist RIBUMON OF CERTAIN TREES IN CALIFORNIA. ‘S, 1B. IPARISIE a Emoryi Gray. The first collection of this species in California was made by Dr. J. G. Cooper in 1861, and his reported station was “Providence Mountains,” a desert range in the southeastern corner of the Mojave Desert, a region where a number of Arizona plants extend over to this side of the boundary. Its flora is still imperfectly known, but the very few botanists who have visited it in recent years have not found Holacantha there. Indeed it remained unrediscovered in the state until January, 1915, when ae ee were received by Dr. Jepson from Mr. R. H. Greer, who had collected them at the Lava Beds, northeast of Daggett. In 1919 Miss R. S. Ferris reported in this Bulletin (18:13) finding it near Ludlow, and in a recent number (19:15. 1920) Mr. G. D. Thompson states that prospectors had given him specimens from two stations near Goffs ; one twenty-five miles north and the other twenty miles to the south, in a wash on the road to Ward’s Station. In May Sueblespresentayear Dr eA Munz) and: Mir IM. johnston found it growing in abundance along a wash about four miles east of Lavic, extending, at least, from the highway to the rail- road; the matted shrubs not exceeding four feet in height. All these stations are in a limited area of the Mojave Desert; some of them are probably identical, and it 1s not impossible that Dr. Cooper may have collected his specimens within it, where it appears not infrequent, so that it is remarkable that it re- mained so long unrediscovered. In 1914 Dr. Jepson received from Mr. James Rennie specimens of Holacantha from a place known as the Hay-fields, in the Colorado Desert, and in May of the present year Mr. E. FE. Schellenger brought me specimens from the same place, which is about twenty-five miles east of Mecca, on the road to Blythe. The road divides here into several branches, and only one of them passes through the group, which consists of numerous tree-like shrubs, the largest about eight feet high. This is the western limit of the species, and is seventy-five miles from the Mojave stations, and separated from them by a desert range. CeLtis Douciasit Planch. A few specimens in some of the larger herbaria were the only evidence of the presence of this species in California, and the foundation on which it was re- ported, under a different name, in Sargent’s Sylva (7:72), and in subsequent publications, from “the western rim of the Colorado Desert.” They were collected in 1885, by Mr. Daniel Cleveland, the first, and long the only, botanist residing in southern Cali- fornia. The station given on the label is “Laguna,” the name of a mountain in the southeastern part of San Diego county, 31 forming a part of the western rim of the desert. In the spring of 1919 I was requested by Dr. Sargent to definitely locate Mr. Cleveland’s station, and to ascertain the extent of the dis- tribution of the species in that region. Through directions kindly given me by Mr. Cleveland I was able to find the very tree from which his specimens were gathered, which is a well-known object to the cattle-raisers whosé herds range over this region. They are confident, from their familiarity with the district, that it is the only “Hackberry” growing on this side of the Mexican boundary, although some of them had seen similar shrubs grow- ing at some distance on the Lower California side. In 1885 a road led from Campo to the summit of Laguna mountain, but at present it is passably only to Thing’s Valley fifteen miles northeast. This is a small meadow in the rugged mountains, densely covered with a mixed chaparral, which physically characterize the whole region. Here, on the open zone which separates the chaparral and the meadow, grows a close clump of a dozen stems, appearing as 1f coming from a single root, their interlocked branches uniting in a top fifteen feet high, and spreading from twenty-five to thirty feet wide. Mr. Cleve- land noted the height as twelve feet, and as both measurements are estimated there would seem to have been little, if any, 1 crase in thirty-four years. There are two other known stations for this tree in California, each attested by specimens in the herbarium of the State Uni- versity. One of these is Hackberry Canyon, a tributary of Caliente Creek, Kern County, where, in 1910, Mrs. K. Brandegee found a group of small trees, the largest nearly three feet in circumference. The tree is also said to grow on Caliente Creek itself. The other station is Independence, Inyo County, altitude 4000 feet, where Dr. H. M. Hall found specimens, the largest fifteen feet high, growing among Artemesias in a depression in the southwestern edge of the town. Cupressus Macrocarpa, Hartw., and its allies. There is in California a group of Cypresses distinguished by the low, up- wardly-impressed umbo of the cones, and consisting of three closely-related species, of discontinuous and very limited dis- tribution. The best known of them, C. macrocarpa, “is the most restricted in its distribution of any Californian tree, and of any coniferous species in the world.” (Jepson, Sylva 155.) In fact there are but two native groves, both confined to the immediate seashore of the Monterey peninsula. The first is about two miles long, and although containing thousands of trees does not extend more than sixty rods back of the edge of the sea cliff; the other, much smaller, crowns the rocky headland of Point Lobos, near Carmel. This confined natural habitat is in marked contrast to the adaptability shown by the species in cultivation in many parts 32 of California, as well as in South America, Europe and Australia. In New Zealand it is successfully used in the reclamation of dunes. Y C. GOVENIANA GorpD, likewise a maritime species, is a shrub found in disconnected groups from Monterey to Fort Bragg. C. SARGENTII Jepson has a wider and more inland distribution, from southern Mendocino’ County to Tecate mountain on the boundary between San Diego County and Lower California, but it occurs only in groups of limited extent in a few isolated localities. There have also been found fossil remains of a cypress such as these in Pleistocene deposits in two localities where none now grow; some cones at San Francisco, and a trunk in the Brea deposits near Los Angeles. Considering the present distribution of these cypresses, and their slight specific differentiation, it is not unreasonable to trace their genetic affinities to a Pleistocene forest, which may have stretched far along the coast, of which the present representatives are but the scanty relics. 33 BRICKELLIA MICROPHYLLA (Nutt.) Gray. GEORGE L. MOXLEY. On Sept. 15, 1920, Mr. Frank W. Peirson collected a plant on Lytle Creek* that seemed to us to belong here. To make sure of the determination | sent a specimen to Dr. B. L. Robin- son, of Gray Herbarium, who confirmed our judgment. In his reply, Dr. Robinson says: “It was with some hesitation that | could bring myself to believe when working upon the genus Brickellia that specimens from Cedros Island were the same as those of B. microphylla from central California and northward. The discovery of an intermediate station in the San Bernardino Mountains is an important step in bridging this long gap in the previously known geographic distribution of the species.” Mr. I. M. Johnston also reports it (Plant World 22:119. 1919.) from both the San Antonio and North Fork Lytle Creek Canyons. *Lytle Creek, San Bernardino Mts., California, alt. 1800 m., Sept. 15, 1920, Frank W. Peirson, no. 2279. NEW SELAGINELLAS. In a recent number of the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collec- tions Mr. William R. Maxon describes six new species of Selaginella, three of which are from material collected in our region. S.cremophylla, type from Palm Canyon; S. asprella, type from Ontario Peak, San Antonio Mts.; and S. lewcobryoides, type from Surprise Canyon, Panamint Mts., Inyo County. All these, as well as the three species heretofore credited to Southern California, S. bryoides (Nutt.) Underw., S. Watsoni Underw., and S. Bigelovi Underw., belongs to the rupestris group. Other interesting forms may be looked for. NOTAE PEANTARUM AUSTR@=OCCIDENTADIS ae Since the publication of my note concerning the proper name for our Californian species of Thelypteris (Bull. So. Calif. Acad. XIX:57. 1920.) my attention has been called to the fact that T. normalis (Dryopteris normalis C. Chr.), to which I referred our plant, is a species of the West Indies and the Gulf coast of the United States and does not likely reach our borders. Our fern is more properly referred to T. Feei, which is a Mexican species and, consequently, more likely to show up in Southern California. It is, however, the fern which in many instances, as previously pointed out, has been called Dryopteris patens (Swz.) Ktze., which species, in its typical form and several varieties, is distributed throughout the whole of tropical America. This determination is manifestly incorrect, and the proper name for our plant, together with its synonymy, is given yherewith. Y THELYPTERIS FEEI (C. Chr.) new comb. Aspidium puberulum Fee Mem. Foug. 10, 40. 1865. not Desv. S277 34 Nephrodim puberulum Baker -Syn. Fil., ed: 2, 495. 1874. Divoprenms “puberula Ktze. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:813. - 1891. Dryopteris Feet C. Chr. Ind. Fil. 264. 1905. D. augescens var. puberula C. Chr. Monog. Dryopt. pt. 1, 184. 1913. 7~PLANTAGO ARISTATA Michx. A single plant of this species was collected in the parkway at the corner of 30th and Cimarron Sts., Los Angeles, Aug. 20, 1920. It is undoubtedly a waif but, like many another, may re- appear in increasing numbers. 3 GEORGE H. BEEMAN By WILirAM A. SPALDING This Academy of Sciences lost a Director and a staunch sup- porter. in the death of George H. Beeman, which occurred Janu- ary 12th, 1921. He was a young man, only 37 years of age and, with his mental capacity and fine moral balance, gave promise GEORGE H. BEEMAN of a long life of usefulness. But he was stricken with a painful malady, ulceration of the stomach, and after fighting a brave but painful and hopeless conflict for several months, was thus early called from his field of usefulness. 36 RROPESSOR WALLIAM-EORD WATTS By Gro. W. Parsons With the advent of the new year, the scientific world lost one of its noted Mining Engineers and Geologists, Professor William Lord Watts. Born in Edmonton, England, September 24th, 1850, of William Lord and Eleanor Watts, he started his brilliant career as a St. Paul’s Boy. Later, he studied minerology under Professor Ten- nant and geology under Professor Wilshire at King’s College, London, England, and was a private student of the British Mu- seum. Under Professor Patrick of the University of Kansas, he received his knowledge of chemistry and metallurgy. While a member of the Alpine Club of London in 1875, he lead an exploring expedition to Iceland and was the first man to cross PROFESSOR WM. LORD WATTS Vatna-Jokull, the largest icefield in Iceland. From 1881-83 he was assistant to Professor Patrick and the next year was chemist and assayer to the Oregon Mountain Mining and Smelting Com- pany. In 1880 he married Mary Riordan and fifteen years after her death, married Euphemia F. Sterling. 37 In the Winter of 1901-1902 Professor Watts accompanied the writer on his Desert Sign Post Expedition into the deserts of Califormia and Nevada, which resulted in State and United States Government support, and a saving of life and much torture from thirst. In 1894, the Los Angeles Chamber of Commerce petitioned the State Mining Bureau to send an expert here to study the oil and gas bearing formations. Professor Watts was chosen, and his report stimulated later activity, and was really the beginning of the immense development which quickly followed. He was a member of the American Institute of Mining Engin- eers, Director and Fellow of our Southern California Academy of Sciences, and prominent in the Masonic Fraternity, Los An- geles Chamber of Mines and Mining and of the Academy of Sci- ences San Francisco. He wrote numerous reports on oil condi- tions and was the author of “Snioland or Iceland, ‘It’s Jokuls and Fyjalls’—1875; “Bulletin No. 3 California State Mining Bureau” ; “Gas and Petroleum Yielding Formations of the Central Valley of California and contributed largely to California State Mining Reports 8, 10, 11, 12 and 13. In 1876 he wrote another book on his Icelandic adventures “Across the Vatna Jokul.” At the time of his death, which occurred on board the S. S. Navarre at Sea, January 2nd, 1921, Professor Watts was return- ing from London to Trinidad, British West Indies where he was associated as geological expert for the Kern River Oil Fields Company of California, Limited. Under Louis 14th, members of the Academy of Paris were granted pensions for life. Other cities in France emulated Paris and academies were established in Montpelier, Toulouse, Nunes, Arles, Lyons, Dijon, and Bordeaux. The Royal Academy of Sciences was established at Berlin in 1714. Alexander Von Humboldt was one of its members. Cath- erine of Russia established an Academy of Sciences in 1728 and endowed it with a sum equivalent to $24,000. Sweden, Denmark and the Netherlands had their academies. The Royal Society of London, the most distinguished scientific bedy in the world, grew out of what was first called an Academy cf Sciences. 38 GEORGE MAJOR: EABER By S. J. KEEsE It is with sadness that we add Mr. Taber’s name to the list of Members and Directors of the Academy who have passed from among us since the last issue of the Bulletin. Mr. Taber was for many years, our Treasurer, and his writings on scientific and other interesting subjects, are to be found in many of the Bulletins. He was born in Starksboro, Vermont, November 17th, 1832, and died at the home of his daughter, Mrs. May Allured, on West sy oS et by saee snare, oy, GEORGE MAJOR TABOR Daguerrotype taken by himself in 1852 6th Street, Los Angeles, November 14th, 1920, the funeral being held on the anniversary of his eighty-eight birthday. After finishing his education at “Middlebury, Vermont, he taught school in both Upper and Lower Canada; later he became expert in the new system of Daguerreotype photography, which he fol- lowed for a number of years. A reproduction of a photograph which he took of himself by this process in February 1852 is _ shown herewith; also a half-tone taken in his later years. ~ In 1856 he was appointed to the Chief Clerkship of General Fletcher, who was Agent to the Winnebago Indians in Northern 39 Minnesota, and had charge of issuing supplies to that tribe. In 1859 while residing in Iowa, he became acquainted with John Brown, and Mr. Taber dined with him the day Brown left for his raid at Harper's Ferry, and to whom Brown outlined his plans for liberating the slaves. During the Civil War, Mr. Taber had charge of the Quartermaster’s Department at Nashville, Tennes- see, where all of the stores for the Army of the Cumberland passed through his hands. [e was present at the battle between Generals Hood and Thomas at that time. In a letter he wrote regarding this he said, “After witnessing 80,000 American citizens trying to kill each other, I am convinced that none but barbarians would be guilty of such wholesale murder.” During the War, he was called to Decatur, Alabama, on mili- tary duties, where he remained until the close of the War He was then detailed to go to a mountain camp of the Confederates to advise them of Lee’s surrender; using his words, he says, “When I arrived at the camp, a Lieutenant grabbed my horse and GEORGE MAJOR TABER 1916 said “Yank, what are you going to do with us?’ I responded, “You have been bad boys, but if you will go home and be good citizens, no one will disturb you’.” Later, while a deiegate to the Chicago Convention, which nominated Grant and Colfax in 1868, he met this same Confederate Lieutenant. In later years, he was Chief Clerk of the Internal Revenue Office at Lansing, Michigan, and also Chief Clerk to the Secretary of State. In 1893 he removed to California, where he made his home, and where he had been a faithful Member and Officer of the Academy of Sciences. Some years ago Mr. Taber published an interesting history of the name “Academy of Sciences” and its adoption by distinguished 40 scientific bodies in Europe and America. We give herewith a brief summary of the article which involved considerable historic research. According to Greek tradition Academus had a beautiful grove in a suburb of Athens which he devoted to the use of scholars, literature and science, and here Socrates, Plato and Xenophon met and taught the youths of Athens ethical and scientific truths nearly 400 B. C. and the grove became known as “The Academy.” Coming down to the Augustan age of Rome, Cicero named his garden the Academy and there illustrious people from all parts of the Empire met from time to time. When the Alexandrian Library was founded near the mouth of the Nile, it became the chief scientific center of the early Christian era. Alfred the Great established an Academy at Oxford in the 8th century and it became the great University of Oxford. The Sar- acens founded academies of learning in Northern Africa and Spain. Charlemagne established academies in the Franco-Ger- man dominions where he ruled. In the renaissance of Italy sev- eral academies were organized, of which the principal one was the Platonic Academy at Florence. Al DEATH OF MRS. MARY E. HART The Academy of Sciences was first organized under the name of the Southern California Science Association in October, 1891, and Mrs. Mary E. Hart was its first Secretary. She took an active interest in promoting its welfare, and continued to serve in that capacity till she was succeeded in 1893 by Mr. B. R. Baum- gardt. MRS. MARY E. HART and Alaskaa Dog Team In 1900 she went to Alaska to join her husband, Judge Frank B. Hart, who was engaged 1n mining in that territory. There she entered uopn a literary career, writing for the local and California press. She usually spent her winters in Los Angeles where she gave lectures on Alaskan scenery and mining life. In January, 1910, she represented her Territory in the Alaska- Yukon- Pacific Exposition, held at Seattle, and received a gold medal for her services. Her death occurred in this city in ‘March, LOZ We atechie age of 68 years. Wis lel. 1G a 42 7 « ' ' ‘ i q i - i ‘ . \™ ; i MMMM merkLEYTIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Volume XX Part 2 August, 1921 CONTENTS : Page Rrecvernbios or Cailtionina, Dies oo VAs mi Cchoncicle anno cane ceceoo Hoe oembaoeue odes ce 45 Suudiess im) Paciic Coszst Wepidoptera, Dr. J. A. Comstock.......)...-......:2-- 46 Mevebontamcal Species: trom Sy) (Cal. Wr, Al Davidson.....-4.-4+-- 5.000808" 49 Hiingherme Notes jomeZauschnenia I (Geo, Le Moxley.) ).25225-.6e..- snes ne ce yee sot icoMinmmatenalBasissot Eieredity. “James. Re Allen. 9..--..252 0-05.02 5-25 554599 item Diameteneotmam Onions. FG.) Pease. ooh. ccc 2 ketene = -iie se eiesee 2 srsvepbinie aye sieve ore 60 inbecestinowhacts About Our Own Planet. ©. N. Holmes.-..2..2:...22--+-2-0-- 60 Cramrncm Noes otecien Stans: | EY IRS Moulton iy < caes se che spares cicuels ose sien sells guste ye's 63 Witenes clipsembrevented! Wary | We Be oRigge: (22h ssa soe- eases oss aan: 63 The WPregiickemt!’s IMIesseueS Stace ete a erect ce Sie ees aera er nee ee on ene en aero oteaencaTS 64 Avail) TREMORS | a i i he av ( 1 BR ~ > The PALE SWALLOWTAIL Tie PALE SWALLOWTAIL (Papilio euryneedon) 2 (pilio eurymedon) & The PALE SWALLOW TAIL Under side. ’ ; The WESTERN TIGER Tae WESTERN ‘TIGER SWALLOWTAIL (Prutulus)¢ The WESTERN TIGER SWALLOWTAIL (Prululugyd - SWALLOW TAIL. Urder 5102 The SWALLOWTAILS ABOUT % NATURAL SIZE oy oe fi BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA Dr. Joun A. Comstock (Continued from Vol. XX., Part I. Page 6) THE DAUNUS SWALLOWTAIL (Papilio daunus, Bdv.) Plate 1V., Fig. 1, male, upper side. Fig. 2, male, under side. THE DAUNUS SWALLOWTAIL occurs sparingly from northern California to the Sierra Madre Mountains, its range be- ing largely confined to the eastern slopes of the Sierras. It may be met with from early spring to August, sailing majestically over the water courses of mountain canyons, and can be distinguished at once from its near relatives by the presence of an extra pair of tails and the curved prolongation of the anal angle. Its long season suggests that it is double brooded. LATERAL VIEW DORSAL VIEW VENTRAL VIEW Bee EUPHYDRYAD SIBKKA. ENLARGEP. IMAGO °F EUPHYDRYAS SIERRA ABOUT 2/3 NATURAL SIZE. Plate A 45 The larve feed on a wide variety of plants, including a num- ber of rosaceous species such as Prunus demissa (wild cherry), etc. It has also been recorded on Salix (willow). THE PALE SWALLOWTAIL (Papilio eurymedon, Luc.) Plate IV., Fig. 3, male. Fig. 4, female. Fig. 5, male, under side. THE PALE SWALLOWTAIL is abundant throughout the state from early spring to mjd summer. It is an occasional cap- ture in the lowlands, but is more at home in the canyons and up- land meadows of our mountain ranges, where one may often capture it in great numbers as it sips the nectar of thistles, or drinks from the moist sands at the side of mountain streams. Felder has distinguished a form which he has called albanus, “of smaller size and clearer white ground color; tails long and nar- rower; marginal spots nearer the margin.” The name seems hardly worthy of retention. The larval food plants include Rhamnus califorma (California wild coffee). ( To be continued) Note: Plate III of this series has been temporarily held up in the printing, but will be included in a subsequent issue of the “Bulletin.” BAC STUDIES IN - PACIFIC COAST LEPIDORE REN Dr. Jonn A. Comstock EARLY STAGES OF EUPHYDRYAS SIERRA, WRIGHT (Illustrated by the Author.) During a recent expedition into the Yosemite region I was fortunate enough to secure two specimens of the larva of Euphy- dryas sierra, which were carried through the pupal stage, and one of which emerged. The larve were observed by Dr. Carolyn Comstock on what we believe was a species of Montia. They pupated without fur- ther feeding, on July 2nd, and one emerged on July 13th. The following notes were made of the larve and pupz. 46 LARVA, LAST INSTAR. Closely resembles the larva of E. chalcedon. Head: black, covered with numerous stubby black hairs. Body: longitudinally striated alternate black and creamy- white,—the whitish striations being interrupted with blotches of yellow at the base of spines. These lighter colored bands are five in number,—one placed dorsally, two laterally, and two latero- inferiorly. ‘The body is covered with many branching spines. Those which arise from the area of the dorsal cream-colored stripe are yellow, with the exception of a single caudally placed one, which is black. A short latero-inferior series of spines on each side are also yellow. All the remaining spines are black. First Segment: contains a number of stubby hairs and two short laterally placed spines. Second and Third Segments: eight spines, the two most lat- erally placed yellow,—the remainder black. ‘There is no mid- dorsal spine. Fourth to Eleventh Segments: nine spines, the mid-dorsal series and the latero-inferior series yellow,—the remainder black. Caudal Segments: spines are reduced in number and size. All are black. Legs: black. Abdomen: greyish white, with an indistinct dark median line. PUPA. Length 18 mm. Greatest width through 5th abdom- inal segment on a lateral axis, 6 mm. ‘Through 5th segment on a dorso-ventral axis, 7 mm. Very similar in general appearance to our common £. chalcedon. Ground Color: silvery white, changing to a grey-green. Over this are scatterer numerous brownish-black blotches, and stria- tions. A number of papille occur at points corresponding to the larval spines. These are tipped with yellow. Antennal Sheaths: checkered alternate black and grey-green. Head Region: heavily blotched with brownish-black. Wing Cases: an irregular brownish-black line crosses tan- gentially, which bears a fanciful resemblance to the letter Y with an elongate tail. Two rows of dark spots occur near the outer margins, the row most laterally placed having six, the other four spots. Abdominal Segments: grey-green or silvery white, with nu- merous minute papille, tipped with yellow and shaded anteriorly with blackish-brown crescentic spots. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. Plate A. Fig. 1. Lateral view of Pupa of Euphydnyas Sierra, Wright. Fig. 2. Dorsal view of same. Fig: 3. Ventral view of same,—all greatly enlarged. Fig. 4. Upper side of male Euphydryas sierra. Fig 5. Upper side of female of same species. Fig. 6. Lower side of male, same species,—all reduced to about 2/3 natural size. 47 ALLIUM MARVINII (Davidson) : | NEW SPECIES FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA A. Davipson, M.D. / ALLIUM PSUEDOBULBIFERUM n. sp. Bulb 12 mm. in diameter, acutely ovate, smooth; the vertical underground stem carrying the scaly remnants of 2 or 3 old bulbs 2 cm. apart; the active bulb terminal; stem 2 dm. high, terete; leaves 2, linear above, 3 mm. wide at base; pedicels about 18 mm. long; perianth white, the segments 6 mm. long, ovate, acute with a green midrib, inner segments slightly smaller; stamens slightly exserted; stigma 4 mm. long, undivided; ovary smooth, 3 lobed with a slight grooved depression on each lobe. No. 3410, type specimen, from elevated ground east of the mycmaeevcconvlle. | Collected iby Robert Kessler, Nay I, 1920 This has probably passed as 4. serraium but is differs from species in having the stamens exserted and it differs moreover from all the other Alliums in this section in possessing a Calo- chortus like bulb which is periodically renewed by the deeper extension of the stem exactly as seen in Calochortus Plummerae. Yo ALLIUM KESSLERI n. sp. Bulb globular, 8 mm. in diameter the brown coating without definite reticulation; stem solitary 10 cm. long, terete; leaf single, linear, longer (sometimes twice the length of the stem) and sheathing the base of the stem for one-fifth of its length; perianth whitish fading to light lavender; pedicels about 10, 2 cm. long; perianth segments lanceolate, 6 mm. long, the outer slightly larger, whitish with light green midvein on the outer 3, this vein indistinct or obsolete on the inner segments; stamens widening slightly to the base two-thirds the length of the perianth; style 4 mm. long with 3 linear stigmas; capsule with 6 small, rounded crests topped with the remains of the cellular structures so con- spicuous in anthesis. No. 3409, type specimen. Common on gravelly slopes on Little Bear Creek, San Bernardino Mts., R. Kessler, June, 1920. In general appearance and habit this plant looks like a light colored specimen of 4. Parryi, but it is of a taller more erect habit, the flowers are not so deeply colored, their segments are shorter and are not retrocurved at the tip as are those of 4. Parryi. ‘The stamens in 4. Parryi are linear, and the capsules are erose on their summits. V ALLIUM MARVINII n. sp. Plant 2-3 dm. high; bulb oblong, tunicate, the outer coat brown, rough, the inner white, smooth and glistening; leaves 5-6 all basal, one-half the length of the stem, somewhat fleshy, con- cavo-convex and 5-8 mm. wide at base, semiterete at apex; stems 2 or more, slightly angular below, terete above; pedicles 12-20 or more, 15 mm. long; perianth 5 mm. long, dull white with a brown 49 ALLIUM MONTICOLA (Davidson) stripe, fading to lavender, segments ovate; stamens widening a little below, exceeding the perianth; stigma not divided; crests 6, crowned with the remnants of a cellular ridge of oblong cells very conspicuous during inflorescence. No. 3408 type specimen. Abundant on a hill east of Beau- mont, /. ©. Marvin, April, 1921. This plant has the habit and general appearance of 4. haema- tochiton but lacks the numerous blood-red bulb coats of that species. The capsule is markedly different in the two species. VY _ ALLIUM MONTICOLA n. sp. Bulb ovate, 18 mm. wide without definite coatings; stem 5-10 em. long stout, terete; leaf single, 6 mm. in diameter, fleshy, terete with a shallow groove at the base, much longer than the stem, in stout specimens sometimes 3 dm. long; pedicels 12 or more, 5-8 mm. long; bracts usually 3, broadly ovate with long acuminate tips; perianth pinkish with brown midribs fading to a deeper pink, segments 13 mm long, 4 mm. wide, lanceolate, acute, the tips slightly recurved, inner segments slightly smaller, stamens 10 mm. long, widening to the base; stigma single; pistil 8 mm. long; capsule obong its pyramidal top crowned with six thin verti- cal crests. No. 1924 type specimen from the rocky slopes of Mount Markham, Los Angeles County. June 1921, R. Kessler; Mt. San Antonio, Burlew. VY MYZORRHIZA HUTCHINSONIANA on. sp. Plant 12 cm. high with thickish root 2.5 cm. in diameter, glandular pubescent throughout; scales rather fleshy, inflorescence thyrsoid; bracts 2, linear, close to the calyx; flowers 2 cm. long; pedicels 3 mm. long; calyx 1 cm. long, divided to the middle, the segments 3 mm. wide at the base narrowing to a blunt tip; corolla tubular, 5 mm. wide contracted at the mouth, white with 2 yellow linear folds on its anterior aspect inside, slightly bilabiate, 2 cleft above, 3 cleft below, the lobes short; stamens glabrous before dehiscence. Type No. 3407. Palm Springs, Mrs. W. W. Hutchinson, Ayre, ZING This plant is much more fleshy than M. californica, the sepals are shorter and blunter and the white flower is characterized by a somewhat contracted mouth. No plants were growing in its immediate vicinity. V LEWISIA BERNARDINA no. sp. Root fleshy, globose or conical; leaves 5 cm. long, linear, widening above the middle and narrowing above to the blunt apex; scapes several, 7-8 cm. high; bracts linear, entire, opposite, about 15 mm. from the base; sepals 2, acute, entire; petals 8 or 9, Z0 mm. long, 4 mm. wide, apex rounded and apiculate; flowers soliatry and terminal; stamens 12-15, styles 5; scapes not rerto- curved in fruit. 51 CEANOTHUS OBLANCEOLATUS (Davidson) No. 3425 type, Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mts., May, 1921. This plant difers from L. nevadensis Rob. in the ‘larger num- ber of stamens; the higher positio nof the bracts; the short leaves and the erect fruit. Mr. Jepson in “Flora Cal” 1 imnotes aneleline: tration shows the leaves as much longer than the scapes while Dr. Robinson in the “Synopt. Flora” describes them as not surpassing the scapes. Mr. Jepson specifically states L. nevadensis does not grow in. So. Cal, while Mr. Robinson includes the San Bernardino Mts. among the localities where found. V CEANOTHUS OBLANCEOLATUS n. Sp. Shrub 1 meter or so high; bark greyish, smooth; branchlets microscopically tomentose; flowers white in terminal umbels; leaves oblanceolate, opposite, pinnate-veined, light green and smooth above, paler benea thon account fo microscopic tufts of pubescence between the veins, horns of the capsule 2 mm. long quite close to the top. Type No. 3412, abundant in the upper part of Bouquet Can- yon, San Gabriel Mountains, Mrs. W. W. Hutchinson, May, 1921. This has passed as C.cuneatus but is readily distinguished by the shape and lighter color of the leaves. The fruit when half mature is characterized by all the carpels showing as distinct papillae of equal length. v SEDUM NIVEUM n. sp. Glabrous perennial with rhizomatous roots; stems all erect, 5-7 cm. high, branching from the base; leaves thick, cuneate- obovate, 6 mm. long, 5 mm. wide, 2 mm. thick, convex, beneath, leaves alternate, one length apart above; cymes 2-3 forked; sepals lanceolate, about half the length of the petal; petals white, with a light pinkish, median stripe on upper half, 7 mm. long, 3 mm. wide; flowers 15 mm. broad; stamens 10; pistils 5; carpels erect, free at base. No. 3430 type from north slope of Sugar Loaf Peak, San Bernardino Mts., R. Kessler, July, 1921. One feels like apologizing in adding to the already numerous speceis of Allium but those here described have not only been studied in the field but the majority of them have been cultivated by Mr. R. Kessler and examined in all stages of growth. In the dried specimen if the fruit is nearly mature the capsules split so that it is almost impossible to ascertain the nature of the crests. The shape of the bracts is usually described as of importance in the diagnosis, but they are really of no value in this respect. If the pedicels are long the bracts are long acuminate, if short ovate and less acute, their shape being wholly determined by the length of the pedicel. ‘The length of the pistil is of great differential value, some but 2 mm. long while others are 8 mm. ‘The reticulations on the membranes coating the bulb seem of no value in the deter- mination of our local species as they seem too indefinite. ia 53 FURTHER NOTES ON ZAUSCHNERIA. I. Georce L. Moxtey. In the description of Z. pulchella (S. W. Sci. Bull. i:27-28) the capsular characters were omitted on account of the immaturity of the specimens from which the species was described. Mrs. E. C. Sutliffe, who collected the type specimens, again visited the same region in 1920 and collected quite a quantity of material which it has been my privilege to examine. Some of it is very like the type in every respect, some specimens are more glabrate, and others have a somewhat broader calyx-tube. ‘The variations from the type are, in my estimation, for the most part not sufficient to make them worthy of even varietal mention, being chiefly such differences in pubescence and size of leaf as might result from difference in sunlight or moisture. In the original description the height of the plant was given as “apparently 1.5 dm. or less.” Some of the plants of this later collection are as much as 2.5 dm. high, but most of them are less than 1.5 dm. A few of them have leaves somewhat broader than the type and might be called broadly, instead of narrowly, lanceol- ate. In one plant the calyx-tube is 18 mm. long and 5 mm. broad at the throat, with sepals 8 mm. long and petals 10 mm. long. The styles are exserted from 5 to 8 mm. In the most nearly typical plants the capsule is from 15 to 20 mm. long, about 3 mm. in diameter, subsessile or very short-pedicellate, conspicuously red-costate, and attenuate to a beak which is usually about 4 mm. in length. The immature seeds are turbinate to oblong, 2 mm. long by 1 mm. thick at the top, smooth or longitudinally wrinkled and minutely glandular. ZAUSCHNERIA PULCHELLA var. ADPRESSA var nov. Differs from the species in the very much shortened inter- nodes which are mostly less than 1/3 the leaf length, the closely appressed leaves giving the plant the appearance of a narrow, very tomentose strobile. Leaves shaped as in the species but with a much heavier indument. Calyx-tube narrower than in the species and more heavily clothed with stiff white hairs, especially at the tips of the narrow lobes which are obscure in the bud. Calyx lobes 5-6 mm. long, 2 mm. wide. Petals very narrow, 8 mm. long with a sinus 2 mm. deep. Style exserted 5-6 mm., the stamens apparently included. Ovary completely hidden in the closely appressed foliage. Capsule about 15 mm. long, 2 mm. in diameter, fusiform and somewhat falcate, attenuate, red-costate—With the species, Salmon Lake, Sierra County, California, Mrs. E. C. Sut- liffe, Sept. 1, 1920. Type in the herbarium of the California Aca- demy of Sciences, San Francisco. Duplicate in the author’s her- barium. = ERRATA In “A Study in Zauschneria” (S. W. Sci. Bull. 1:13-29, 1920) a number of typographical errors occurred. 54 . On page 13, third line from the bottom of the page, “Rank- sian” should be Banksian. In the key to the species, page 20, lines 7 and 8 were trans posed. ‘They should have appeared as follows: Leaves linear-lanceolate to linear-oblong microphylla 2. Leaves lanceolate-oblong, tapering to both ends; flowers small and slender argentea 18. Following the description of Z. Pringle: Eastw., page 26, the specimen examined was omitted. Specimen Examined. Los Pinitos, Sonora, Mexico, Oct. 12, 1890, 6100 ft. alt Ca peuiant man No. 144. (UC): THE IMMATERIAL BASIS OF HEREDITY By James R. Atiten 7, It seems quite remarkable that the science of heredity has benefited so little from the wonderful researches, during the last two decades, in the de- partments of physics and chemistry. It is not putting the matter too strongly to say that, while the. brilliant results in the new chemistry of our day have been so startling and far-reaching as to practically revolutionize our customary modes of scientific thinking, the old problem of vital inheritance remains very much the same as it was a quarter of a century ago. Why this should be true, when there is so much new and excellent data at hand with which to place the science of heredity on an entirely new foundation, is difficult to understand. If we would but make good use of the wealth of material with which physics and chemistry now supply us, there is no longer the need, nor excuse, to begin our researches in heredity at a point higher up than the electronie bases upon which has been reared the modern structure of physica] science The entire problem of vital inheritance rests, primarily, upon the consti- tution of matter; and our concepts of hereditary units should be in accord with the latest and highest achievements in physical science. Whatever hypo- thesis we assume as to the constitution of the atom, the same must be em- ployed by the biologist as the basis of heredity; and all our theories to ac- count for persistence of type, or variations therefrom, must be grounded upon and developed out of the hypothetical nature which we accord to the so-called ultimate “material unit.” An epitome of the numerous and remarkable discoveries of the past decade in physical science clearly reveals their revolutionary character and tendency. The general trend of this tendency is, unquestionably, toward immaterializing the essential nature of matter. Nothing whatever exists corresponding to the ordinary conception of a material particle. The “atom” of the science of yes- terday has passed into the limbo of the manifestly impossible. The “electronic atom” that has usurped its place is a gross misnomer, and bears much the same relation to the old concept as does a vacuum to the container in which it is enclosed. The quest for the ultimate material unit is ever abortive and disappomt- ing; and, probably, for the good and sufficient reason that such a thing does not exist. Recent discoveries along this line of inquiry strongly indicate the futility of such a search. It seems like a chase after the fabulous bags of gold at the foot of the rainbow. If scientists were always as good philosophers as they are physicists and chemists, they would have suspected, long ago, that their preconceived notions of what matter must essentially be have painted a mirage across their scientific vision, to mislead and deceive. | Philosophically, an’ indivisible material particle, however minute, is an impossibility. Its size could 55 in no way affect this principle of rationative necessity. Were the particle, com- pared with the atom, as a grain of sand to the great Nebula in Andromeda, the human mind must refuse to believe in its indivisibility. If the descent from the atom to the electron is merely the breaking up of the old hypothetical material unit, and substituting therefor, as an ultimate, a smaller material unit; we are travelling a road that leads nowhere, and which cannot possibly have an end. But the development of the electron theory does not point in that direction, nor lead to such a conclusion. All the evidence favors the assumption that such a thing as an ultimate material unit does not exist. On a priori grounds, we were already assured that such is the case, but it is a splendid tribute to the thoroughness of modern physical research that the findings of science tend to confirm the mandates of abstract reasoning. Professor J. J. Thomson, of the University of Cambridge, perhaps the great- est authority on the electronic theory of matter, is inclined to the opinion that the essential nature of what we know as “matter” is immaterial. His celebrated “vortex theory” blazed the trail in that direction. From it came his own corpus- cular theory, and the theory of electrons—all tending in the same general di- rection. Altho, seemingly, remarkably consistent and entirely satisfactory in many respects, the splendid structure of the electron theory of today rests upon an unknown terrain. No scientist living can give, even to himself, a satisfactory explanation of the positive electrial content, which, it is supposed, constitutes the conservative, central portion of the atom. We are told that all electrons supposed to be directly involved in chemical changes are negative electric charg- es: whether the changes be elemental, as in the case of emanations from radio activity, or molecular in the formation of chemical compounds. ‘The number of these negative electrons determine*the group-form of their arrangement in the atom, and this arrangement determines the nature or qualities of the element in which the form occurs. The accession to an atom, or the loss from it, of one or more negative electrons may necessitate the re-arrangement of the re- maining electrons, thereby changing the fundamental character of the element. suddenly transmuting it into an altogether different element, as such things are judged from reactions in the usual laboratory tests. In the formation of chemical compounds, the various groupings into which different numbers of electrons must arrange themselves, as well as their different degrees of stability, have been worked out with ingenious scientific precision, and are apparently confirmed by electrolytic experimentations and formulae. Every addition or loss of an electron affects the positive-negative equilibrium, even tho it does not break down the group arrangement If we select a certain atom containing the minimum number of negative electrons necessitating a cer- tain group formation, we find that such an atom may receive a definite number of new electrons before the grouping becomes unstable to the breaking point. On the other hand, if this atom should lose even a single electron, the grouping immediately breaks down, and the remaining electrons rearrange themselves in a new form. Now, the electron theory would be equally serviceable as a working hypo- thesis, whether we considered the electron as “material” or not. If we regard these supposed ultimate factors as being “immaterial,” the facts would be just as well accounted for; some fundamental difficulties would, doubtless, be over- come; and, moreover. the assumption would have the invaluable additional merit of being in accord with our conviction of rationalistic necessity. An ultimate material particle is unthinkable. Science has already demonstrated that the one thing indispensable to the existence of matter is form—the form-grouping of atomic electrical charges. And these forms certainly do not depend upon the assumption that their content and boundaries are materia! units. They are as purely formal as the mathemati- cal point and line. They may well be likened to the ideal forms of geometry and of transcendental philosophy. The more thoroughly we understand the foundations of mathematics and philosophy the better will we appreciate this comparison. The science of geometry would lose none of its validity if all matter, insofar as it now yields to measurement, were swept from the universe. 56 We need not quote any less authority, and perhaps could not quote a greater, than Professor Cassius J. Keyser, of Columbia University, to tell you that mathematics is nothing more nor less than applied logic. When Immanuel Kant tells us that space and time are forms of intuition, he is saying as clearly as he can make language express it that they are not intuitions at all. They are but the forms. ‘They are as the moulds of the designer into which the artisan may pour any and all sorts of material. Space and time are the immaterial moulds to which all intuitional empiricism must conform. This Kantian interpretation seems so clear that it would appear needless to remind one of it; yet the president of one of the greatest universities in this country, in a work upon Kant, says, and says without qualification, that Kant tells us that space and time are intuitions. It is in this purely formal sense that we must regard matter as it really is; and every new stride in physics and chemistry is carrying us nearer such a goal. There is a well-known interpretation of our sense of personal identity that may serve to illustrate the method by which we may better understand the probable nature of matter. The problem here referred to is, how is it possible that we can, and do, throughout life, maintain our sense of personal identity, even when the entire mental and moral constitution has been fundametally changed, and science has conclusively demonstrated that, in the course of every few years, every cell in the body has been renewed? The explanation offered is, that what the cell transmits is simply and solely its form; and it is this form, or form memory, that maintains the continuity of personal identity. It is, doubtless, in some such sense that we should regard the nature of what we know as material substance. The most fundamental fact in the phenomena of heredity is not variation, but persistency of type. It may be granted that the tendency to vary is ever present, and that it is the indisputable foundation of all evolution; but to begin our study of vital inheritance with the phenomena of variation is much like beginning psychological research with the aberrations of the insane and the feeble-minded. As long as we assume that matter is materialistic, there appears no escape from some form or modification of the pre-formation theory, with all the absurdities and irreconcilable contradictions that it entails. Weismann is assuredly right in saying that we can make no progress by the use of material units; but we certainly do not avoid or escape such units by simply beginning our investigations, as he suggested, “at some point higher up.” All combinations of such units would still be material, and would be as inadequate as ever to explain the intricate phenomena of heredity. To assume that such things as “ds,” “biophores,” “determinants,” or any other vital factors, under whatever names they may masquerade, are material entities, in the ordinary acceptation of the word, is but to fall into inextricable difficulties; difficulties which Weismann himself seemed to foresee and sought vainly to avoid. If we assume that the bases of the germ-plasm are material units, there is no escape fgrom the conclusion that the germ-plasm is handed down through an infinite series of successive generations, and in just such form as may be necessary to preserve the continuity of type. It is doubtful whether any bio- logist really believes such a thing; yet his materialistic assumptions absolutely necessitates such a conclusion. For want of a- better term, we may designate as form-tendency the con- necting link between parent and offspring. This form-tendency performs the same office in maintaining the continuity of type as that which Weismann assigned to the selective principle in the germ; but with this added advantage, that, while Wesimann’s germinal selection implies some sort of choice, the form impress operates through rigorous mathematical necessity. The phenomena of heredity are subject to the same laws of mathematical necessity as those which govern the various groupings of eletrons that determine elemental qualities. Just as in personal identity the sense is preserved solely through the form relation, so it is in vital inheritance nothing is transmitted but the form necessary. It little matters what names we employ by which to designate the complex groupings and combinations of elemental forms that make manifest thephenomena 57 of vital inheritance. The chief point is, that they are type ideals, transmitted and preserved solely through the form relation. es The objection may be urged that any condition, which with rigid exactness preserves the continuity of type, precludes the possibility of variation, upon which tendency all evolutionary development denpends. Such criticism, how- ever, overlooks the fact that the form-tendency which expresses itself in the phenomena of variation is ever present in the species as a characteristic of the type, and may remain latent and unmanifested indefinitely, if favorable condi- tions do not arise to induce its expression. ‘The form-tendency to vary falls under the same mathematical law as the preservation of type. No mathematical principle could be more rigorous. Every parabola, or hyperbola, is an illustration of the necessary and inflexible order of hereditary deflection. The specialized forms directly concerned in heredity may be regarded as combinations of elemental electronic groupings. It may well be, therefore, that these higher, synthetic forms are subject to laws similar to those which govern electronic charges, varying in stability, breaking down suddenly, and re-com- bining in a new group formation. If the conditions and processes determining the form-character of the factors in heredity are but extensions and vital adaptations of laws governing elemental electronic phenomena, the origin of species by mutation, or saltation, is just what we should expect. The occasional appearance of a “sport” in the direct line of inheritance would indicate that the number of group-units constituting the character-form had been, perhaps slightly, increased or descreased, when the formation was already at a high state of instability. The sudden breaking down of the ancestral formation and the re-arrangement of the constituent parts in a new form, indicate the same pro- cesses that are observed in electronic phenomena. If we closely follow the electronic analogy, the suddenly created new character, or new species, would be extremely unstable relative to one of two possible conditions. If the critical number of units necessary for the new grouping was obtained by the addition of a single unit, the new character would be extremely unstable relative to any loss thereform; for, in that case, the loss of a single unit would result in the sudden extinction of the new character, and the reversion to the ancestral form. The entrance of additional units would continue to increase the stability of the new form up to a certain point, beyond which, if the process of addition continued, the stability would decline to a new breaking point. On the other hand, if the new character resulted from the loss of a single unit from the ancestral form, the new creation would be subject to the exact reverse of these conditions. ‘The loss, then, of one or more units would render the form more stable up to a certain point, after which, were the process con- tinued, the stability would decline to a new point of dissolution. This form, however, could not receive a single additional unit without breaking down and reverting to the ancestral character. When a character created by unit addition breaks down through the con- tinued increase of its constituent units; or when a character resulting from unit loss suddenly disappears through the reverse process; the new character which then arises is something essentially different from the parent “sport,” and from their common ancestor. If, in cultural propagation, it is desired to maintain fixedly a certain sport character, it is necessary that the form be kept as nearly as possible at its highest point of stability. What this point, in any given case, may be, and what may be the best methods by which to reach it, are in the very nature of the case difficult to determine. Careful experimentation, however, might deter- mine whether its stability is on the side of unit addition or unit loss. In either case, cross-fertilization in a certain direction, if selection is wisely made, may secure increased stability. In the absence of anything better, direct-line breeding may keep the character fixed; but in such case it should always be remembered that the character is stable from one side only, and always extremely unstable in the other direction. Possibly, through selective propagation only, a unit may occasionally be added to or taken from the character form to increase its stability; but in no case can such a process continue indefinitely, 58 or even very long, in the same direction, without bringing the form to a new point of sudden dissolution. In no sense, however, is stability ever absolute, and even in strictly line propagation an occasional sport character from a parent sport is to be expected. The assumption that the vital processes in heredity follow the same law that govern electronic phenomena would lose none of its logical consistency or cogency, in whatever light we may regard the nature of the electron. Were the electron the ultimate, indivisible, material particle that we once supposed the atom to be, it would in no wise lessen the demand upon us to seek the interpretation of vital phenomena through the use of the principles underlying electronic activity. The pathway of science is strewn with the wrecks of “good working hypotheses.” The theory that “seems to account for all the facts” is often more deceptive and dangerous than one that flaunts in our face its obvious contradictions and impossibilities. The mathematician must fre- quently deal with an equation yielding two very different but equally ccrrect results. The scientific hypothesis that leaves no crevice for an exception or denial may be likened to one of the answers to such an equation. Some other very different hypothesis—possibly any one of several—might serve equally well to account for the observed phenomena. We should demand more than this from every scientific theory. One of its chief merits should be its high degree of plausibility. It must meet the inexorable demands of rationalistic necessity. Whatever other merits it may possess, the theory that is fundamentally illogical cannot survive, however well it may appearently account for all the facts. The biology of the future will occupy and utilize the immense field opened up for it by the electronic theory of matter. Late researches in physics and chemistry offer the student of heredity opportunities never before available; and which, if wisely utilized, will do more to introduce scientific precision into the study of vital phenomena than has ever before been accomplished in the entire history of biological inquiry. The observed fact that ontogenetic development is an epitome of phylogene- tic evolution, is seen in a new light of mathematical necessity, when the formulae of electrolytic experimentation are introduced into the domain of operative vital factors. Apply the electronic methods of the laboratory to the problems of heredity, and the mystery enveloping the genesis of variation dis- appears, and the sudden appearance of new forms is seen to be the natural and inevitable results of exact mathematical laws. Electrolytic chemistry has already determined these laws for electronic action; now, let us simply extend their application and operation into and throughout the field of vital inheritance. James R. Allen San Fernando, Cal., June 23, 1921. 59 THE DIAMETER OF a ORTONIS BY MICHIELSON’S pis per Meee METHODS By I. G. Prase (Courtesy ae Astronomy ) In 1890 Michelson pointed out the possibility of measuring by interference methods, the diameter of planetoids and satellites and the distance between dou- ble stars, and also showed how the method might be used in determining the diameter of a star. He measured the diameters of Jupiter’s satellites with the 12-inch Lick re- fractor in 1891, and in August, 1919, obtained interference fringes with the 40- inch refractor of the Yerkes Observatory, and with the 100-inch reflector at Mount Wilson in September of the same year. In December, 1919, and the months following, Anderson obtained measures of the distance and position angles of the components of Capella with great accuracy. At Professor Michel- sons suggestion, an interferometer beam 20 feet long, provided with movable auxiliary mirrors, was then constructed to test conditions of interference at dis- tances greater than the diameter of the one hundred-inch mirror itself. In Au- eust, 1920, fringes were obtained with separations of the mirrors as great as 18 feet, the visibility of the fringes for Vega at this distance being as great as that at 6 feet. Meanwhile, Eddington, Russell and Shapley had obtained values for the diameter of a number of stars based on estimates of apparent surface brightness, and their results indicated that several of these lay with the range of the 20- foot beam. Orionis in particular was so large that Merrill investigated it with the apparatus used in the measurement of Capella and found a definite decrease in visibility for the maximum separation of the slits, (100-inch aperature), this holding true for all position angles. On December 13, 1920, with the outer mirrors of the 20-foot beam at 121 inches separation, no fringes were visible on aOrionis,, while observations on rOrionis before, and on aCanis Minoris afterwards yielded strong fringes with practically no change of setting. All measures were checked by Dr. Anderson. The seeing was very good on this night, but poor on the following nights, and it appears that better conditions are required than when working with fringes produced by apertures placed directly before the télescope. Nevertheless ob- servations made December 14-17 indicate that aCeti, aTauri and bGeminorum will come within the range of the 20-foot beam. Assuming that the effective wave-length for aOrionis is 75750 its angular diameter from the formula a=1.22 r/d proves to be 0” .047, and with Schles- inger’s parallax of 0” .016 its linear diameter turns out to be 271,000,000 miles or slightly less than that of the orbit Mars. The uncertainty of the present measurement is about 10 per cent. The effect of a possible darkening at the limb, which has been disregarded, would tend to make the measured results too small. INTERESTING FACTS ABOUT OUR OWN PLANET By Cuarites Nevers Hormes An equatorial journey “around our World” equals a distance approximat- ing 24,900 miles—a distance crossed by light in less than 2/10th of a second, which would be traveled by a snail in about 34 years. Now, the Earth rotates once upon its axis in 24 hours, so that at a velocity approximating 24,900 miles per day a point on the equator would travel during the 20th Century about 509, 000.000 miles. That is, it has traveled since the beginning of the Christian Era about 17,500,000,000 miles, or a distance equal to 188 times as far as it is to the Sun. _ A journey to the centre of our Earth would approximate 3959 miles, and if we should ever sink a shaft there, excavating at the rate of 10 miles a year, it would take 4 centuries to reach the terrestrial centre. Now, 3959 miles do not seem very far, the extreme length of the United States, Atlantic to Pacific being about 2800 miles. and the extreme length of North America being about 4500 miles. However, if we attempted to tunnel downward to the terrestrial 60 centre, we should encounter stupendous difficulties of heat and pressure. It has been estimated that the temperature of molten lava ranges from 1200 to 2000 degrees, Centigrade, and it has also been estimated that at the Earth’s centre the density may be as great as ten times that of water, resembling some very heavy metal. ‘Therefore, it is improbable that during the present century we shall begin any tunnel to the terrestrial centre, although the time may be at hand when we shall sink deep shafts to tap and utilize the heat and other energies now hidden beneath our World’s surface. There is, however, an interesting fact about a shaft sunk from the surface to the centre of the Earth. As we all well know, each of us possesses what is called “weight,” due to the attraction between the Earth and our body. For example, one of us weighs “150 pounds” at the Earth’s surface. If this indi- vidual could be weighed at the Sun’s surface, he would weigh more than two tons! If at the moon’s, only 25 pounds. ‘The reason for this difference in weight is, that surface gravity varies according to the respective weight and size of the Earth, Sun and Moon. Moreover, a man weighs “150 pounds” in one region of the Earth, and slightly less than that on the equator, inasmuch as at the equator the entire centrifuga! force is pulling against the force of gravity. If a shaft could be sunk to the terrestrial centre, and a man weigh- ing “150 pounds” should be lowered within it, this man would weigh only “11214 pounds” at about 1000 miles below the surface. That is, he would lose one- quarter of his weight after descending one-quarter of the distance to the cen- tre. Then, after descending one-half of the distance to the Farth’s centre, he would weigh only one-half of “150 pounds.” If this man reached the very cen- tre of the Earth, he would have no weight at all. The explanation for such losses in weight is that at the terrestrial surface this man is drawn towards the terrestrial centre by full gravitative attraction, whereas, as he descends be- low the Earth’s surface: it is as though he were standing upon the surface of a smaller Earth, which would shrink, in size and decrease in gravitative attrac- tion in proportion as he approaches its centre. Accordingly, if this man could reach the exact centre of our Earth, there would then exist, no more gravita- tional units to attract his body. Surrounded by a terrestrial sphere approximat- ing 260 billion cubic miles, his surface “weight” of 150 pounds would become a veritable cipher. Nevertheless, although this man at the terrestrial centre has no weight him- self, the Earth all around him has a stupendous weight. The man who once weighed “150 pounds,” would be surrounded by a vast sphere, averaging a ra- dius of 3959 miles in every direction. Inasmuch as the diameter of the Moon is only 2163 miles, it is evident that he could be surrounded by a number of such moons, each moon being equidistant about 898 miles from both the Farth’s cen- tre and surface . Therefore, it should not cause any surprise that the Earth is 49 times as large as its satellite the Moon. However, the weight of our Earth may cause some surprise—6,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 tons! Of course this is a mere cipher compared with the weight of the Sun, but, if we multiply this weight by 2000, or the number of pounds in a ton, we find that the Earth’s weight approximates 12 septillion pounds. Possessing such a comparatively stupendous weight, our planet is able to chain us securely to its surface, and if we try to escape from that surface it ofttimes dashes us violently to the ground. The influence of its mighty mass is seen alike in a body’s falling 16 feet during the first second, 64 feet during the first two seconds, and in the fact that, to escape forever from its surface, a body must rise with a velocity of not less than 37,000 feet per second. The Earth’s 12 septillions of pounds are contained within a vast sphere possessing a bulk of about 260 billion cubic miles. Enclosing this vast sphere, there is a surface-area approximately 197,000,000 square miles. Upon this wide surface-area there dwell about 1,700,000,000 people, which would be an aver- age of more than 8 people for each square mile of total surface, an average of about 30 for each square mile of land surface, and an average of about 561 peo- ple for each square mile occupied by the United States. Today the density of population in our 48 states averages about 35 citizens, per square mile, From the District of Columbia, which has more than 5,500 inhabitants in a square 61 mile to the deepest depth in an ocean, the Pacific, 32088 feet, the distance is over 9000 miles. From Washington, D. C., to the highest height on the Globe, Mount Everest, 29,002 feet, the distance is more than 9000 miles. From the deepest depth in an ocean to the highest heigh on the Globe, there is an alti- tude of 61,090 feet, 11.6 miles. If we remov our “150 pound man” from the arth’s centre and place him at the very bottom of the Pacific Ocean, his body will be under the terrific pressure of at least 13,500 tons. If we place this man upon the summit of Mount Everest, he would then be under a pressure of ap- proximately only 5 tons. A cubic foot of sea water has a weight of 64.3 pounds, and, accordingly, we should not be surprised that a man’s body, placed at the very bottom of the Pacific Ocean, 32,000 feet below its surface, would be crushed to a pulp by the pressure of water. At the surface of the sea there is an atmospheric pressure of 14.7 pounds upon every one of the 2000 square inches covering a human body, so that there our “150 pound man” would be surrounded by a total indi- vidual pressure of more than 14 tons. Fortunately, however, this exterior pres- sure inward is counteracted and neutralized by an equal interior pressure out- ward, for, otherwise, our bones would have to be stronger and harder to resist the atmospheric pressure. This atmospheric pressure becomes less and less as we ascend above sea level, and it is probable that the terrestrial atmosphere does not extend higher than 300 miles. However, our atmosphere approximates a volume of 60 billion cubic miles and a total weight of almost 6 quadrillion tons. If we were able to ascend above our atmosphere and escape from the Earth, we should experience another interesting fact. It has already been stated that if we could descend far below the terrstrial surface, we should lose “weight” directly as the distance. That is, at one-fourth of the distance of the ter- restrial centre, we should weigh only three-quarters of what we did at the sur- face, at one-half of the distance only one-half, and at the very centre we should possess no weight at all. Now, if we were able to ascend far -above the ter- restrial surface, we should find that we lose weight according to the square of the distance, inversely. Since the distance from Earth’s surface to its centre is about 4000 miles, then if our “150 pound man” could ascend 4000 miles aobve that surface, he would weigh only 4th as much as he did at the surface. For, having ascended 4000 miles, he would be twice as far as he was from the terrestrial centre, inasmuch as 8000 miles are twice 4000. Therefore, he would weigh %4th of of 150 pounds, or 37%4 pounds. If he rose 8000 miles above the terrestrial surface, he would be 12,000 miles from the terrestrial centre. thrice as far, since 12,000 miles are thrice 4000, and, accordingly, he would weigh 1 /9th of what he did, or 162/3rds pounds. Moreover, if he left the Earth 240,000 miles behind him, he would still possess some weight. ‘This distance would be 60 times the Earth’s radius, and, therefore, his weight would be diminished to 1/3600th of his terrestrial weight—a little more than 4/100ths of a pound. Now 240,000 miles are about the mean distance of our Earth from its Moon, and it is evident that 4/100th of a pound, about 2/3rds of an ounce, represent the influence of terrestrial gravity upon our “150 pound man,” were he placed on the lunar surface. There are many, many more interesting facts about our Planet, many of which are discovered “under the microscope.” One of these other facts is dis- covered “through the telescope,”’—the indescribable minuteness of our Earth compared with the indescribable vastness of the Universe. Our own “local Uni- verse” is bounded by the so-called “Milky Way,” and the distance across it, the diameter of the “Milky Way,” has been variously estimated, one of these esti- mates approximating 6 quadrillion miles. If this estimate is correct, our planet, compared with our “local Universe,” resembles a veritable pea situated within a circular area, an area so vast that it would take an aeroplane speeding 100 miles an hour approximately 70 million centuries to fly across it! 62 THE EXCEPTIONALLY HIGH SOLAR PROMINENCE OF OCTOBER 8, 1920 (POPULAR ASTRONOMY ) By Oniver J. Ler This paper preserted some of the results gotten from a study of the fifty- seven photographs obtained of this eruption. The crest attained the highest altitude so far recroded, 531,000km, or more than 19’. Photographs were ex- hibited showing the early stages in the development of the structure, in par- ticular how the various degrees of separation of the head from the base tock place. The highest velocity observed was 155 km/sec. Several cases of pe- culiar motion were studied. The separation of the head into parts which con- tinued the upward course unchecked and other parts which reversed their mo- tion and fell back upon the sun is especially noted. ON THE AGES OF THE STARS By F. R. Mouttron Attempt was made to get some idea of the duration of the stars from dyna- mic consideration of the globular clusters. ‘Their sy se distribution, which in many cases follows approximately the same law, implies that they have ar- rived approximately at a steady state through a long dynamic evolution. It is_ reasonable to suppose that this evolution has taken llags during the life of the stars of which the clusters are composed. The period required for a single circuit of a star through a globular clus- ter is of the order of a million years. The dynamic evolution results primarily from the occasional near approaches of stars. It is found that on the average a star would make several thousand revolutions before it would pass near enough some other star to change its direction of motion from that which it would otherwise have by so much as ten degrees. Consequently it is inferred that the arrangement of the stars in globular clusters points to the conclusion that the stars of which they are omposed are several thousand million vears of age. WHEN AN ECLIPSE PREVENTED A WAR (Popular Astronomy ) By Wriiziam F. Ricce From an Indian village near the present town of Lisbon, North Dakota, a great war party set out one day. After they had been out for a short time, the sun was blotted out in full day and the party became so terrified that they fled precipitately back to the village. The question asked of the astronomer by the historian was: When did this eclipse occur, and was it a total one? The answer was that it happened in 1724 on May 22 at 11:04 A.M. Central Time, and that the obscuration was 96.4 per cent. See Popular Astronomy for June-July, 1920. 63 THE PRESIDENTS MESSAGE The result of the work of the year ending June Ist, 1921, has been most gratifying to the members of the Academy who have watched the progress made during the time above specified. Our membership has more than doubled in that time and the directors of the Academy have shown their appreciation of the work done by assuring the officers of their entire support during the coming year. Our present membership is a little over 300 and we shall not be satisfied with anything less than a one hundred per cent gain during the year ending June first, 1922. The results of the year are not due to any one person but to a singleness of purpose that has resulted in effective team work. Some of the older members tell me that this is the first time in the history of the academy that,the membership has doubled in a single year. Beginning with the issue of this bulletin there will be of- fered the advantage of a service in which we undertake to an- swer as fully as possible any and all questions upon scientific subjects. Any person, whether a member of the Academy or not, will have prompt and courteous response to any request for in- formation upon any scientific subject by addressing the presi- dent at 530 Auditorium Bldg. To inquiries which the president feels competent to answer he will reply directly. Other questions will be referred to spec- ialists in the various branches of knowledge as geology, paleon- tology, botany, entomology, aeronautics, seismology, electric- ity, psychology and the like. We are fortunate in having in our membership men of wide experience and recognized ability in their special lines and they are cooperating with us fully so that we confidently expect good results in this new phase of our work. In the hope of rendering practical service to the younger people of our communities we have invited them to join the Academy and about forty have availed themselves of the op- portunity. We are offering special rates to the Boy Scouts and Camp fire Girls and any who wish to take up the work will be charged only $2.00 instead of the regular annual fee of $3.00. The Camp 64 Fire Girls in Santa Monica have been: particularly far sighted in this matter, about thirty having become members. We shall do something special for them this year. For some months notices of the meetings have been circu- lated among the different Boy Scout groups in Los Angeles. Mr. E. B. DeGroot the head Scout Master, approves our plan and advises the Scout Masters, with their troops, to attend the meet- ings. During this year and next the Academy will supply speakers on nature study, woodcraft, first aid and kindred subjects at such times and places as Mr. DeGroot shall suggest. Now, to more completely fulfill our obligation to these young people and more fully stabilize the life and growth of the Ac- ademy, we have planned to take special pains with anyone who may wish to acquire the ability to speak in public upon scien- tific subjects. Good public speakers are rare though we need many of them. A committe consisting of five experienced men has been ap- pointed who shall take pleasure in consulting with any who may aspire to the scientific platform. This committe will con- sider questions of topic, subject matter, construction, reading of manuscripts and oral delivery and any other necessary phase of the work. ~As soon as anyone shall show himself reasonably competent he will be given an opportunity to demonstrate his ability and so begin his career of usefulness in the scientific world. He will be sponsored by the committee, who, in turn, have the confidence of the entire Academy. - The branch of the Academy organized in Santa Monica in Dec. 1920 has shown remarkable vigor and now has about sixty members. We have had a lecture on the first Monday night of each month in the City Hall and the meetings have all been well attended. We are now planning to organize branches in Pasadena, Long Beach and other nearby cities. The enthusiasm now being shown among the members 1s very gratifying and the splendid spirit of cooperation is bringing results such as we have not seen for years. One special reason for this is that we now have before us a very special objective in the prospect of the erection of a new and ample home for the Academy—one in which we can house the many treasures which we now have and those which we shall soon acquire in botany, zoology, paleontology, geology, astron- omy, and other branches—a place where we can have an ad- equate and permanent lecture room in which there shall be the best possible projection machines for showing scientific educa- tional films. 65 This is an objective worth while and we are determined to reach it—sooner, perhaps, than many of us realize. This vear the Academy is offering three prizes, one of twenty five.dollars, one of fifteen dollars and one of five dollars for the three largest lists of new members between September first and June first, 1922. This contest is open to all members. In the president’s office there is being kept a record of each new member and the person securing said member is being given credit therefor. We can do anything we really wish to do—let us have a thousand members by June first, 1922. F.C, GEAR; MAY JUNE 1920—JUNE 1921 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY A resume of the activities of the Academy for the past fiscal year discloses a period of marked expansion. ‘The Directors have held eight special meetings during the period embraced by the annual June meetings of 1920-1921. ‘There has been transacted a wide range of business, all of which has accrued to the advance- ment of the Academy’s interests, and the detailed records of which are properly recorded in the Minutes. The loss of two of our most able Directors, (Mr. George H. Beeman and Mr. William L. Watts) has been recorded in the “Bulletins” of past issue. Three of our valuued councilors in the persons of Mr. Arthur B. Benton, Dr. Triumph C. Low and Mr. Holdredge O. Collins felt the necessity of resigning their director- ships as a result of the heavy demands on their time in other directions, and like justifiable reasons. The vacancies thus caused by death and resignation were filled by the election of Mr. J. O. Beebe. Mr. George R. Crane. Dr. Ford A. Carpenter. Dr. John A. Comstock. Dre. Prankai@y Clank Our valued Secretary, Mr. George W. Parsons, asked to be relieved of the post which he had been ably filling at much per- sonal sacrifice, and Dr. Comstock was subsequently elected to the office. 66 The active influence of the Academy has been projected to outlying territory through the organization of a branch in Santa Monica. Three issues of the Bulletin have been published and widely circulated during the year, thus carrying the educational program of the Academy to far and foreign fields. The lecture programs have been carried on through the various actions, there being only two lectures held by the Academy proper during the year. The first of these was an admirable ad- dress by Dr. Barton Warren Evermann on the subject of “The Educational Value of Natural History Museums”, held in the Chamber of Commerce on Thursday evening, April 14th. The second lecture was held on the occasion of the annual meeting in July. This was not as fully attended as the worthiness of speaker and subject would warrant. Dr. B. R. Baumgardt’s lecture on “Through Shakespeare’s and Wordsworth’s England” would grace the largest auditorium that any community could offer. item Directors ior the fiscale year, as elected at the annual meeting in June, 1921, are: Dr. Mars F. Baumgardt. Dr. Anstruther Davidson. Wii |pe Orb cebe: Mr. Samuel J. Keese. Die hondey ey Carpenter. MirsiGeorse We warsence Dramiianike Gos Clark. Mr. Theodore Payne. Dr. John A. Comstock. Mr. William A. Spalding. Mr. George R. Crane. Following the annual meeting a special Directors. meeting was called in accordance with established rule, and the following officers were elected: Enesident. Dr brank ©, Clark. Ist Vice-President, Dr. Mars F. Baumgardt. 2nd Vice-President, Dr. Anstruther Davidson. 3rd Vice-President, Dr. John A. Comstock. Secretary, Dr. John A. Comstock. Treasurer, Mr. Samuel J. Keese. 67 TREASURER’S REPORT FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 227971 Receipts: Bank Balance June 2nd,1920 0. $ 363.89 DUES) ee es ee esses en a 896.10 Interest: tice ee ON ee 638.73 Returned trom Research Expense 22 2... 82.98 Preight Rebate ‘on South Sea Collection =.= 99.54 Fidelity Savings, and Loan... 1,100.00 Mr. Partsh—Bulletns 8224200250 eee 6.00 ‘ $3,187.24 DIsBURSEMENTS: Bulletingipenses se eee erie ees SxS, Wecture: Wxpense cit meee Se eee 347.30 Officewix pence ke: 3. Le ery eween eee ee USe35 INESEaL Che Epens cies ae ae ee 1,350.00 SUL CL TG CSP Aaa OE lay ce lec gee eee ee en Ae 89.75 Brercht ; It is readily distinguished from all other groups by the short, stubby wingform, (trigonate wingform of Smith). In addition the thorax is with- out a distinct crest; altho in some specimens the thoracic vestiture is so arranged that a trace of a keel-like crest is barely visible. The antennae of the males have a dense scaling to the joints; and the cilia are as long or longer than the width of the shaft, projecting directly outward in block- like pattern. This combination, coupled with the absence of the cilia from the ends of the antennal segments, causes a subserrate appearance to the antennae. ‘This is quite a conspicuous feature in trigona. In sambo the antennae of the males is of this pattern for only about one-half of the length of the shaft, the terminal half being more of the type of placida. The wings of sambo are slightly less trigonate than those of trigona. The Trigona Group appears to be a connecting link between the Placida Group and the Subgenus Abagrotis. SupPerRFiciAL Key to THe TrRIGoNA GRoUP [.—Wingtorm short, stubby, broadly trigonate; antennae of male with cilia arranged in block-like pattern on the segments, causing a subserrate appearance due to their absence between the seoments21 2). trigona 86 | II.—Wingtorm, while trigonate, longer in proportion to the size of the insect, which is, in general, smaller; antennae of male with cilia arranged in block-like pattern on the ; segments, on the basal half of the shaft only (the termi- | nal half being more nearly like that of placida, not ap- | pearing subserrate; British Columbia only)................... sambo : LAMPRA TRIGONA, Sm. : 1890. Sm., Bull. U. S. N. M., XXXVIII, 24, Rhynchagrotis cupidissima, Sm., nec. Grt. 1593. Sm., Bull. U. S. N. M., XLIV, 53, Rhynchagrotis. 1903. Hamp., Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., IV, 640, pl. LX XVII, f. 3, Triphaena. 1908. Sm., Can. Ent., XL, 287, Rhynchagrotis. R. TRIGONA Smith n. sp. 1895. Grt., Abh. Nat. Ver., Bremen, XIV, 58, Agrotis (Lampra). | cupidissima £ Smith. 1890. Smith. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 38, 24, Rhynchagrotis. Columbia; Glenweod Springs, Colorado, in August. the collections U. S. National Museum. Habitat—California; Oregon; Colorado; Arizona; Kansas; British Mr. Grote had named cupidissima in Mr. Neumoegen’s collection, a series of specimens which I assumed were correctly determined. Inter- preting Mr. Grote’s descriptions by these specimens, I made orbis and laetula synonyms of cupidissima in the monograph. The true cupidissima is very different from this species, and neither orbis nor laetula agree at all with it. A new name for what I have erroneously characterized as Mr. Grote’s species is therefore necessary, and I propose trigona, as above. The types of this species are the specimens named cupidissima by me in Bull, U. S. N. M., XLIV, 19; 1898, reads: “{Name cited in 33 error. Bull. U. S. N. M., XXXVIII, 24, 1890, referred to by Dr. Smith in his original description of trigona, reads: RHYNCHAGROTIS CUPIDISSIMA, Grt. 1875. Grt., Can. Ent., VII, 101, Agrotis. 1878. Grt., Can. Ent., X, 234, Agrotis. 1878. Grt., Bull. Surv., IV, 173, Agrotis. 1853. Grt., Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., XXI, 155, Agrotis. orbis Grt. 1876. Grt., Bull. Buff. Soc. N. Sci., III, 83, Agrotis. 1878. Grt., Bull. Surv., 174, Agrotis. 1883. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., X XI, 155, an syn. pr.? | laetula Grt. 1876. Grt., Bull. Buff. Soc. N. Sci., III, 83, Agrotis. 1878. Grt. Can. Ent., X, 234, pr. syn. 1678. Grt., Bull. Surv. LY, 173, an sp. dist. : “The California specimens are light red colored, with powdery gemi- nate lines, and variable in appearance; one is pale fawn, unicolorous, with- out marks on primaries save indications of the stigmata and the dotted t.p. line. Again, three specimens have the orbicular somewhat V-shaped, open above. ‘The tp. line is more regular than in cupida; it is accompanied by black dots. ‘he subterminal line is nearer to the margin than in either allernata or cupida, but it is more like alternata than it is ewpida in its being irregular, accompanied with powdery black seales; it is preceded on costa by a blackish shade, as in eupida. The present species I formerly considered us alternata from the markings, and on Mr. Morrison’s au- thority as cupida from the color, but the reniform I now see is more kidney-shaped than in either the eastern alternata or cupida, I sent a specimen to Mr. Morrison to show the variability of what I sup- posed was his exsertistigma, and he informed me _ that the speci- men was cupida. Afterwards he returned me my specimen of ea- sertistigma, . . . which I then saw was an entirely different species. I have subsequently adopted the view that the California specimens were cupida, and that I was in error in considering them to be alternata, I now reject both determinations, and consider that the California species is allied to both alternata and cupida, and is a new species from the data given above. The habitus of ewpidissima and size (39™™") is rather that of alter- nata. The hind wings are a little paler at base in cupidissima, and the lunule more obvious. A. cupida does not as yet appear to occur in Cali- fornia. The above is Mr. Grote’s original description; afterward, in Can. Ent., X, 235, he refers to the species as of a “pale reddish clay color,” and in the Bull. Sury., IV, 173, says: “Nearest to cupida; similarly sized, but paler, with the orbicular incomplete superiorly. Varies by the primaries hecoming clay colored without markings. Collar unlined.” Mr. Grote has confounded two distinct species in his characterizations— one with open orbicular, and one with the crbicular closed. A long series of specimens in Mr. Neumoegen’s collection are all of one species and are regarded as typical, the more as Mr. Grote’s references of orbis and Icetula to this species is most consistent with this type. The species is common in the Western States, and I have seen long suites, in none of which the orbicular showed any tendency to become in- complete. They vary in color from very pale luteous to a very distinct red-brown, the terminal space usually a little paler, but the color very even as a whole. Sides of palpi black. Transverse lines and ordinary spots much as in allernata, but generally indistinct and difficult to make out. Ordinary spots usually slightly and often considerably darker and narrowly annulate with a paler shade. Secondaries and under side as in alternata. In size it ranges below the expanse given by Mr. Grote (39™™), my largest specimen being 35 ™™, ranging down to 30™™ (1.20-1.40 inches). The wing- form is generally more trigonate than in the other species, the primaries short and broad. The genital structure is like placida. 88 Orbis was described by Mr. Grote as follows: “Entirely concolorous drab or pale olive fuscous, shining; s.t. space barely differentiated by its darker tint. All the lines faint, geminate, as in allied species. Distinguished by its reduced, round, complete orbicular, and small, upright reniform spots, annulated with pale; the orbicular distinctly margined. Ilead and thorax concolorous. Hind wings concolorius, fuscous with interlined fringes; beneath with discontinued common line.” In Bull. Surv., 1V, 174, Mr. Grote says: “Closely allied to alternata. Stigmata complete; orbicular very small, pale-ringed, spherical. Unicolor- ous olivaceous gray, shining; terminal space hardly paler. Possibly a va- riety of alternata, but the spots are concolorous.” In the Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., X XI, 155, the suggestion that this may be a form of cupidissima is made, and I believe this is correct. At all events it is easy in any series of cupidissima to pick out orbis or what fully an- swers to the description. Laetula is said to be “Allied to cupidissima. ‘This species is smaller and has a line on the collar, and the thorax and fore wings of a burnt brown, strewn with ochre scales, which fill the stigmata in one specimen, and in the other leave the spots concolorous, while encircling them and filling the geminate lines. Except in color, this form differs very little from cupidissima, while seeming narrower and shorter winged. All the stigmata shown. Hind wings and under surface as in cwpidissima, which is a light red species.” In Can. Ent., X, 234, the reference to cupidissima is more positively made, but in Bull. Surv. 1V, 173, the following are indicated as distinctive: “Darker than the preceding (cupidissima), purple brown, with pow- dery ochrey markings; claviform indicated, collar unlined, a little smaller than cupidissima.” The only specimen of /aetula which I have seen labeled by Mr. Grote did not agree with this description at all and was the same as the observa- bilis of Mr. Graeft’s collection, belonging to the exsertistigma group rather than here. Mr. Grote speaks of all these forms from California only. I have them from California, Colorado, Arizona, Kansas, and British Co- lumbia. Dr. Smith’s first complete description of trigona appeared in Can. Ent. XL, 287, 1908; and appears to be a good and accurate one, except that the author has before him a number of very dark forms, mostly from California. Also, the thoracic vestiture and antennal characters, mentioned in this paper under the heading Group Trigona, are omitted and appear to have been overlooked by Dr. Smith. The following is quoted from Can. Ent., XL, 287, 1908: 89 RHYNCHAGROTIS TRIGONA, Sm. this species differs at once from all the preceding in the shorter, broader, more triangular wings. ‘The primaries are usually of some shade of pale luteous, tending to receive a reddish admixture in one direction and a smoky admixture in another. As a rule, while all the maculation is present in the specimens, it is scarcely relieved and does not disturb the apparent uniformity of the wing. Exceptionally the ordinary spots will become black, contrasting, and the lines, or some of them, may be blackish. I have a long series of examples from Colorado Springs in June and July, a very long series taken by Mr. Buelkholz in Yavapai County, Arizona, in July, and a small series from Fort Wingate, New Mexico, in July. Alto- gether over 100 examples, and enough to get a fairly good idea of what the species looks like. Typrr Locaniry: NUMBER AND SEX ov ‘Lyprs: Typrs in: National Museum; Smith Collection. Speciuens Exanminep: ‘Total, 127; from, Shasta Retreat, Siskiyou Co., Calif.; Deer Park Springs, Lake Tahoe, Calif.; Camp Baldy, San Ber- nardino Mts., Calif.; Nellie, Yosemite and Plumas Co., Calif.; Vineyard, Stockton and Provo, Utah: Salida, Colo.; Glenwood Springs, Colo.; Las Vegas, N. Mex.; Jemez Springs, N. Mex.; Prescott, Ariz.; S. Ariz. (Poling). One specimen, compared with type (marked “exact, W. B.”); and one specimen marked “trigona a/e Sm. & N. M. Coll.” (in Dr. Barnes’ hand- writing); are in the Barnes Collection, the last from Salida, Calif. Geniraric Sues: 1, Stockton, Utah; 1, Shasta Retreat, Calif.; 1, \rizona; 1, Glenwood Springs, Colo. This species is genetalically distinct from all others examined by the author. in having a heavily chitenized, strongly raised, V- shaped mound on the juxta. LAMPRA SAMBO, Sm. 1208. Sim., Can. Ent., XL, 287, Rhynchagrotis. RHYNCHAGROTIS SAMBO, n. sp. Has the trigonate primaries of trigona, but is smaller and the wings are a little longer, not quite so stubby. Maculation also as in trigona, but much better defined, while the s.t. line is pale, preceded by a distinct blackish or dusky shading. While there are some almost uniform examples, the tendency is all in ‘the opposite direction, the basal area becoming darker between the basal and t.a. line until a conspicuous black band ap- pears; the s.t. space in turn may also become darker until it is completely black filled; one example, with basal and s.t. bands and ordinary spots lost, presenting an appearance that proved puzzling until the series now in hand was examined. Secondaries blackish, fringes rufous. Expands.—1.16-1.28 inches (29-30™™). Habitat—Kaslo, British Columbia, July and August, Mr. Cockle; Peachland, B. C., in July, Mr. Wallis, through Dr. Fletcher; Ainsworth, B. C., in July, Mr. Findlay, also through Dr. Fletcher. A series of 124’s and 129’s, most of them in good or fair condition, and while extremely variable, yet in altogether a different direction from frigona, which is approached only in one or two very uniform examples. Tyre Locatity: Kaslo, B. C. (Mr. Cockle); Peachland, B. C. (Mr. Wallis) ; Ainsworth, B. C. (Mr. Findlay). NUMBER OF SEXES oF Types: 122, 129. 90 divers In: (“Male Type”), (“Female-,Type”), 14, 19, Paratypes (“Cotypes”), no locality label, Collection Rutgers College; 14,19, Para- types (“Cotypes”), from Peachland, B. C., with small round date label only, Barnes Collection. SeecIMENS Examineps 109’s and ¢@ and @ Paratypes; from, Peach- land, B. C.; Duncans, Vane.; Quamichan Lake, Vane.; also 19 Duncans, Vane.; and 19 Peachland, B. C., through the kindness of Mr. Wallis. This species has been confused to a large extent. There is really but little reason for it except that the males seem compara- tively rare in collections. Superficially it seems distinct from its nearest ally trigona, as demonstrated by the male antennae. As Dr. Smith states, it is a slightly smaller species, with wings less trigonate and longer in proportion. The variation in wing maculation mentioned in the original description is impossible to check at this time; but there seems no reason to doubt it, as speci- mens before the author show a tendency in that direction. The species seems to inhabit British Columbia only, and ap- pears to be the connecting link between “placida” and trigona. The author has seen no authentic trigona from British Columbia. GROUP MIRABILIS This group contains only a single species—muirabilis. It is easily separated from the rest of the genus by the striate appear- ance of the primaries due to the basal dash extending as far as the t.p. line, while the black filling of the cell is continued basally of the orbicular and outwardly of the reniform. The ordinary spots are white, varying greatly in size. Normal specimens have the reniform large and very conspicuous. Thorax with a well-developed, distinct, divided crest and usually with a disconcolorous, rufous patch on the dorsum. Antennae simple, ciliate, with the setae near the base subequal to the cilia, becoming about twice as long as the cilia near the tip. The ampulla of the clasper is membraneous. This is the only known species in the genus with a well-developed, divided crest; and not possessing a clasper with a chitenized am- pulla. Discoidalis comes nearest with a considerable vestige of a divided crest in fresh specimens, easily rubbed off and usually not plainly visible. DAVERTCA VilicA Bini DS, (Gxt: 1579. Grt., No. Am. Ent., I, 39, Agrotis. 1590. Sm., Bull. U. S. N. M., XX XVIII, 28, Rhychagrotis. 1893. Sm., Bull. U. S. N. M., XLIV, £4, Rhynchagrotis. ; 1895. Grt., Abh. Nat. Ver., Bremen, XIV, 18, dAgrotis (Lampra). 1903. Hamp., Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., IV, 635, pl. LX XVII, f. 8, Triphaena. 1908. Sm., Can. Ent., XL, 225, Rhynchagrotis. 91 AGROTIS MIRABILIS, n. s. 2. Fore tibiae unarmed; male antennae simple. Blackish fuscous; termi- nal space paler, powdered with grayish. Lines obliterate. Median lines approximate. Subterminal defined by difference of shade. Ciscal spots contrasting, yellowish or ochery white in a black shade; orbicular reduced, reniform moderate, subquadrate. A whitish dot in front of insertions of fore wings. Head collar and tegulae concolorous; dorsum of the thorax pale reddish, contrasting; tegulae with indistinct inner black edging. Hind wings dark fuscous, with pale interlined fringes. Beneath dark fuscous powdered with grayish: on primaries the inception of common line marked in black, and costal dots. Expanse 36 ™™. Allied to diseoidalis, but very different in color. Tyre Locaurry: Idaho Springs, Colorado (Prof. I’. H. Snow). NuMBER AND SEX oF 'Tyrrs: 6 Tyres 1x: British Museum. Sprcimens Examinepns Total, 28; from, Glenwood Springs, Colo.; Colo. (Bruce); Provo, Utah; Fort Wingate, N. Mex.; Yavapai Co., Pres- eott, and White Mountains, Ariz.; Esmeraldo Co., Nev. One male, com- pared with type, by Sir George Hampson, Glenwood Springs, Colo. Genetatic Stipes: 1, Glenwood Springs, Colo. GROUP DISCOIDALIS This group contains a single species, discoidalis. It is easily separated on its peculiar appearance, different from anything else in the genus. Upon close examination it shows a strong relationship to mirabilis. The cell is normally filled in with black and the black usually continued basally to the t.a. line; or with at least a trace of black scaling, giving this space a dark appearance. There is a trace of the crest on the thorax, only visible in fresh specimens and easily lost. Discoidalis possesses the same disconcolorous ru- fous patch on the dorsum of the thorax as mirabilis. The antennae also are much the same; the setae small at the base, subequal with the cilia, longer toward the tip. The ampulla of the clasper is membraneous. Discoidalis and mirabilis are the only two species that possess the spreading, divided crest on the thorax, but have the ampulla of the clasper membraneous. LAMPRA DISCOIDALIS, Grt. 1676. Grt., Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., III, 82, pl. 4, f. 9, Agrotis. 1883. Grt., Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., p. 144, Agrotis. 1890. Sm., Bull. U.S.N.M., XX XVIII, 36, Rhynchagrotis. 1893. Sm., Bull. U.S.N.M., XLIV, 56, Rhynchagrotis. 1895. Grt., Abh. Nat. Ver., Bremen, XIV, 18, Agrotis (Lampra). 1903. Hamp., Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., IV, 636, pl. LX XVII, f. 9, Triphaena. 1908. Sm., Can. Ent., XL, 225, Rhynchagrotis. 92 AGROTIS DISCOIDALIS, n.s. @.—Fore tibiae unarmed; appearing allied to attenta. Fuscous or wood brown. The geminate lines as usual in this group. Cell black. Stigmata concolorous; orbicular elongate ovate; reniform upright. Sub- terminal space the darkest. The general color is fuscous with a grey shade except on subterminal space. The distinctive character of this species is the black shading around the orbicular on the cell. There is a trace of the claviform. Hind wings pale fuscous with interlined fringes and the veins marked. Beneath paler with faint line and discal mark. Eixpanse, 34™™. No. 5609, Nevada, Mr. Hy. Edwards. Tyre Locauiry: Nevada ? (Sierra Nevada according to Sir George Hampson). NuMBER AND SEXES OF TyYPEs: Types 1x: British Museum, 19. SeEcIMENS [ixaminep: Total, 31; from, California; Northern Cali- fornia; Central California; Truckee, and Plumas Co., Calif.; Pyramid Lake, and Esmeraldo Co., Ney.; Vineyard, Eureka, Provo and Stockton, Utah. One specimen, compared with type by Sir George Hampson, California. Generanic Srurs: 1, Pyramid Lake, Nev.; 1, Stockton, Utah. This species has-been sufficiently discussed under Group Dis- coidalis and Group Mirabilis to need no further discussion, in view of the fact that Mr. Grote’s description is very clear and concise. GROUP PLACIDA The Placida Group contains one named species and one aberra- tion, viz: placida and ab. minimalis. This is a heterogeneous group, in a most unstable evolutionary state. Scarcely any two specimens of “placida” look alike, and at least minor differences occur in the genetalia of almost every example which the author examined. No single character or group of characters seem stable. The writer prefers to consider “placida’”’ as a name applied to a group, as well as to a single definite species. Grote’s type coming from New York, the name might fittingly be applied to Eastern specimens. For the sake of convenience the group name “‘placida” will have to stand for Western material as well. Eastern placida may vary in the same way as Western. It is scarce, coming from the Adirondack Plateau, and only one specimen was available for study. In the West “placida’” reaches its magnitude, producing forms resembling almost every species that lacks a thoracic crest. From the Placida Group appear to have arisen, Eastern placida, sambo, and scopeops as illustrated in the phylogenetic relationship diagram. These species seem separate and worthy of names, as far as can be judged by our present knowledge. Utah and Colorado material seems to show the greatest instability, probably due to the various environments to be found within limited areas. It is worthy of note that “placida” from Utah often resembles forbesi or nefascia; New Mexico material resembling nefascia or barnesi; Colorado material, nefascia; while Vancouver shows forms similar to scopeops. 93 It is distinetly probable that certain races, forms, or species in the placida serics deserve names, and will in time be named. Also, there is the distinct probability of hybridization occurring between “placida” and allied forms, or between forms within the placida series. At the present time it seems better to await more material of true Eastern placida, or full life history notes and larval charac- ters before putting a series of names into the literature which will only confuse and in the end may have to be relegated to the synonomy. Key ‘ro rue Pracipa Group Lines usually double, median shade + or —, color variable, ; “e u a) ee oa Auth aL CEA eG: Stes 00 ee placida Lines single, median shade +, color reddish, ab. minimalis. EAMPRA PLACIDA, Grt. 1876. Grt., Ann., Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., XI, 305, Agrotis. 1878. Grt., Can. Ent., X, 235, dAgrotis. 1883. Grt., Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., p. 144, dgrotis. 1889. Butl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 383, = cupida. 1890. Sm., Bull. U.S. N. M., XX XVIII, 21, Rhynchagrotis. 1893. Sm., Bull. U. S. N. M., XLIV, 52, Rhynchagrotis. 1895. Grt., Abh. Nat. Ver., Bremen, XIV, 18, Agrotis (Lampra). 1903. Hamp., Cat. Lep. Phal., 3B: M:) IV, 635, pl IxXoxXwily eo; Triphaena. 1903. Holl., Moth Book, p. 178, pl. XXI, f. 23; pl. XXI, f. 21, “red form placida” (minimalis text), Rhychagrotis. 1908. Sm., Can. Ent., XL, 227, Rhynchagrotis. AGROTIS PLACIDA, N. S. Fore tibiae unarmed: antennae simple. Fuscous gray. Fore wings smooth, dark fuscous. Basal and subterminal spaces blaskish and dark- est: median space a little lighter, slightly brownish; terminal space gray, contrasting. Lines even, perpendicular, pale. Transverse anterior line with a slight subcostal notch, slightly oblique; median space wide; stigma dificult to make out, pale ringed, concolorous; median shade noticeable, obscuring the reniform. ‘Transverse posterior line with a slight outward costal extension beyond the point of origination, thence somewhat squarely exserted opposite the cell, and running nearly straight downwards without submedian sinus. Subterminal line indicated by the great difference in color between the two terminal spaces; fringes dark. Hind wings con- colorous, rather dark fuscous, with paler interlined fringes. Beneath fuscous, with a slight purply shade, irrorate, with an external common band incomplete; a slight discal mark on hind wings. Terminal abdominal hairs somewhat ocherous. Expanse 35 ™™. Lewis Co., N. Y., July 26. Differs from other species of the cupida group in the shape of t.p. line at costa. Tyre Locatitry: Lewis €o:, N. Y. Number AND SExES oF Typrs: 9Q. Types 1x: British Museum, 1 9. SPECIMENS Examinep: exclusive of genitalic slides: 2 9, Duncans, Vane.; 19, Arrowhead Lake and 1 9, Kaslo, B. C.; 19, Brandon, Mani- toba; 3 Q, Cartwright, Man.; 2 ¢, 2 9, Calgary, Alberta; 4 9, Hymers, 94 Ont; 29, Colo; 1 9, Colo. (Bruce) 5&9, Manitou, Colo.; 8 4, 32 Glenwood Springs, Colo.; 7 ¢, 8 9, Provo, 4 ¢, 7 9, Stockton; 3 6 9, Deer Creek, and 1 ¢, 8 9, Vineyard, Utah; 1 y, S. Dak.; 3 12 9, Truckee, 3 ¢, 2 9, Shasta Retreat, 1 9, Yosemite, and 19, Du- rango, Calif; 1 9, Hot Springs (Green River), Wash; 2 9, Jemez Springs, N. M. Total, 125. Also 1 9, compared with the type in the British Mu- seum, by Sir George Hampson, from Cartwright, Manitoba. Geniratic Sumes: 1, Franklin Co., N. Y. (McKnight); 1 Stockton, 1 Vineyard, 2 Provo, 5 Deer Creek, Utah; 1, So. Utah; 1, Colo. (Snow) ; 4, Glenwood Springs, Colo.; 1 Las Vegas, 1 Jemez Springs, N. Mex.; 1, Truckee, Calif.; 1, Miles City, Mont.; 1, Calgary, Alta.; 1, Cartwright, Man.; 1, Duncans, Vane. Total, 22. This “species” has already been discussed at some length and detail under the heading Group Placida. While very heterogeni- ous, its characters appear to be as follows: Antennae minutely ciliate with longer setae ;—all lines usually double and clearly de- fined ;reniform and orbicular often large, usually clearly defined. Orbicular with a strong tendency to be very irregular ;seldom small and round. Usually with at least a trace of the median shade, which is frequently clear and pronounced. The median shade is seldom visible in any allied species except scopeops, from which it ean be distinguished by its smoother, stubbier appearance and usually irregular orbicular. LAMPRA PLACIDA ab. MINIMALIS, Grt. 1879. Grt., No. Amer. Ent., I, 45, Agrotis. 1883. Grt., Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., p. 144, Agrotis. 1890. Sm., Bull. U. S. N. M., XXXVIII, 19, Rhynchagrotis. 1893. Sm., Bull. U. S. N. M., XLIV, 52, Rhychagrotis. 1695. Grt., Abh. Nat. Ver., Bremen, XIV, 17, Agrotis (Lampra). 1903. Hamp., Cat. Lep. Phal., B. M., LV, 639, pl. LX XVII, f. 14, Triphaena. 1903. Holl., Moth Book, p. 178, pl. XXI, f. 21, “red form placida” on plate; Rhynchagrotis. 1908. Sm., Can. Ent., Xb, 223, Rhynchagrotis. AGROTIS MINIMALIS, n. s. Allied to placida, but reddish like cwpida. Fore tibiae unarmed. Orbi- cular small, round, paler with dark center; reniform small, dark. Median shade diffuse, continuous, evident below reniform. Lines single, blackish, followed by pale shades. Subterminal space dark red and contrasting with pale terminal. A terminal row of dots, fringes concolorous. Head and thorax reddish, concolorous. Abdomen fuscous, flattened, with reddish anal hairs. Wings beneath fuscous, shaded with red, with common line distinct on secondaries, on primaries marked on costa. Discal dots better imarked on hind wings. Palpi black on sides. Hapanse 33 ™™. Tyrr Locariry: Idaho Springs, Colo. NUMBER AND SEXES OF TyprEs: @Q. Tyres 1N: British Museum, 1 92 “Type”; Snow Collection, 1 9 “Cotype” (7). Specimens Examinep: See Text. GeEniTatic Siipes: 3, transitional to placida, Wallace, Idaho. In his original description Mr. Grote mentions various charac- ters such as ‘“‘reddish,”’ “median shade diffuse’; ““reniform small” ; 95 “lines single’; “‘s.t. space dark red and contrasting pale terminal.” All of these characters are to be found in Western “placida.” Only very occasionally are they all found in the one specimen. The author has before him a female specimen from the Snow Collection, marked “‘Agrees with Type, G. I. H.” (Sir George Hampson). This was probably one of the original type lot. Another Colorado specimen approaches it closely except that the lines are double. This specimen was compared with the “Cotype” in the Snow Col- lection by Dr. MeDunnough. The author has a female specimen from Wallace, Idaho, which is almost identical with the last men- tioned, but is darker in color. Some males from Wallace, Idaho, are transitional forms between placida (Eastern) and minimalis, showing in a series all the peculiar characters assigned to that “species.” The genetalia of three of these were examined, and except for minor individual variation, found practically identical with Eastern placida. Muinimalis is simply an aberration with sin- gle lines, and of the lighter shade (“reddish”) more common in the females of the group than the males. ’ GROUP NEFASCIA This is a more or less heterogenious group; distinguished by the smooth thorax and collar; antennae ciliated with longer setae to the joints and with the orbicular small and round, usually clearly outlined. The reniform is moderate to small, and typically kidney- shaped. Species in this group are very likely to be confused and are best separated on genitalic characters. The superficial key will serve to place typical specimens. SuperriciaAL Key ro THE Nerascia Group I.—Color some shade of yellow or orange, thorax much Gare) 20 5 es ade ae ieee eee oe duanca II1.—Not so—collar and thorax concolorous, A.—Small, (size of placida); color always dark; wings very narrow and elongate; orbicular minute, ringed with whitish; wings very smoothly scaled, with a pronounced satiny luster ;often slightly tinged with rufous; a very “clean-cut” appearance, male and fe- male identical (aberrant). 2 eee duanca B.—Typically small, wings with a banded appearance due partially to dark filling in of s. t. space; wings not smoothly scaled ;appearance not as clean cut due to a general scattering of dark scales over the ground.nefascia C.—Size moderate, resembling small suffused alternata; maculation usually not as plain as nefascia; orbicu- lar usually minute; ground color dull gray to red- GSH noes eS a cece et forbesi D.—Size moderate to large; male resembling large nefascta; female resembling either large nefascia or alternata; antennae at base so heavily scaled setae and: cilia are obscured 235 se ee ee barnesi Genitatic Kry ro tuEe-Nerascia Group I.—Sacculus large and lobate; arm of valve slender, so that when spread out the arm appears as a mere crook from pera cabbie mts ere Cll ste seen ns ee beers nefascia IT.—Not so,— A.—Valves short, without much curve, and with a tend- ency to be pointed; spine of penis on a heavy chiten- OUTS ie UE Ds ee teas re roan ee ade duanca B.—Not so,—spine of penis not on a chitenous hump, a.—Penis showing a decided, peculiar ribbing; comb (of penis) small, spine large and long............ forbesi b.—Penis not showing the pecular ribbing; comb modified into a huge plate with “teeth” at the end and with a decided tendency to be project- ing from the aedoeagus; spine missing...._..... barnesi LAMPRA BARNESIT, sp. nov. LAMPRA BARNESI, n. sp. Ground color variable. Head, color, thorax and ground color of primaries usually concolorous; the head and collar rarely lighter. An- tennae simple, ciliated, with longer setae to the segments; but so heavily scaled at the base that the setae are obscured. In this it differs from alternata, anchoceliodies, cupida, and néfascia. Palpi black at the sides, paler at the tips. Orbicular always round and small; usually filled with ground color, but in general clearly outlined by pale line. Reniform mod- erate, constricted in the center ;usually dark at the top and base, with the median area concolorous with the ground. Ordinary lines double and darker than the ground whereas the space between them is usually lighter. S.t. similar to cupida, and with no trace of the W-mark. In the male the s.t. area is darker; while the terminal area is lighter, than the ground and often with a blueish tinge: usually dark and resembling a large nefascia. Some females closely resembling the males; others varying through shades of tan, reddish and clay; often resembling alternata. Secondaries dark fuscous to black, lighter at the bases. Fringe white at the tips; ocherous at the base; the two areas separated by a clear brown line. In short, a very variable species in color and maculation, especially in the females. Genitalically it is quite distinct and fairly constant, from all localities. The feature distinguishing it from all other species of the genus is that on the tip of the visica of the penis is a large chitenous plate spined mainly at the end, and normally protruding from the oedoeagus. It appears to be a common species and widely distributed over the southwestern United States. The types are all from Arizona, but other specimens of apparently the same species are from California and Utah. Tyre Locatiry: Holotype ¢, White Mountains, Ariz; allotype, Palm- erlee, Ariz; Paratypes from, White Mountains, Redington, Palmerlee, Phoenix, Paradise, Mohave Co., Yavapai Co., Huachua Mountains, Tucson, Senator and Prescott, Arizona. NuMBERS AND SExeEs oF Types: Holotype ¢; Allotype 9; 37 ¢, 49 9° Paratypes. Tyrrs 1N: Barnes Collection. SPECIMENS EXAMINED: See text. Geniratic Stirs: Holotype and 6 Paratypes, as follows: 2, Para- dise; 1, Yavapai Co.; 1, Redington; and 1, Palmerlee, Arizona. Other slides from: 2, Provo, Utah; 1, Vineyard, Utah; and 1, transitional to form nevadensis, from Mission San Jose, California. 97 LAMPRA BARNESI, form NEVADENSES, f. nov. 1912. B. & McD., Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N. A., 1, 4 4) pli 22ietea10; Rhiynchagrotis, sp. undet. LAMPRA BARNESI form NEVADENSIS, f. nov. This is the very light form figured in the Contributions to the Natural History of the Lepidoptera of North Americ: a, Vol. I, No. 4, plate 22, figure 10, by Barnes and McDunnough. ‘This excellent figure necessitates no de scription other than to state that the insect is even lighter than it appears in the photograph. It resembles the typical form, from which it differs in its being much lighter and in having the markings almost lost in the general ground color. Tyrer Locaniry: Esmeraldo Co.; and Reno, Nevada. NUMBERS AND SEXES OF Types: 2 92 Cotypes. Types 1x: Barnes Collection. Specimens Examinep: only the types, but several transitional speci- mens, from Arizona and California. GeniraLic Sims: See heading Genitalic Slides under L. barnesi. LAMPRA FORBESI, sp. nov. LAMPRA FORBESI, n. sp. Ground color variable, but dull; often smoky gray, sometimes with a reddish tinge. Head, collar, thorax, and ground color of primaries con- colorous. In the gray specimens the body is also concolorous; in the red- dish ones, of the same shade as the base of the secondaries. Ordinary spots distinctly outlined by a clear, light, ochreous line, and similar to nefascia. Orbicular with a tendency to minuteness as in duanca and filled with ground color. Terminal area of primaries paler than ground, with a slight blueish cast; s.t. area slightly ee especially at the costa, which is marked with black points at the basal, t.a., and t.p. lines. Primaries shaped much as in alternata; but finely and smoothly scaled, giving the wings a sillky luster. More or less of a scattering of black scales over the primaries. Palpi black at the sides, lighter at the tips. Antennae mi- nutely ciliated, with longer setae from each joint. Thorax apparently smooth, but on careful examination with the barest trace of a spreading, divided, crest. In most specimens this cannot be seen. Tip of the ab- domen of male relatively broad; of female almost truncated and much depressed. The peculiar heavy ribbing of the penis separates it immedi- ately from all other species in the genus. Tyrer Locariry: Holotype ¢, Stockton, Utah; Allotype 9, Stockton, Utah; Paratypes, 3 g Stockton, 1 9 Stockton, 1 9 Provo, 2 9 Eureka, Utah. Total, 9 NUMBER AND SExeEs oF ‘Types: as above. Tyres 1x: Collection Dr. William Barnes. SPECIMENS ExXAmiInEpD: tybe series only. Geniraric Siipes: Holotype and 2 Paratypes. 98 LAMPRA DUANCA, Sm. 1908. Sm., Can. Ent., XL, 228, Rhynchagrotis. RHYNCHAGROTIS DUANCA, n. sp. Blackish-smoky; head and collar faded, more yellowish, secondaries with a brownish shade. Primaries with all the transverse maculation lost or barely traceable; ordinary spots small, traceable by slightly paler annuli. Expands—1.22-1.36 inches = 30-34 ™™. Habitat—Stockton, Utah, IX, X; California. Two 4’s and 3Q’s in rather unsatisfactory condition, but obviously different from anything else in this series. It is narrower winged than nefascia and with the maculation almost all lost. I have a pair of speci- mens from Montana, which are practically the same, but there is enough question about it to prevent my placing them in the type series. Tyre Locatiry: Stockton, Utah; and California. Number and SExeEs or Types: 26, 39. Tyres 1x: Holotype (“Male Type”), Stockton, Utah; Allotype (“Fe male Type”), Stockton, Utah; 19 Paratype (‘“Cotype”), Stockton, Utah; Collection Rutgers College; 19 Paratype (“Cotype”’), Stockton, Utah, Barnes Collection. . SpeciMENS Examinep: ‘Total 33; from Provo, Stockton and Eureka, Utah; Esmeralda Co., and Reno, Nev.; Truckee and Shasta Retreat, Calif. ; Prescott, Ariz.; 1 Paratype and 16 Topotypes from Stockton, Utah. GENEYALIC Stipes: 3, from Stockton, Utah. Dr. Smith’s description may be modified as follows: Ground color blackish-smoky, often with a reddish tinge. Head and collar any shade of yellow to orange. Collar with or without a transverse dark band; or exceptionally the collar may match the ground color of the primaries. ‘Transverse maculation of the primaries traceable but faint. Ordinary spots small and traceable by whitish annuli. Expanse 1.0-1.36 inches. With a distinct smooth scaled, clean-cut appearance, and a beautiful silky luster. Slightly narrower winged than nefascia.. Antennae finely ciliated with longer setae to the joints. LAMPRA NEFASCIA, Sm. 1908. Sm., Can. Ent., XL, 227, Rhynchagrotis. RHYNCHAGROTIS NEGASCIA, n. sp. Similar to placida in size and general appearance, but with less trigo- nate and more stumpy primaries. ‘The absence of a distinct median shade has been already noted (*), and, in addition, the ordinary spots are smaller, the reniform especially tending to become narrow, oblong, with’ the angle rounded rather than kidney-shaped. The secondaries in both sexes are very evenly blackish, whereas in placida they are decidedly paler at the base, and in no case evenly blackish. ‘The primaries have the appearance of being more densely scaled, and while finely powdered, appear more even in general tint. There is a large series of both sexes before me from Ft. Wingate, New Mexico, and another, collected by Mr. Buchholz, from Yavapai Co., Arizona. Altogether of spread material there are 35 ¢’s and 479’s showing a re- markable uniformity in general characteristics, while yet the terminal space is contrastingly blue in some examples, nearly concolorous in others, and the predominating shade may range from creamy-luteous to brick-red in one direction, and smoky or gray-brown in the other, the ordinary spots are usually a little darker and outlined by rather broad annuli of the ground color. 99 Tyee Locauity: Fort Wingate, N. Mex., and Yavapai Co., Ariz. NUMBER AND SEXES OF Types: 354, 459. Tyres 1x: Holotype (“Male Type”), Fort Wingate, N. Mex.; Allotype (“Female Type”), Fort Wingate, N. Mex., 3¢,39, Paratypes (“Cotypes”’), Fort Wingate, N. Mex., and Yavapai Co., Ariz., Collection Rutgers College: 26, 19, Paratypes (“Cotypes), Ariz., Yavapai Co., Ariz. and Fort Win- gate, N. Mex., Barnes Collection. Specimens Examinep: was then undescribed. Likely at that time there was a mixed series and the artist aided himself with another specimen besides the type of inelegans. Carissima appears to be a lighter and redder form, possibly of emarginata. Its maculation is more distinct than either emarginata or inelegans. Harvey's type is a male. There are six specimens corresponding to it in the Barnes Collection, all females, so un- fortunately, no genitalic slide could be made, nor could the male antennae be studied for minute differences. Hence, it is held sepa- ‘ate awaiting more material. LAMPRA EXSERTISTIGMA form CUPIDISSIMA, Grt. 1g75. Grt, Can. Bnt., VII, 101, Agrotis. 1878. Grt., Can. Ent., X, 234, dgrotis. 1878. Grt., Bull. Geol. Surv., LV, 173, Agrotis. 1883. Grt., Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., p. 144, 155, dA grotis. 1690. Sm., Bull. U. S. N. M., XXXVIJI, 24, trigona, orbis, and laetula in error, (Rhynchagrotis ). 1891. Grt., Can. Ent. XXIII, 150, (no genus). 1893. Sm., Bull. U.S. N. M., XLIV, 56, Rhynchagrotis. 1895. Grt., Abh. Nat. Ver., Bremen, XIV, 18, dgrotis (Lampra). 1903. Hamp., Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., IV, 639, pl. LX XVII, f. 15, Triphaena. 1908. Sm, Can. Ent., XL, 287, (barnesi in error in part ?), Rhynchagrotis. AGROTIS CUPIDISSIMA, Grote (see ante pp. 214 and 27) Mendocino, June, Mr. Behrens, No. 4 (red label), also No. 164. The California specimens are light red colored, with powdery geminate lines, and variable in appearance; one is a pale fawn, unicolorous, without marks on primaries save indications of the stigmata and the dotted t.p. line. Again, three specimens have the orbicular somewhat V-shaped, open above. The t.p. line is more regular than in cupida; it is accompanied by black dots. The subterminal line is nearer the margin than in either alternata or cupida, but it is more like alternata than it is cupida in its being irregu- lar, accompanied with powdery black scales; it is preceded on costa by a blackish shade as in cupida. The present species I have formerly consid- ered as alternata from the markings, and, on Mr. Morrison’s authority as cupida from the color, but the reniform I now see is more kidney shaped than in either the Eastern alternata or cupida. I sent a specimen to Mr. Morrison to show the variability of what I supposed was his exsertistigma, and he informed me that the specimen was cupida. Afterwards he returned me my specimen of exsertistigma, recorded above, which I then saw was an entirely different species. I have subsequently adopted the view that the California specimens were cupida, and that I was in error in consider- ing them to be alternata. I now reject both determinations, and consider that the Californian species is allied to both alternata and cupida and is a new species from the data given above. The habitus of cupidissima and size (39 ™™) is rather that of alternata. The hind wings are a little paler 118 at base in cupidissima, and the lunule more obvious. A. cupida does not as yet appear to occur in California. ‘The provisional identification on page 27 (ante) must be erased and the present substituted. I use the number (56) for a different species. (Can. Ent., VII, 27, 1875, herewith.) 56. * ampulla of the clasper is very strongly chitenized, long ana and the sacculus is not definitely present. While the author ~ id not attempt to base genera on genitalic characters of the m:_ ., such a strikingly different genitalia appears vastly significant. The author has followed Sir George Hampson in considering that gilvipennis and chardinyi deserve a genus to themselves. The necessity for the designation of a new generic name in place of Hampson’s usage of Rhynchagrotis is fully explained in the in- troduction to the genus Lampra. Suffice it here to repeat that Rhynchagrotis, Hampson (Smith in part) is invalid for application to gilvipennis and chardinyi, Dr. Smith having fixed the type of Rhynchagrotis as cupida; (Bull. XXXVIII, U. S. N. M., page 9). The characters given herewith; in the generic description copied from Hampson, with additions and corrections; together with the original description; completely cover all specific characters for gilvipennis. ‘The habitat of true chardinyi, E. Prussia to W. Si- beria. throws it out of the range of species treated in this paper. 134 ESL On GENERAY SUBGENERA, GROUPS, SPECIES, ) FORMS, ABERRATIONS AND SYNONYMS TREATED JUN | AN SOGsy Tee IR LAMPRA Hbn. ABAGROTIS Sm. {.—erratica, Sm. form ornatus, Sm. 2.—alcandola, Sm. tristis, B. & McD. 3.—bimarginalis, Grt. Lampra Hbn. GROUP. VITTIFRONS 4.—vittifrons, Grt. GROUP TRIGONA 5.—trigona, Sm. 6.—sambo, Sm. GROUP MIRABILIS 7.—nirabilis, Grt. GROUP DISCOIDALIS 8.—discoidalis, Grt. GROUP PLACIDA 9.—placida. Grt. ab. wi imalis, Grt. fg [Pe NEEFASCIA bu 928i, -n. sp. a nevadensis, n. form. LOL bene, 1.15). 12.—due 2a, Sm. 13.—mefascia, Sm. GROUP VARIATA 14.—variata, Grt. varix, Grt. ab.—orbis, Grt. 15.—scopeops, Dyar. 10. GROUP ALTERNATA 16.—alternata, Grt. GROUP INSULARIS | 17.—insularis, Grt. | form contfusa, Sm. 135 GROUP EXSERTISTIGMA 18.—exsertistigma, Morr. form observabilis, Grt. form formalis, Grt. form facula, Grt. form niger, Sm. form meta, Sm. form emarginata, Grt. form carissima, [Tarv. form inelegans, Sm. form cupidissima, Grt. ab.—laetula, Grt. distracta, Sm. form morrisonistigma, Grt. binominalis, Sm. crenulata, Sm. GROUP ANCHOCELIOIDES 19.—cupida, Grt. velata, Wk. form brunneipennis, Grt. 20.—belfragei, Sm. 21.—anchocelioides. Gn. GROUP BRUNNEICOLLIS 22.—-brunneicollis, Grt. ) < ee om KO 23.—rufipectus, Morr. Wer lobes (CE) CRYPTOCALA n. gen. 1.—gilvipennis, Grt. SPECIES TRANSFERRED TO OTHER GENERA: Agrotis costata, Grt. This is a Euxoa; placed in the Barnes collection between furtiva and servitus. Authority—one specimen compared with type by Sir George Hampson, its label reading— “2 like type costata which is without head and is from same local- ity; it is a Euxoa near furtiva, Smith.” Rhynchagrotis orbipuncta, B. & McD. This is apparently an Agrotis, Hamp. § Auct., but fits nowhere in our present series. Temporarily placed by author and Dr. Lindsey between sub- porphyrea and larga in the Barnes collection. Authority, personal examination of Holotype (“Type ¢’’), Allotype (“Type ?”) and four ° Paratypes. 136 (siuuodrapiz) vpeooyddéag sl]Joorauunig — snjoodrjna | Aa = es LO! 1 eS | VUIBTYSIZAoSxXGT Anoawy Soplolfaooyoue | u | BSNJUOI-STLIV[NSUL stuuadtauunaq-eptdno 1a8B.1J [Iq vyVULIye vlosejou | | SISUopBAIU-ISIUL ISsoqtoj Bournp | eproryd,,— (2 ) stpeururu—eproeyd sdoadoos | | ST[VPToostp SIQ.10-V}VLIBA oquies Sdai| Soe sTpIqe.tru SUOAJIVPIA vuostty sljeurs.ieutq é vjlopuro]e SnzVULO-VOIV RII UdH VUdWVI SANID FHL JO ANTDOTAHA 137 PLATE 1. - GENITALIA LAMPRA ABAGROTIS 1.—erratica, Sm. 2.—aleandola, Sm. 3.—bimarginalis, Grt. 3a—penis. LAMPRA 4.—vittifrons, Grt. 4a—penis. 5.—Trigona, Sm. 5a.—penis. 6.—mirabilis, Grt. 6a.—penis. 7.—discoidalis, Grt. 8.—placida (N. Y.) @rt. 8a—penis. 8b.—penis of one Western form of “placida.” 133 PLATE 1. GENITALIA 139 PLATE 2: GENITALIA LAMPRA 9.—barnesi, n. sp., Holotype. 9a.—penis. 10.—forbesi, n. sp., Holotype. 10a.—penis. 11.—duanea, Sm., Topotype. 1la.—penis. 12.—nefascia, Sm. 12a.—penis. 13.—variata, Grt. 138a.—penis. 14.—scopeops, Dyar. 14a—penis. 15.—alternata, Grt. 15a.—penis. 16.—insularis form confusa, Sm. 16a.— penis. 140 PLATE 2. GENITALIA 141 PLATE 3. GENITALIA LAMPRA 17.—exsertistigma, Morr. 17a.—penis. 18.—exsertistigma form formalis, Grt, 18a—penis. 19.—exsertistigma form facula, @rt. 19a.—penis. 20.—exsertistigma form niger, Sm. 20a—penis. 21.—exsertistigma form emarginata, Grt. 21a.—penis. 22.—exsertistigma form inelegans, Sm. 22a—penis. 23.—exsertistigma form cupidissima, Grt, 23a—penis. 23b.\tip of valve of another specimen showing individual variation. 24.—exsertistigma form cupidissima ab. laetula, Grt. (distracta, Sm.) 24a.—penis . 142 PLATE 3. GENITALIA 143 PLATE 4. GENITALIA LAMPRA 25.—exsertistigma form morrison- istigma, Grf. 25a—penis. 26.—cupida, Girt 26a.—penis. 26b.—tip of valve of another specimen showing individual variation. 27.—belfragei, Sm. 27a.—penis. 28. anchocelioides, Gin. 28a.—penis. 28b.—tip of valve of another specimen showing individual variation. 29.—brunneicollis, Girt. 29a.—penis. 30.—rufipectus, Morr. 30a.—penis. CrYPTOCALA 31.—gilvipennis, Grt. 3la—penis. 144 PLATE 4. GENITALIA 145 PLATE 5. ADULTS LAMPRA ABAGROTIS 32.—erratica, Sm. ¢, Truckee, Calif. 33.—erratica form ornatus, Sm. Kaslo, B. C. 3} , 34.—alcandola, Sm. @, Santa Cata- lina Mts., Ariz. LAMPRA 36.—vittifrons, Grt. ¢, Colo. (Bruce) (ex. Doll Coll.). 37.—trigona, Sm. ¢, Arizona. 38.—trigona, Sm. 9, Colo (Bruce) ex. Coll. Smith) obtained by author from Staudinger & Bang-Haas under name of R. cupidissima. 39.—sambo, Sm. ¢, round date lable only. 3. VII. 05., labeled R. minimalis. by .Dr. Smith. Kindly sent by E. H. Black- more, F.E.S. 40.—sambo, Sm. 9, Vernon Dist., B. C. Kindly sent by E. H. Blackmore, F.E.S. 146 35.—bimarginalis, Grt. @, Jemez Springs, N. Mex. 41.—mirabilis, Grt., ¢, Glenwood Springs, Colo. 42.—discoidalis, Grt. 9, Vineyard, Utah, (Spaulding) Coll. Auct. 43.—placida, Grt. ¢, Franklin County, N: /¥:, (C2 SMe Knight). 44.—placida, Grt. 9, Deer Creek, Provo Canyon, Utah, (Spaul- ding) Coll. Auct. 45.—placida, ab. minimalis, Grt.. 9, dark form, Wallace, Idaho, (Huelleman) Coll. Auct. 147 PLATE 6. ADULTS LAMPRA 46.—barnesi, on. sp. White Holotype 2, Mts., Ariz. 17.—barnesi, 2, close to form neva- densis, Mission San Jose, Calif., (Miss Lowrie). L. barnesi nevadensis differs from this @ in that the ordi- nary spots and lines are even more suffused into the general ground color and hardly vis- ible. 48.—forbesi, n. sp. Holotype 2, Stockton, Utah, (Spaulding). 49.—duanca, Sm. Topotype ¢, Stockton, Utah, (Spaulding). 50.—nefascia, Sm. ¢@, Hunters, Washington, (E. Nelson). 51.—nefascia, Sm. ¢, Provo, Utah, (Spaulding). This form of L. nefascia strongly resembles the red form of lL. forbesi, but usually the orbicular is slightly smaller, clearer out- lined, and rounder in the lat- ter species. 148 52.—wvariata, Utah, Auct.). Grt. ¢, Wineyard; (Spaulding) ex. Coll. 53.—variata, Grt. ¢, dark form, re- sembling scopeops, Victoria, B. C. Kindly sent by E. H. Blackmore, F.E.S. 54.—scopeops, Dyar. ¢@, Kaslo, B. C., labeled scopeops, Dyar, G. F. H. See text in regard to further data about this speci- men. 55.—scopeops, Dyar. ¢, Tehachapi, Kern Co., Calif. See text. 56.—alternata, Grt. , Provo, Utah, (Spaulding). This form might easily be confused with belfragei on superficial exami- nation, but the orbicular is not round as is that of the latter species. 57.—alternata, Grt. ¢, Columbus, Ohio. 58.—alternata, Grt. @, Glenwood Springs, Colo. PLATE 6. ADUL’ 149 PLATE 7. ADULTS LAMPRA 59.—insularis, Grt. ¢, Victoria, B. C. Kindly sent by E. H. Blackmore, F.E.S. 60.—insularis, from. transitional to Victoria, B. Jono wBG Tole confusa, Sm. 2, C. Kindly sent Blackmore, F.E.S. 61.—insularis form confusa, Sm. 9, Victoria, B. C. Kindly sent by KE. H. Blackmore, F.E.S. 62.—insularis form confusa, Sm. 9°, pale form, Victoria, B. C. Kindly sent by E. H. Black- more, F.E.S. 63.—eusertistigma, Morr. ¢, Middle, Calif. 64.—exsertistigma form observabilis, Grt. 9, Victoria, B. C. Kind- ly sent by E. H. Blackmore, F.E.S. 65.—exsertistigma form formalis, Grt. ¢@, San Francisco, Calif., (Mueller), labeled Triphaena, formalis, Grt. agrees with type; GEE. 66.—ewserlistigma form facula, Grt. &, Calif. labelled 'Triphaena facula, Grt. agrees with type, G.F.H. 67.—easertistigma form niger, Sm. é, Camp Baldy, San Ber- nardino Mts., Calif. 68.—ewsertistigma form emarginata, Grt. ¢, Middle, Calif. 69.—ewsertistigma form inelegans, Sm. ¢, Middle, Calif. 70.—ewseritstigma form inelegans, Sm. 9, dark form, Ukiah, Calif. Coll. Auct. 71—ewsertistigma form cupidissima, Grt. ¢, Middle, Calif., labeled cupidissima, Grt., type a lit- tle redder, G.F.H. 72. eusertistigma form laetula, Grt. -—distracta, Sm. @, Seattle, Wash., labeled A. observa- bilis, Grt. (See text). PLATE 7 ADULTS PLATE 8. ADULTS LAMPRA 73.—erse rtistigma form morrisonis- tigma, Grt. 2g, Calif. 74.—cupida, Grt. Q, Dublin Shore, Nova Scotia (ex. Coll. G. P. Engelhardt) Coll. Auct. 75.—cupida, Grt. 9, ab.—as de- scribed by Sir George F. Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., I1V—Browns Mills in the Pines, N. J. (Benjamin) Coll. Auct. 76.—cupida form — brunnetpennis, Grt. ¢, Browns Mills in the Pines, N. J. (Benjamin) Coll. Auct. 77.—belfragei, Sm. g, Texas, (Coll. Belfrage) (ex. Coll. C VY. Riley) (ex. Coll. U. S. N. M.). 78.—anchocelioides, Gn. bus, Ohio. 8, Colum- 79.—brunneicollis, Grt. g, Concord, Mass., (Reiff). 80.—rufipectus, Morr. g, Richmond Hill, L. I., (ex. Coll. Doll). 81.—rufipectus, White Mts., Ariz. Morr. 4, CRYPTOCALA 82.—gilvipennis, Grt. g, Revilstoke, B. C., kindly sent by E. H. Blackmore, F.E.S. §3.—gilvipennis, Grt. ¢, Dublin Shore, Nova Scotia, (ex. Coll. G. P. Engelhardt) Coll. Auct. 84.—chardinyi, Bdy. ¢, Coll. Auct. via Staudinger & Bang-Haas. 85.—chardinyi Bdy. 92, Coll. Auct. via Staudinger & Bang-Haas. LAMPRA 86.—janthina, Schiff. 9, Berg Pe- tersen, Coll. Auct. via Stau- dinger & Bang-Haas. 87.—interjecta, Hbn. ¢, -Lausitz, Saxony, Coll. Auct. via Stau- dinger & Bang-Haas. 152 88.—fimbria, Linn. ¢, Dresden, Ger- many, Coll. Auct. via Stau- dinger & Bang-Haas. (Geno- type.). PLATE 8. ADULTS 153 ADDENDA The following species from various localities in British Colum- bia were received from E. H. Blackmore, I°.E..S., too late to include in the text under the various species, but some have served for illustrations: Lampra (Abagrolis) erratica ornatus, Sm. 2 6, 2 9. Lampra (Lampra) exsertistigma, Morr., 2 2. L. exsertistiqma observabilis, Grt., 2 9. L. exsertistigma morrisonistiqma, Grt., 3 @. L. exsertistigma, facula, Grt., 63,2 9. L. exsertistigma niger, 5m., 5 2,4 9. L. insularis, Grt., typical, 1 3. L. insularis transitional to confusa, Sm.,7 ¢,3 9. L. insularis confusa, Sm., 1 ¢,8 Q. L. nefascia, Sm.,5 6,9 9. L. placida, Grt., I Aye 18) OE L. placida, Grt., var. resembling scopeops, Dyar, 1 2,5 9. L. sambo, Sm.,1 ¢,7 @. L. trigona, Sm.?,2 9. L. variata, Grt..1 6,3 9. L. rufipectus, Morr., 2 9. L. vittifrons, Grt.,1 3. Cryptocala gilvipennis, Grt., 1 @. 154 Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers,—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. eee Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten number in 1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues to date are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December (the present issue). ALL of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy at the appended prices: Wolke eNO ee January L902 Seance ae eee cee een $1.00 ss eee ose eb rWariys 2.902% sets -herie « ecineceteve cts eset 1.00 ss 3, - «. July, IOP Be Gare sb See Seana Ble o 25 ie 4, “ 3. March, ND Seis octamer oes one S Bho, (eee <2 51) Mays TICYOGIa Ree ae nea RO Re tt 25 ve GQ S Be duly, EG Oe terenrcecae Sesray yassieeryhoseraee pee 25 ss Uy => Aloe olenainecnnie Cen cle pelotoinia Haemlen ae orompe , oils) ns OQ, Sak “venmuinge WO aera egerosasecas acer 75 f DS We Aull GIO Rear icetne eemser: icra eae 75 e 10, © ye guy ALO INET Ros Se ae aoe SR eee a5 pee 2st ee AMUAT Ys, SOOM Bisciern cs creas cree seve eee sats 50 mee Somer el ec Samuariyen — BOW cece aun crs lovee a esraceverel Gre Hie WG Saul LONI ein one nernit ates: enable 75 emer Ate mere mtill os ANU AT LOMO eee cosesers Ge fue erm ccs estas 15 So NS, SO Ed huhie MOTH Seas Ee Sisre ic Ben Se teieerereedset 50 eee Or US cdanuanys, WONT. c..5 ems ectsvales axeisesiese oes 75 NG SP ule OW Theses aac ays cceasis dusty s Mowateesie 1.00 SW, SO A -afulltys OIG Pees Ae nt eR es Bue pee Ose SaAMUaLys UOMO siiaaaets es acre siosis tesa: 1.00 IIe, Se aul MONO ere eee ecto yao 15 peel Over alineantary, —W9Q08 aa. 6, ch scien tome cts one D5 peel Ome A= 1Octobers - WOON ss. as.. oc aeecseleseisas- oe ae 125 “20, 2. ale se\yoreil 1 OD} like ed crore Geosho cso Gace cae a enon 25 2 Bb SBE = ANTIRTISTES OD PR mapa yrs ieucheer oie 25 wee? (ose is) December, WON sss acc. en Goes eis ewe 25 The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no fur- ther use for back issues. Address all communications concerning the above to: Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary. Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum Los Angeles, California 155 ne \\\ ATE Crs thes Roe: wi FULT Pee@e or TelN OF THE Southern California Academy Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Vol. XXI_ Part I Warch. 2922 CONTENTS Page A Giant Patm-portne BEETLE—Dr. J. A. Comsrock....................... 5 A New Lycarnm (Lepidoptera )—W. S. WRiGHT.......-..-----2---------- 19 Tue TrustwortTHINEss OF THERMOMETERS USED BY CALIFORNIA eure GrowERs— Dr borp A CARPENTERS. 21 New Boranicat Recorps FoR SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA— PAN SERIG-LEE Re) ALVIS Oona eV Dek een ew ee ee ee oT Eumenes Pacirycaster (Hymenoptera )— | i FAGNS ERUUZTEENE Re DAWVAIDS ONE te Vic, Donen ce eee ee 9 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Wirxtiam A. Spaupine, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D. S. J. Krese mx OK OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 530 Auprrorium Bxpa. Los ANGELES, CAL. NAA Southern California Academy of Sciences ry ry ry OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS ID Rem bVAUN Kem One LAR Ken ao ee President Dre VMiAnsmhe BR AUMGARDT. 0.0002 Re, Vice-President Dr. A. Davinson...... Bea ne 1 Ne cee retpe ks oe tia 2nd Vice-President ID ReMOEBNEP AS) (COMSTOCK. --- 0 oo--6e2- 2c s0cseoeoseece cake 3rd Vice-President De OEUNmEAUy COMSTOCK... 20s) a ett Secretary RWOR, So To: LRG RTO aise een eee eee Nae CI eee" Re mmune rts ell Treasurer Dr. Witiiam A. Bryan TuEeoporRE PayNeE Dr. A. Davipson Won. SPALDING Dr. Forp A. CarpENTER GeorGE R. CRANE Gro. W. Parsons ry FINANCE COMMITTEE Dr. F. C. Ciarx, Dr. A. Davinson, Mr. S. J. Keese PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davinson, GrorGe Parsons PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Wm. A. Spatpinc, Dr. A. Davipson, Dr. Jonn A. Comstock, Mr. S. J. KEeeEse ASTRONOMICAL SECTION Dr. Mars F. BaumGarptT Wmn. A. SPALDING Chairman Secretary BOTANICAL SECTION Dr. A. Davinson THEODORE PAYNE Chairman Secretary BIOLOGICAL SECTION GEOLOGICAL SECTION E. E. Hapiey Mr. Georce Parsons Chairman Secretary ADVISORY BOARD Mr. Arruur B. BENTON Dr. D. L. Tasker Mer. B. R. Baumearptr Din, J CG llow Mr. R. F. Gross Mer. James A. LIGHTHIPE BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA PLATE Il BAIRD'S SWALLOWTAIL AIRD 5 SWALLOW TAIL og BA a (Fapilio ard) (Foatlio bara) 3 The ANISE SWALLOWTAIL The ANISE 5' stl he ANISE : The ANISE SWALLOWTAIL The 5 (Pzeucaon Under side (Faplio zelicaon) SWALLOWTAIL. ¢ The SHORT TAILED (Paulo indra) 7 The SHORT-TAILED SWALLOWTAIL(Pindra)o Yoder side. SWALLOW TAIL (Pinata) F The SWALLOWTAILS ABOUT 2/3 NATURAL SIZE. A GIANT PALM-BORING BEETLE By Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dinapate Wrightii Illustrations by the author One of the most interesting, and also one of the rarest insects occurring in California is the palm-boring beetle known as Dinapate wrightii. His nearest relatives are all inconspicuous diminutive fellows, but for some unknown reason this hermit of his tribe has attained most generous proportions. So far as known he occurs only in the canyons debouching into the Coachella valley, where grows the Washingtonia palm (Neowashingtonia filifera). Several papers have appeared in scientific journals from time to time dealing with this exclusive resident of our desert valley, but these are for the most part rare technical publications that are not likely to come under the notice of our California naturalists. It will therefore be of profit to cull from these papers the main points of interest, both technical and general, and group them in one inclusive article. PLATE A. et wpe (a - a - - ee re LATERAL ASPECT OF MATURE LARVA. OF LARVA. DORSAL ASPECT. ENLARGED. Os = Sw 4 ANAL SEGMENTS OF LARVA .. .VENTRAL oC | Jes UASPRCT Um | HEAD AND PROTHORACIC PORTION OF LARVA =——sd DINAPATE VENTRAL ASPECT. ENLARGED. WRIGHTI]. HORN sary porno ‘“ ee en This beetle was first described by Dr. George H. Horn, in Transactions of the American Entomological Society, Vol. XIII, pp. 1-4, 1886. After erecting and defining a new genus in which to place the species Dr. Horn then writes: “PD. wrightiim—n.sp—Black, shining, beneath brown sparsely pubes- cent; head broader behind the eves, finely punctate, a vague median frontal impression; thorax oboval broader than long, nearly as wide as the elytra, very convex, densely granulate in front and posteriorly, roughly asperate at the sides anteriorly; elytra parallel, declivous posteriorly, the apices sinuately truncate, the sutural angle acute, the disc vaguely bicos- tate, the costal terminating in tuberculiform elevations (9) or with the inner costa prolonged in a spine (4), the surface above with shallow cribrate puncture, the sides smoother and with two indistinct costae be- neath the humeral umbone; legs moderate, femora sparsely punctate; body beneath rather finely punctate, the abdomen more densely and with pale brownish pubescence. Length 1.50-1.86 inch; 38-47™™” “The measurements are taken from the apex of the elytra to the anterior margin of the thorax; the smaller specimens are females. Veiaenny WN cccssodoodadososbouns 15 ss OS Pe Mulls 0) eis @ CHRO ciir/ D0 0.0.c 15 SO, GO amie TGs nse See 15 2 ile SO As Aeneas, TDI ae ones oleae tueierc: .010:0 6 c 50 SSeS ee eel em AULA IY, OVA ese wR ee His) egy es aul POW Ae: cis seloreye eeisiny > coed sre een 15 wikis © ol, dennmemg” UUs cosoctkcnocpoo0co000s 75 NG, Be Afwihy, WONG sc Siete csareyn eee aa ERS 50 2 MGs Yo ale deinen, MIM abedieaios de. too00C.00r 15 Be NG, So Re odiwlhy ML UG scavayh ucts siete yes Seeker temenore 1.00 Oo ils; Ys Awalhy, IQUeGococpoocodoobsoeeocc 75 wi Tie ils damumerry, UDI cescccotccn0es0g0000¢ 1.00 SAS, SE afuillye Oe amici ea olerr SAAC OW 6c 15 eI, 1 enue, ODO ss stan elne eee 20) oan) O 4 OCtOvers WWAVecacococoouuao000ccces 20 2 OR Ss AN oP, 1S) eae ee IAA OMe homo 0.0:0 25 2 PA Se ANTIETTIE 1 74] Pee ORCI era aaioo'd C 25 ob Oa Gh Drexel IGA occ ogegudgoboncoododss 25 So GAlgS OF) le’. Nu lenee ay. WGP coocgodooaboocooobuUs 25 The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no fur- ther use for back issues. Address all communications concerning the above to: Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary. Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum Los Angeles, California Peepe LE TIN OF SAB Southern California Academy of = Sciences EOSSANGERE Ss CAE ImONINITA Wool, SOX, Perrie a October 1922 CONDENS Page GEOPHYSICAL ReEcorps, 1922—Forp A. CARPENTER, Soames lee: ase Leet et Meet MR ona Ne MND aU ae SST New Boranical. Species From SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ANS DAS BED IS OVINE oe NY eel BD Yea me a A eS ee 39 Notes on Some SAN BERNARDINO PLANTS— Jc JBs leinonoyeis: ee Be ease teat atc thy an Es or oe Ss spine 4] Stupies In Pactric Coast LEPIDOPTERA— PD Rea) MEN Ned COMSTOCK) seis eee SS ee ae 43 COMMIT HD - ON PUBETKEATION Witi1am A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., A.D. S: J. Ese ORIFICE Ol Wale, ANCANIDIBIMING 530 AvupiTror1uM BLpoc. Los ANGELES, CAL. DUDUPCUDUUUEGUUDEGDSSTOSESTODEDEOSUCESGUSOODUGUEREUOGEGCOP COTE PEEC CCPC PEEEEEEOUCGTEEREDEGDES Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS Dr. FRANK C. CLARK i hs: cant A ly A aS DR EE ads President Dae VWARCaeEy ENA UW NGARD.. ..22--c-c2eec0S.ecs leet eecc sen olecese Vice-President Dee Vena AY BRYAN =... 02 Ss, 2nd Vice-President DRM Org as COMSTOCK 222. 3rd Vice-President Deed ONAN COMSTOCK) Oui. a es Secretary Wim Sh eee IPE SE 20s ota a ee ee Treasurer Dr. WiLttiAmM A. Bryan THEODORE PAYNE Dr. A. Davipson Wm. SPALDING Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Geo. W. Parsons HERBERT J. GOUDGE = 8 FINANCE COMMITTEE Dr. F. C. Crarx, Dr. A. Davinson, Mr. S. J. KEESE PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davipson, GEorGE Parsons PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Wm. A. Spatpinc, Dr. A. Davipson, Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. S. J. KEESE. ASTRONOMICAL SECTION Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Wm. A. SPALDING Chairman Secretary BOTANICAL SECTION Dr. A. DavipDson THEODORE PAYNE Chairman Secretary BIOLOGIGAL SECTION R. H. Swirt Dr. WENDELL GREGG Chairman Secretary GEOLOGICAL SECTION E. E. HapLey Mr. GrEorGE PARSONS Chairman Secretary ADVISORY BOARD Mr. ArtuHur B. BENTON Dr. D. L. TASKER Me. B. R. BAUMGARDT peed Gs ow Mr. R. F. Gross Mer. James A. LIGHTHIPE GEOPHYSICAL RECORDS, 1922. By Forp A. Carpenter, Sc.D., LL. D. An interesting feature in the study of statistical meteorology and physiography is the collection of record-breaking figures. As a mat- ter of general information, a few lines of authentic data, concerning the earth and its atmosphere have been prepared. The compilation which follows is mainly devoted to the meteoro- logical features such as temperature, rainfall, wind, sunlight, fog, etce., but other related phenomena—the penetration of the upper air strata by balloon soundings and in other artificial flight—as well as recent determinations of physical depressions and elevations, obser- vations of sea-waves, etc. are also included. To students of geogra- phy especially will this group be found of more than ordinary in- terest. To Californians it will be particularly noteworthy to observe the place this state holds in having recorded the highest temperature ever registered on the earth’s surface (134° in Death Valley) also as making the highest sounding-balloon altitude (20.4 miles at Catalina Island) above the-earth’s surface. California has the record of the greatest depth of snow ever having fallen in the United States (amounting to 73.5 feet in one-year) and the greatest depth (37 feet) of measured snow on the ground at one time. Also the greatest elevation in the United States (not including Alaska): that of Mt. Whitney with 14,501 feet above sea level, as well as the greatest de- pression (over 300 feet below sea level). TEMPERATURES (Degrees Fahrenheit) (NOTE: References, such as “H,’’ etc. are explained at end of article.) Highest natural air temperature ever recorded on the earth’s sur- face was 134° on July 10, 1913, at Greenland Ranch, Death Valley, California (E). Lowest air temperature ever recorded was 90.4° below zero on Jan. 15, 1885, at Verchoyansk, Siberia (A). The lowest temperature ever recorded in the United States was 68° below zero on Jan. 12, 1916, at Saco, Montana (EH). The mean temperature at Verchoyansk, Siberia for the month of January, 1885 was 64° below zero, and dur- ing December of the same year the maximum temperature for the month was 33° below zero (I). A temperature of 456° below zero has been obtained by cooling liquid helium; this is a temperature approximately within 3° of ‘absolute zero.” (H) Diurnal variations in temperature—The temperature has risen over 50° in 24 hours at many places in the United States; at Florence, 35 PLATE TI. MEASURING SNOW IN SAN ANTONIO CANYON Photo by Carpenter Arizona, the temperature rose 65° in 24 hours on June 22, 1881 (1). The temperature has fallen more than 50° in 24 hours on several oc- casions: At Abilene, Texas, the temperature dropped 63° in 16 hours on Jan. 27, 1886 (1). Monthly and Annual ranges in temperature—Yakutsk, Siberia, has the greatest difference (181.4 degrees) between the highest sum- mer temperature and the lowest winter temperature (I). Miles City, Montana has the greatest range in temperature in the United States; maximum 112°, minimum 65° below zero, range, 177° (EK). The tem- perature range for the month of December, 1880, was 117° at Fort Benton, Montana (1). 36 RAIN AND SNOW Greatest annual rainfall—Cherrapunji, India, recorded 905.1 inches during the year in 1861 (I). The average annual rainfall at that station .is nearly 500 inches (L). Greatest daily rainfall—Baguio, Philippine Islands recorded 45.99 inches between noon of July 14, 1911 and noon of the next day (J). Curtea de Arges, Roumania registered 8.07 inches in 20 minutes on July 7, 1889 (D). The greatest rainfall of short duration fell at Porto Bello, Panama, when 2.48 inches fell in 5 minutes, beginning at 2:07 A. M. Nov. 29, 1911 (D). Hailstones—Hailstones 12 inches in circumference fell in Mary- land on June 15, 1915 (D). Snowfall—The greatest snowfall in the United States probably falls in the mountains of California. Tamarack, Cal., recorded 786 inches of snow in the winter of 1911; during one winter this station registered 882 inches of snow, and amounts of 450 inches have been measured on the level ground at one time (D, E.). Wind—The average hourly wind velocity at Mt. Washington, New Hampshire, on Feb. 27, 1886 was 111 miles per hour, and a maxi- mum velocity of 186 miles per hour was registered in January, 1878 (I). The average hourly wind at Mt. Washington for the month of January, 1885 was 49 miles per hour (I). Sunlight—Sixty hours of continuous sunshine were recorded auto- matically in the Antartica during the period December 9 to 12, 1911 (M.) Fog—A dense fog in London lasted from Novy. 1, 1879 until Feb- ruary, 1880 with practically no cessation night or day (M). Altitudes by artificial flight—Highest airplane flight was made on Sept. 28, 1921, at Dayton, Ohio, by Lieutenant McReady, A. S., attaining an elevation of 40,800 feet above sea level. Highest manned balloon flight was made in 1909, in Italy, reaching an altitude of 38,700 feet (C). Highest sounding balloon ascent made at Avalon, Catalina Island, California, on July 30, 1913, reaching an elevation of 108,000 feet, or 20.4 miles above sea level (D). On October 5th and 6th, 1922, Lieutenant John A. MacReady and Lieutenant Oakly Kelly, of the United States Air Service, remained aloft thirty-five hours in a monoplane engined by Liberty motors. This is a world record. 37 Elevations and depressions on the .earth—The highest point of land in the world is Mount Everest, elevation 29,002 feet (L); the sum- mit has not been reached by man, but ascents were made in 1922 within 1,700 feet of the top. The highest point of land in con- tinental United States is Mount Whitney, California, elevation, 14,501 feet (L). The lowest point of land in the United States is Death Valley which is over 300 feet below sea level. The deepest point reached in deep sea soundings is 32,078 feet in the Pacific Ocean near the Island of Mindanao, Philippine Islands (G). Highest Sea-waves—Waves of 50 feet in height (trough to crest) and 220 feet in length (crest to crest) were encountered in the North Atlantic Ocean on March 4, 1922 with a wind blowing 100 miles per hour (F). The record difference between high and low tide oc- curred in the Bay of Fundy in 1869 when the tide reached 53 feet above low water (N). REFERENCES Authorities from which the preceding data were abstracted are shown in the following table. The letters in brackets after each item refer to the source of information, as, for example, (A) Milham, Meteorology, etc. > Milham, Meteorology. Humphreys, Physics of the Air. Taylor, Australian Meteorology. Monthly Weather Review. Climatological Data Sheet, U. S. Weather Bureau. Hydrographic Bulletin, U. S. Navy. Websters Dictionary, 1922. Black and Davis, Practical Physics. Greely, American Weather. McAdie, Principles of Aerography. Scott, Voyage of Discovery. Mill, The Realm of Nature. Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society. Za fe (Gh pay Sot ik ja (Teal fea] Is) ©) oo Wheeler, Waves and Tides. 38 NEW BOTANICAL SPECIES FROM 8S. CALIFORNIA A. Davinson, M.D. Langloisia Flaviflora n. sp. Low matted, shortly branching, dark green, spinescent annual about 5 cm. high; foliage glandular pubes- cent; leaves sessile, strap shaped, 15-25 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, slightly narrower at the apex, leaves edged with 10 or more tri- angular based white spines mostly crowded towards the base; apex of the leaf triangular and spine tipped with 2 similar spines at the side; flowers light yellow, sessile, 10 mm. long; calyx split almost to the base slightly accrescent, its segments 5 mm. long, spine tipped; corolla tube white, cylindrical, 5 mm. long, 1 mm. wide; throat yellow; limb strongly bilabiate, pale yellow, its seg- ments 5 mm. long, 1 mm. wide; stamens exserted 2 mm. beyond the throat; pistil equalling the calyx; seed pod pyriform, 6-seeded. Type No. 3506. On sandy roadside, Willow Springs, Mohave Desert, Kern Co., May 28, 1922. In habit of growth this plant closely resembles L. Matthewsii but is smaller, less pubescent, with leaves somewhat similar, but with a totally different flower, that of L. Matthewsii being a mottled pink —the limb measuring 10 mm. in length. The style in the latter is much exserted. Allium Tenellum n. sp. Bulb without definite reticulation; stem 10-15 cm. high; leaves 2, shorter than the stem; pedicels 15-25, 10 mm. long; flower pinkish, open, the segments not overlapping; peri- anth segments thin, lanceolate, acute, 6 mm. by 3 mm., the outer with a greenish median stripe, the inner slightly narrower without the stripe; stamens nearly equaling the perianth, anthers pink; filaments linear; pistil 5 mm. long; stigma slightly 3-cleft; ovary with 6 flat triangular crests in pairs with the straight sides of the triangles edge to edge. In fruit the outer pedicels are declined and curved. Type No. 3524 Julian, San Diego Co., collected by Mrs. J. H. Bullard, May, 1922. This adds another to the group oft Alliums having 3-split stigmas. Brewer and Watson in Bot. Cal. recorded only A. Parryi and A. fim- briatum as having this distinction. Jepson in his Flora of Cal. has entirely omitted all reference to the nature of the stigma in all our southern species. The shape of the stigma is probably a stable fac- tor of diagnostic import. In southern Cal. we have A. Parryi; A. fim- briatum; A. Kressleri; A. tenellum; A. montigenum; and A. peninsu- lare, with 3-cleft stigmas. The latter two are somewhat alike. A. montigenum is lighter in color with narrower petals that do not form an inner cup as accurately described by Jepson. The chief difference is in the fruit. In A. pen- insulare as we have it here, the ovary is crowned by a low continuous 39 PLATE II. 40 crest about 1 mm. high that surrounds the pistil like a collar. In A. montigenum this is entirely absent. A. peninsulare has only been found in Glendale hills and in Santa Susanna Pass (Kessler). Speci- mens from Kern Co., (Mrs. W. Hutchinson) are typical. What seems typical A. amplectens was gathered in the Corona and Temescal Mts. A. Piersonii Jepson is a synonym of A. monticola Davidson. Fritillaria Ojaiensis n. sp. Bulb ovate with rice-grain bulblets at base; stems about 6 dm. high; lower leaves linear in whorls of 3-15 em. long, 5-7 mm. wide, at basal attachment 3 mm. wide, upper leaves few, alternate flowers 6 or 7 campanulate subtended by narrow leaves, 5-10 em. long; pedicels 2-3 cm. long; petals lanceolate, 2 cm. long, 8 mm. wide, greenish yellow above with scattered dark dots, darker below, the gland semi-circular, very small; stamens 2/3 the length of the petals; 3-5 mm. long; pistil cleft to below the middle; capsule unknown. Type No. 3508 collected on a dry ridge at Pine Flats, Santa Paula River by Lustin E. Martindale, May, 1922. While this plant seems closely similar to some of the forms of F. lanceolata, the size and shape -of the leaves, \color of the flowers and the size of the anthers are sufficiently charactristic to entitle it to specific rank. No specimens of F. lanceolata have been found south of San Francisco. NOTES ON SOME SAN BERNARDINO PLANTS J. B. FeupGE Fraseri Parryi Torr. For the last three years I have found this plant northwest of San Bernardino in the open ground among the chaparral, about one mile away from the lower edge of the San Bernardino Mts. I have noticed about a dozen plants altogether in this time. I found one more there last week and I have no doubt that a careful search would reveal quite a few at this station. I am mentioning this occurence as it has always been a question as to where Dr. Parry found the plants mentioned in the Bot. Cal. as occuring “east of Los Angeles.” It must be admitted that this sta- tion is quite a distance from Los Angeles, still it might be the place where he found his plants. In the Torrey Bulletin for Feb. Messers Johnson and Munz mentioned the finding of one plant in the hills north of San Dimas and speak of the species occurring in the Tran- sition Zone of the San Bernardino and San Jacinto Mts. Evidently 41 they did not know of its occurring regularly on the open plains north- west of San Bernardino. Purshia glandulosa Curran, and Prunus fasciculata Gray, I can find no account in Parish’s “Plants of the San Bernardino Mts.” or in Abrams’ “Trees and Shrubs of Southern California” of either of these shrubs having been found on the south side of the San Ber- nardino Mts., (the Cismontane Area). If I have identified this plant correctly Purshia glandulosa is fairly plentiful at Verdemont, a sta- tion on the Santa Fe, about 8 miles east of San Bernardino and some miles below the lower edge of the mountains. Prunus fasciculata grows near Cajon Station on the Cismontane slope of the mountains about 4 miles below the summit of the Cajon Pass. Abrams does speak of this shrub being found in Lone Pine Canyon which is some miles to the west and I think on the desert slope. Yucca Mohavensis Sargent. There are 3 or 4 large plants of this species to be found in the Plung Creek wash, two miles south of Highlands, and six miles north of the mouth of San Timoteo Can- yon. The trunks measure about 15 feet long as they lie prostrate near the ground. Prof. Jepson in his ‘‘Flora of Cal.’ speaks of this plant as ‘extending west to the San Bernardino Valley,” but he gives no specimens from the valley. He records one from the San Ti- moteo Canyon, a canyon leading into the valley where there are or were some plants of the species near the lower or cismontane exit. But the plants I have reference to are about 6 miles inside of the San Bernardino Valley. 4Z STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA, Continued. Dr. Joun A. Comstock Notes on the acmon-neurona group of Lycaenids, with description of a new species. The relationship of the six species and one variety of Lycaenids comprising this group has been obscure, and several papers written to clarify the matter have unfortunately further complicated the problem. This lack of clarity results in part from the extremely brief descriptions of the earliest published species, and to some extent, from the small series which were available to the several authors who have written on the problem. An exact knowledge of the inter- relations of tha group will not be possible until a long series of each species has been bred under varying conditions of climate, altitude and season, but certain conclusions may be reached by a comparison of series covering a wide geographic range. Plebeius acmon is too well known to deserve comment. Mr. Vic- tor L. Clemence has given valuable notes on the species and its sea- sonal forms in the Canadian Entomologist, Vol, XLI, p. 38, 1909. He has pointed out the fact that the early spring form is “small in size, of a darker blue than the type form, and heavily margined in black.” His remarks refer, of course to the male only. The female of this form tends to have the basal portion of primaries and secondaries heavily shot with blue, whereas the later generations are uniform slatey-brown. In the male of these later forms, the ground color is a delicate violet, and the orange band on upper side of secondaries is overshot with rose. Boisduval’s antaegon refers to the summer form and is undoubt- edly synonymous with, acmon. Grinnell’s cottlei is a race of acmon occuring in the San Fran- cisco Bay region (the types taken at Bakers Beach). It is an early spring form, and can be distinguished from the typical by the “‘in- tensity, sharpness and distinctiveness of the deep purplish blue, the heavy black border; the greatly extended deep red border of the hind- wings; and darker ashy-gray and distinct markings of the under- sides.” 43 Boisduval’s lupini is undoubtedly an alpine race of acmon oc- curing at points in the high Sierras. “In size it averages as large as monticola. It is difficult to separate from large specimens of the summer form of acmon, but a few points of differentiation seem fairly constant. In the male it is noted that the marginal dark band on upper side of primaries gives place gradually to the violet-blue ground color. This marginal band is also wider than in other forms of acmon. The orange band on upper side of secondaries is bordered internally with a dark shading and. the color is distinctively orange whereas in typical acmon it shows a rosy lustre and is not usually internally shaded. Plebeius monticola, Clemence is a well defined mountain race of acmon occuring in the Southern Sierras, the type locality being the San Gabriel mountains. It may be distinguished from other varieties by the silvery-blue ground color, the broad marginal band on upper side of primaries, and in the female, which is almost as blue as the male, by the broad orange band of upper side of secondaries. Both sexes show relatively heavier markings on the under side than do other forms of acmon. Plebeius chlorina, Skinner is a form that has been much mis- understood. Dr. Skinner’s first description, occuring in the Entomol. News, Vol. 13, p. 15, 1902, erroneously spoke of the female having an “overlying iridescent, very light green.” This was later corrected in W. G. Wright’s “Butterflies of tha West Coast,’ where Dr. Skinner is quoted as saying “my three specimens are males.’ Undoubtedly the original description was of a male rather than a female as originally stated. I have a long series of this form from the type locality in the Tehachapi Mountains. The males could be considered as monticolas in which the silvery-blue had changed to a lustrous blue- green. On the underside of the wings they can not be distinguished from typical acmon. In size they are intermediate between typical acmon and monticola. The female which seems to be associated with this greenish male (though none were taken in copulation) is almost identical with large sized specimens of the summer form of acmon. The ground color of the former is perhaps more brown and the orange band on upper side of secondaries uniformly wider. Only one specimen shows a slight powdering of greenish scales on the primaries, (in the basal area). All the others are a uniform brown. There is wide variation, tending on the one hand to small specimens that are indistinguishable from acmon, and on the other’ to large, orange-suffused examples that approach typical females of neurona. 44 PLATH III. Tt PLEBEIUS a 2. .PLEBEPUS CAROLYNA. TYPE en ram CAROLYNA. VAR NOV. YAR. NOV. : r, UNDER 5IDE 3. PHILOTES SPECIOSA. HY.EDW.S 4. PLEBEIUS 6.PLEBEIUS 4 f CHLORINA. SKIN. G pee URN : EMIGDIONIS.GRIN.O CHLORINA. SKIN. 7. PLEBEIUS 8. PLEBEIUS 9. PLEBEIUS 2 NE URONA. SKIN. $ EMIGPIONIS. GRIN. ag 10. PLEBEIUS _CHLORINA. SKIN. UNDERS. | 45 One remarkable variation in the male, evidenced by five speci- mens in my series is sufficiently distinct to deserve a varietal name. I will therefore designate this. Plebeius carolyna, form nov: naming it for my loyal co-worker and wife, Dr. Carolyn Comstock, who captured three of the five specimens in my series. Expanse—19-25 mm. Upper surface as in typical chlorina, i. e. ground color, lustrous blue-green; outer margin brown; fringes white. The nervules on outer third or fourth of primaries, orange (as in neurona) beginning at a point about one mm. internal to outer margin, these orange lines expand as they approach the junction between the blueish- green ground color and the marginal band; they again gradually di- minish as they approach the limbal area, until they finally disappear. Secondaries, ground color bluish-green. Outer marginal orange band wide, and bordered internally with 5 points of shading in juxtapo- sition to the five submarginal round spots. A dark fine marginal line. Under surface, as in typical chlorina. Thorax, dorsal sur- face blackish covered with filamentous greenish scales; beneath, greyish-faun. Abdomen, dorsal surface dark shading to grey lateral- ly, ventral surface, silvery grey. Antennae, clubs black, segments annulated hlack and white. Type locality: Tehachapi Mts. about five miles from the town of that name. Elevation 5,000 feet. The type taken on July ist. Paratypes 1, 2, 3 and 4, taken respectively on July 7, July 11, and July 22. Type and paratypes in the Southwest Museum Collection. This form is in practically all respects similar to chlorina, but may at once be distinguished by the orange lineation on the nervules in outer portion of primaries. Possibly it may have arisen as a re- sult of interbreeding with neurona, which is found in the same lo- cality. Plebeius emigdionis, Grinnell. Ent. news, Vol. 16, p. 115, 1905. This species was first described by Fordyce Grinnell, Jr. from specimens taken in San Emigdio Canyon, Kern Co. Doubt was later thrown on the validity of the species by Mr. Karl Coolidge’s notes in the Entom. News of 1907, Vol. 18, p. 300, who states “a later examination of Mr. Grinnell’s specimen proves them to be all females, and - - - - - emigdionis is probably only a variety of acmon.”’ 46 I have taken this species in Mint Canyon, and also have a good series from Victorville, Mojave Desert, (taken in May of this year) where it flies in abundance. It is undoubtedly a valid species, total- ly distinct from acmon, which also occurs in the same district. Its flight is more energetic and its habits very different. The male and female may be easily distinguished, as a glance at the accompany- ing plate will determine. I have taken several pairs in copulation. It differs markedly from all forms of acmon in several particu- lars, chief of which are: In the male, the blue scales on upper surface are concentrated most heavily in the basal area and gradually give place to the dark marginal shading. The marginal orange band on secondaries of ac- mon is represented only by a brownish or yellow-brown suffusion on which are slight shadowy suggestions of dark spots. The type, speci- men has three such spots suggested, but the majority of the males show only one or two. On the under surface we find the ground color practically alike in the two sexes, whereas in acmon the ground color of the males is lighter. Another striking point of difference is the series of black spots distal to the reniform discal dash. In both sexes of emigdionis these are fully twice the size of the marginal series and are irregularly cuneiform, whereas in acmon they are relatively much smaller, oval in form and more evenly aligned. A clear distinction rests in the five submarginal metallic rings on under side of secondaries which are relatively much larger in emig- dionis than in any form of acmon. The “orange” crescents internal to these are reduced to about 1% mm. and are not orange but yel- low. The upper surface of female may be separated from acmon by the broad outer yellow-brown suffusion which gradually diminishes in the limbal area. This suffusion is somewhat more concentrated along the lines of the nervules and gives a slightly “neurated” ef- fect to the wing, which has not been noted in the authors original description, but is clearly present in the types. The figures which I show have been compared with the latter. Plebeius neurona, Skinner. Entom. News, Jan. 1902, Vol. XIII, p. 15. This rare and remarkable Lycaenid was first taken by W. G. Wright at Doble, an old Mining Camp in the San Bernardino Mountains. Of late years our local collectors have depended on the summit of Mt. Wilson to supply their specimens but the latter col- 47 ony seems now to be exhausted. The Mt. Wilson captures were all smaller than the typical, ranging from 17 to 20 mm. My wife and I have recently found a colony of neurona in the Tehachapi Mountains, at an elevation of over 6,000 feet from which a generous series was secured. These latter captures are all larger than the Mt. Wilson specimens, ranging from 20 mm. to 28 mm. in expanse. They are otherwise typical, and, show the usual wide range of variation charac- teristic of the species. Dr. Skinner has stated that. there are no secondary sexual characters in neurona but we note one difference that seems fairly constant throughout our series of 70 specimens. In the males, an orange suffusion extends along the costal margin of primaries (upper surface) which is widest at the base and tapers toward apex. Only two females in our series show any suggestion of this. The variation in neurona consists principally in the degree and extent of the orange “veining.” This ranges from clearly marked individuals in which every nervule is distinctly lined with orange, to specimens in which there is no orange whatsoever on the nerves and which are practically indistinguishable from acmon females. The accompanying plate illustrates several of the points of dif- ferentiation which we have here analyzed. In addition to showing Plebeius emigdionis, neurona, chlorina and the new variety carolyna, there is shown a cut of the male of Philotes speciosa. This rare Lycaenid has been taken in isolated points of the Mojave Desert. issued October 20, 1922. = 48 Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. i i oe Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Is- sued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (ex- cept 1908—one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues to date are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the following, which may-be secured from the Secretary of the Academy at the appended prices: Vol. 1, No. 1. January, GODT etek ee. Je ae $1.00 a mh ebrilainye GO Dir Seis Sul. ae ae 1.00 ss Be ee ae 19 OOM) et ane Bo eee .25 A eum reh- OO x eee taro ees att) SoA cn sm VleiyA G0 5M eee kee eee 25 Ce SR Mok, AGO Rete el, eee 25 ie 7, “ 1. January, ILS Obscene, eet a Oren hI. .75 of Fel eraniwanye TOU0). oe ates eee se Seok = Oe eayuliye 1910S es ee See 1US eA Oi ULye QAEDA e oll et ler anulanys SN Q TIS ie ae ea Se See ps ea 50 oi, ~ al. denen, 1914 ee ee HS Cre, FF e ahwlhy aS WW: Ratner an ce ee sth Se 4 ee ee January, Sy ee eh ace Sa SS SL ee ee -15 Sly SOS aly, TONG Ce ee ee eee 50 GG, © al deniers, OA Lae a ee eA ee .75 FG, | Ss di hy, DQ ie ede at ese BO Le yale Oem 1.00 Ue ae civ he aU Yr Ec eeenece geen iN sine Ae ee Ms gs 65 75 1 Oa AEA LOT OY oe ee Ee ee .100 $5 LR SOR Oe ae Uhy: NG 169) ie ie ee ee .75 alg, Yale Vemipenay 1:92 Of oe ee ee ee ee .25 soled October, 1920) eee eh ee .25 BPAY Fal ANgoreil, ODT eS ee, ee 25 Set, ) Seen PANTO US te EG Dah ibe ere aa Sekt ee apni aoe ae 25 ey ee een poeres “nh my Aarnimurye ty bebabebehaheecke. . tower HOE Stay ibd ebepuideul ciseersecnte tt mapovbeteaemeat 88 S048 + 1 bbl Sih) bed, inne t. reey ete astbestenie nt en Peet hin sae atte cowre vot Setaahca ts ‘ *P+OF WEN ahh os tak + sabbbddade se the Sioliok Aa dang Heeebipr’ pores) MH ram a ER OOO Sane eSrnyeatA eotowobe heig tsa gages prided | ae v8 8 VOR Pebe Pete 255 bene. Minds damanmnunsd he eel ties Ledtuonphanehed melee eet at OWIHALE be. piers Vie y Or -Lerrbe AON Mborkegh ~ hduebiate ation +. ree hbbomuboko stacey seeyeatels porsite 6d server gad Or a4e)-bi bye “ Pus nb ehel shelinabinsaiter. > HrH ekg /" saree we orhoNbhis made Sheer to tage SErerenane taihnd oh ivhebsdadhsann tT band dadledesl eo eh 46 vemaipehidyaes ge Ie hell obibeg, THe Peete ny vt badae Wthenimcca tote ditt Rabi 0 Hyeen 4 oh beau baked Uae eerids oo aie 7) Aol, bu. dubia en Hh ede ed eater pot P48) >) eboney Pep Wehs 90 Dee arpep sy a wege oie ne + ohh shen € thee s eds be POF ry Om tnbperhavvattes NPS myn ieebeassinia st ints pene. ” i . Feiimimgen ss " ' bine Peas AL, Sihalls rete ehds Saekd saerasretand Meta) nau HOD HRMVE REDE Fyni) @iapee basdeheoka eaten tt b-abain sd phae-thad rela bet a. Liebe salto atts NERA Arh band punted aad Ct walstatits 9 i ba maan tt beahuel escaad MANO Ai ene (SPUN MONI i Parwalnd tall a Hath bang, tadiod lai abet yeaibeccaeatjaoe {va 4a hoed ot MAM Tn OP we Lemte® i a Pe adhd, +A. wheubecss. Mhanbeeal eee Mistleneas nt + he ehh wee Neh it cihonie ties, a ht ot Debio eae. PN an, ease 4 ot rp Ae 4 Nat ohne. th Motta roc he ANIA Fe 9:5 dm Sesheeet ew sdoncway: SWE TOM) tone he ot ryorns » rome 5 WAW eh SO et ote» inthh beatae ote Heorbtevaarerasio ree nitdiriah apse eek Moth baad ee 4 + 4 E94 ehayegs boletuptsbaca ats tte +324 Rishi pnec + biGrtebedsbes, htt * soersteoven eee te lions bohAbebammn nah Petey Subthabaee ets threrd oy evbtebekuen aaeeere ne Miserestencers nt ree sh contest eeere Mi idrbetalgte bate h pene ih po + ; near be PU ryR ioe bo rhe Soper Le leestaay thee - POM ae aes Pearse Htivoreege ' MP ibbh thantebae diate Aah ta 4 hearer et hae : > hiten' sah 4 HF edd loeb ge Pel Siehode al ha 1000 ware ie Shs daait tee #5 90 1 head el Fete pom) Wetedeeak etal! WH on be Cte ney Ae: by ' wie estes Hiveeads at whe Cetin i Hubs se eke te iveees tyes as hiosttes 8 haa op ‘ yeah td te o Leahlos xinbeette ' NesaeDh neds yal hea Leal Pe eye sbititt s + a “ Phebe +4, +04) Bh neg Shp Wee a ah opdus pop Mbd Ahaha is ween doasita sudan an tes Ai leihe tied Ao PFN hi py ogee dees t bad wiehstndiontinnrt adbbtadbediatati ce cea « re * eras « : Dubtbatibbesie bos 1 Te vert POPPE Hpbi 2 iy 184 HUA end be npOtinwed Henne rephrase) IPhshé Riitebehohe PV) Fe gewnyey 1:5 nePobebage Srerea ty rh eb Ppt os turf MOS nae orig. ey ide? ies ’ "Mettee ly Por henegey fehe aay + 90H aot eto W ints tbe tests coppeel Moe ka Piaartesy aphid itn bag hd cae 4 Md Mea here ee Mbdbl baekde.oe t Srna jays fe: CPPS rd wie hewn jy), NOE HR VES connaiege: P06 HL pe. Cruat ires bey trey + Liaisdeael Let hs V? hehe’ ve ao sage Sh asin alone pag onereen 4 bpe rong» ¥ ire hted AM oh re og tye ears sacra itt nba t +P )eirelbt inne Gee Pees nei. Nubioka Pchadh aa "y ry NTP PP be tlied ae Pe sth igen it pleat ete de 17h eH? O58 sip * ery Vriep A bee hs sei eb Ieee +“ + 17 9 be ‘isin Litt ope ly bye i: } 4h ets bedi A | Nikos a ett Vea rede eg SA oe a PH yo eeati eg: hm, +4 PPV bebaa ty, ties + be bg Uelbed “ au Yet Mibtiase iat? eet: , t - PM heqegape baenchelat be es ita eho i) blah ae WA eee Minn ote A porid t en \ #84 bed dy WE ty thes " Erb bye, edt tod TObp Ee OAeee Laat * ANG bat, HO eary og § (test a sahdubh Hone! bpruida toad nf bobthal 4s. tesdhe nao a Ftd bei